0% found this document useful (0 votes)
107 views258 pages

HOSA

Uploaded by

Selva Raj
Copyright
© Attribution Non-Commercial (BY-NC)
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
0% found this document useful (0 votes)
107 views258 pages

HOSA

Uploaded by

Selva Raj
Copyright
© Attribution Non-Commercial (BY-NC)
We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.
Available Formats
Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd
You are on page 1/ 258

Computa tion

Visua liza tion


Progra mming
For Use w ith MATLAB

Higher-Order Spectral
Analysis Toolbox
Users Guide
Version 2
Ananthram S wami
J erry M. Mendel
Chrysostomos L. (Max) Nikias
How to Conta ct the Authors
Please note that support and maintenance is provided by United S ignals & S ystems, Inc. (the
authors of the toolbox), and is no longer provided by The MathWorks.
[email protected] Technical suppor t and pr oduct enhancement suggest ions
[email protected] Sales, pr icing, and gener al infor mat ion
The soft war e descr ibed in t his document is fur nished under a license agr eement . The soft war e may be used
or copied only under t he t er ms of t he license agr eement . No par t of t his manual may be phot ocopied or r epr o-
duced in any for m wit hout pr ior wr it t en consent fr om Unit ed Signals & Syst ems, Inc.
FEDERAL ACQUISITION: This pr ovision applies t o all acquisit ions of t he Pr ogr am and Document at ion by
or for t he feder al gover nment of t he Unit ed St at es. By accept ing deliver y of t he Pr ogr am, t he gover nment
her eby agr ees t hat t his soft war e qualifies as "commer cial" comput er soft war e wit hin t he meaning of FAR
Par t 12.212, DFARS Par t 227.7202-1, DFARS Par t 227.7202-3, DFARS Par t 252.227-7013, and DFARS Par t
252.227-7014. The t er ms and condit ions of Unit ed Signals & Syst ems, Inc. Soft war e License Agr eement shall
per t ain t o t he gover nment s use and disclosur e of t he Pr ogr am and Document at ion, and shall super sede any
conflict ing cont r act ual t er ms or condit ions. If t his license fails t o meet t he gover nment s minimum needs or
is inconsist ent in any r espect wit h feder al pr ocur ement law, t he gover nment agr ees t o r et ur n t he Pr ogr am
and Document at ion, unused, t o Unit ed Signals & Syst ems, Inc.
Higher-Order S pectral Analysis Toolbox Users Guide
COPYRIGHT 1993 - 2001 by Unit ed Signals & Syst ems, Inc.
MATLAB, Simulink, St at eflow, Handle Gr aphics, and Real-Time Wor kshop ar e r egist er ed t r ademar ks, and
Tar get Language Compiler is a t r ademar k of The Mat hWor ks, Inc.
Ot her pr oduct or br and names ar e t r ademar ks or r egist er ed t r ademar ks of t heir r espect ive holder s.
Pr int ing Hist or y: May 1993 Fir st pr int ing (The Mat hWor ks)
Sept ember 1995 Second pr int ing (The Mat hWor ks)
J anuar y 1998 Thir d pr int ing (The Mat hWor ks)
i
Contents
About the Authors
1
Tutori al
Introduct i on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Polyspectra and Li near Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Int r oduct ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Definit ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Why Do We Need Higher -Or der St at ist ics? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10
Bias and Var iance of an Est imat or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
Est imat ing Cumulant s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Est imat ing Polyspect r a and Cr oss-polyspect r a . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Est imat ing t he Power Spect r um . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-15
Est imat ing Bispect r a and Cr oss-Bispect r a . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Est imat ing Bicoher ence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Test ing for Linear it y and Gaussianit y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-24
i i Contents
Par amet r ic Est imat or s, ARMA Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
MA Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
AR Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32
ARMA Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-34
AR Or der Det er minat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-34
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-35
MA Or der Det er minat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-36
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37
Linear Pr ocesses: Impulse Response Est imat ion . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37
The Polycepst r al Met hods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-38
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-39
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41
The Mat suoka-Ulr ych Algor it hm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-42
Linear Pr ocesses: Theor et ical Cumulant s and Polyspect r a . . 1-43
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43
Summar y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-45
Li near Pre di cti on Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47
Levinson Recur sion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-47
Tr ench Recur sion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-49
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50
Det er minist ic For mulat ion of FBLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-53
Adapt ive Linear Pr edict ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-54
RIV Algor it hm: Tr ansver sal For m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-56
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-57
RIV Algor it hm: Double-Lat t ice For m . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-58
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-60
Summar y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-61
Harmoni c Processes and DOA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-62
Resolut ion and Var iance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-65
AR and ARMA Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-66
Pisar enkos Met hod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-67
Mult iple Signal Classificat ion (MUSIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-68
Minimum-Nor m Met hod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-69
ESPRIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-70
i i i
Cr it er ion-Based Est imat or s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-72
Cumulant -Based Est imat or s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-74
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-75
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-77
Summar y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-79
Nonli near Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-80
Solut ion Using Cr oss-Bispect r a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-80
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-82
Solut ion Using FTs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-82
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-83
Quadr at ic Phase Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-84
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-87
Summar y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-88
Ti me-Frequency Di st ri buti ons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-89
Wigner Spect r um . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-90
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-93
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-94
Wigner Bispect r um . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-94
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-96
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-97
Wigner Tr ispect r um . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-98
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-99
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-100
Summar y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-100
Ti me-Delay Est i mati on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-101
A Cr oss-Cor r elat ion Based Met hod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-101
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-103
A Cr oss-Cumulant Based Met hod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-103
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-105
A Hologr am Based Met hod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-105
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-107
Summar y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-107
i v Contents
Case St udi e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-108
Sunspot Dat a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-108
Canadian Lynx Dat a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-114
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-114
A Classificat ion Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-120
Laught er Dat a . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-122
Pit falls and Tr icks of t he Tr ade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-131
Data Fi le s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-134
Re fere nce s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-139
2
Reference
Function Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Higher -Or der Spect r um Est imat ion: Convent ional Met hods . . 2-2
Higher -Or der Spect r um Est imat ion: Par amet r ic Met hods . . . . 2-3
Quadr at ic Phase Coupling (QPC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Second-Or der Volt er r a Syst ems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Har monic Ret r ieval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Time-Delay Est imat ion (TDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Ar r ay Pr ocessing: Dir ect ion of Ar r ival (DOA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Adapt ive Linear Pr edict ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Impulse Response (IR), Magnit ude and
Phase Ret r ieval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Time-Fr equency Est imat es . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Ut ilit ies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Demo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6
Mi s ce llane ous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Pr ompt ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Guided t our . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7
Addenda . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

About t he Aut hor s
A b o u t th e A u th o r s
vi
About the Authors
Ananthram Sw ami
Anant hr am Swami r eceived his B.Tech, M.S. and Ph.D. degr ees in elect r ical
engineer ing fr om t he Indian Inst it ut e of Technology at Bombay, Rice
Univer sit y, and t he Univer sit y of Sout her n Califor nia, r espect ively. He has
held posit ions wit h Unocal, USC, CS-3 and Malgudi Syst ems. He is cur r ent ly
a Resear ch Scient ist at t he Ar my Resear ch Lab, Adelphi, MD.
Dr . Swami has published over fift y jour nal and confer ence paper s in t he ar eas
of modeling and par amet er est imat ion of non-Gaussian pr ocesses. He is
co-or ganizer and co-chair of t he Eight h IEEE Signal Pr ocessing Wor kshop on
St at ist ical Signal and Ar r ay Pr ocessing, Cor fu, Gr eece (J une 1996).
Jerry M. Mendel
J er r y Mendel r eceived his B.S. degr ee in Mechanical Engineer ing in 1959, his
M.S. in 1960, and his Ph.D. in 1963 in Elect r ical Engineer ing fr om t he
Polyt echnic Inst it ut e of Br ooklyn, NY. Cur r ent ly he is Pr ofessor of Elect r ical
Engineer ing at USC in Los Angeles.
Dr . Mendel is a Fellow of t he IEEE, a Dist inguished Member of t he IEEE
Cont r ol Syst ems Societ y, a member of Tau Bet a Pi, Pi Tau Sigma, and Sigma
Xi, and a r egist er ed Pr ofessional Cont r ol Syst ems Engineer in Califor nia. He
has aut hor ed mor e t han 300 t echnical paper s, t hr ee t ext books and four ot her
books r elat ed t o his r esear ch in est imat ion t heor y, deconvolut ion, higher -or der
st at ist ics, neur al net wor ks and fuzzy logic.
Chrysostomos L. (Max ) Nikias
Chr ysost omos L. (Max) Nikias r eceived his B.S. degr ee in Elect r ical and
Mechanical Engineer ing fr om t he Nat ional Technical Univer sit y of At hens,
Gr eece and his M.S. and Ph.D. degr ees in Elect r ical Engineer ing fr om t he St at e
Univer sit y of New Yor k at Buffalo in 1980 and 1982. Cur r ent ly he is a
Pr ofessor of Elect r ical Engineer ing at USC in Los Angeles, wher e he is also
Dir ect or of CRASP and Associat e Dean of Academic Resear ch.
Dr . Nikias is a Fellow of t he IEEE. He is t he aut hor of over 150 jour nal and
confer ence paper s, t wo t ext books, a monogr aph, and four pat ent s. He is
co-aut hor of t he t ext book Higher-Order S pectral Analysis: A Nonlinear S ignal
Processing Framework, Pr ent ice-Hall, Inc. 1993.

1
Tut or ial
Introduct i on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Polyspectra and Li near Processes . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Li near Predi cti on Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Harmoni c Processe s and DOA . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Nonli near Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Ti me-Frequency Di st ri butions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Ti me-Delay Esti mati on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Case St udi e s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Dat a Fi les . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Refe re nce s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
1 Tu to r i a l
1-2
Introduction
This sect ion of t he Users Guide descr ibes how t o begin using t he Higher -Or der
Spect r al Analysis Toolbox for your signal pr ocessing applicat ions. It assumes
familiar it y wit h basic MATLAB

,
as well as a basic under st anding of signals
and syst ems.
Ther e is much mor e infor mat ion in a st ochast ic non-Gaussian or det er minist ic
signal t han is conveyed by it s aut ocor r elat ion or power spect r um. Higher -or der
spect r a, which ar e defined in t er ms of t he higher -or der moment s or cumulant s
of a signal, cont ain t his addit ional infor mat ion. The Higher -Or der Spect r al
Analysis (HOSA) Toolbox pr ovides compr ehensive higher -or der spect r al
analysis capabilit ies for signal pr ocessing applicat ions. The t oolbox is an
excellent r esour ce for t he advanced r esear cher and t he pr act icing engineer , as
well as t he novice st udent who want s t o lear n about concept s and algor it hms
in st at ist ical signal pr ocessing.
The Higher -Or der Spect r al Analysis Toolbox is a collect ion of M-files t hat
implement a var iet y of advanced signal pr ocessing algor it hms for spect r al
est imat ion, polyspect r al est imat ion, and comput at ion of t ime-fr equency
dist r ibut ions, wit h applicat ions such as par amet r ic and nonpar amet r ic blind
syst em ident ificat ion, t ime delay est imat ion, har monic r et r ieval, dir ect ion of
ar r ival est imat ion, par amet er est imat ion of Volt er r a (nonlinear ) models, and
adapt ive linear pr edict ion. Ot her pot ent ial applicat ions include acoust ics,
biomedicine, economet r ics, explor at ion seismology, nondest r uct ive t est ing,
oceanogr aphy, plasma physics, r adar , sonar , speech et c.
For t he newcomer t o t he field of higher -or der st at ist ics (spect r a), some
excellent st ar t ing places ar e:
[T2] Mendel, J .M., Tut or ial on higher -or der st at ist ics (spect r a) in signal
pr ocessing and syst em t heor y: Theor et ical r esult s and some applicat ions,
Proc. IEEE, Vol. 79, pp. 278-305, 1991.
[T3] Nikias, C.L. and J .M. Mendel, Signal pr ocessing wit h higher -or der
spect r a, IEEE S ignal Processing Magazine, Vol. 10, No 3, pp. 10-37, J uly 1993
[T4] Nikias, C.L. and A.P. Pet r opulu, Higher-Order S pectra Analysis: A
Nonlinear S ignal Processing Framework, New J er sey: Pr ent ice-Hall, 1993.
[T1] Nikias, C.L. and M.R. Raghuveer , Bispect r um est imat ion: A digit al signal
pr ocessing fr amewor k, Proc. IEEE, Vol. 75, pp. 869-91, J uly 1987.
In tr o d u c ti o n
1-3
The field of higher -or der st at ist ics (spect r a) and it s applicat ions t o var ious
signal pr ocessing pr oblems ar e r elat ively new. As such, t her e is no guar ant ee
t hat a par t icular Higher -Or der Spect r al Analysis Toolbox r out ine will wor k
well on your dat a. Unit ed Signals Syst ems, Inc., will be updat ing and
upgr ading t he Higher -Or der Spect r al Analysis Toolbox fr om t ime t o t ime t o
incor por at e new r out ines and pr ovide user s wit h guidance on t he applicabilit y
of exist ing r out ines as mor e exper ience is obt ained t hr ough t heir use.
The Tut or ial has numer ous examples t hat r einfor ce t he t heor y and
demonst r at e how t o use t he t oolbox funct ions. All of t he dat a files used by t hese
examples ar e included in your Higher -Or der Spect r al Analysis Toolbox
dist r ibut ion disket t e, and ar e descr ibed in t he sect ion on Dat a Files. We
encour age you t o t r y out t he examples your self. Addit ional examples may be
found in t he demo, which can be invoked via hosademo. A lat er sect ion in t he
Tut or ial demonst r at es how t o deal wit h real data.
1 Tu to r i a l
1-4
Polyspectra and Linear Processes
In t his sect ion, we will define cumulant s, polyspect r a, and var ious ot her
r elat ed st at ist ics, such as bicepst r a and bicoher ence. We will discuss t est s for
linearity and Gaussianity, and we will develop cumulant -based algor it hms for
est imat ing t he par amet er s of linear (e.g., ARMA) pr ocesses.
Introduction
The not ion of decomposing a signal int o it s har monic component s dat es back t o
t he analysis of t he mot ion of planet s (t he music of t he spher es, as t he
Pyt hagor ians called it ), phases of t he moon, laws of musical har mony, Newt ons
spect r al decomposit ion of light (1677), Ber nouilli (1738) and Euler s (1755)
analysis of vibr at ing membr anes, and Pr onys appr oximat ion for vibr at ing
mechanisms (1793). Moder n Four ier Analysis, as we know it t oday, r eceived it s
foundat ions in t he wor k of Four ier (1807), alt hough t he r oot s of t he Fast
Four ier Tr ansfor m (FFT) can be t r aced back t o Gausss wor k on or bit al
mechanics (1805).
We will assume, wit hout loss of gener alit y, t hat t he pr ocesses or signals of
int er est t o us ar e zer o mean. We will also assume t hat t he pr ocesses ar e
discr et e-t ime, wit h a sampling int er val of T = 1, cor r esponding t o a nor malized
sampling fr equency of 1 Hz, so t hat t he Nyquist fr equency is 0.5 Hz.
The power spectrum is t he pr imar y t ool of signal pr ocessing, and algor it hms for
est imat ing t he power spect r um have found applicat ions in ar eas such as r adar ,
sonar , seismic, biomedical, communicat ions, and speech signal pr ocessing.
Analog equipment t o est imat e t he spect r um, namely t he spectrum analyzer,
has been ar ound for mor e t han five decades, and may be found in almost any
lab. Our t oolbox not only offer s a subst it ut e for t hat equipment ; it expands t he
analyst s t oolkit t o include algor it hms mor e sophist icat ed t han t he simple
convent ional spect r al analysis t echniques.
Po l y sp e c tr a a n d Li n e a r Pr o c e sse s
1-5
The usefulness of t he power spectrum ar ises fr om an impor t ant t heor em,
known as Wolds decomposit ion, which st at es t hat any discr et e-t ime st at ionar y
r andom pr ocess can be expr essed in t he for m,
x(n) = y(n)+ z(n)
such t hat :
1 Pr ocesses y(n) and z(n) ar e uncor r elat ed wit h one anot her ;
2 Pr ocess y(n) has a causal linear pr ocess r epr esent at ion,
wher e and u(n) is a whit e-noise pr ocess; and,
3 z(n) is singular, t hat is, it can be pr edict ed per fect ly (wit h zer o var iance)
fr om it s past .
An example of a singular pr ocess is t he har monic pr ocess,
. A pr ocess wit h z(n) 0 has a pur ely cont inuous
spect r um; addit ionally, a st r ict ly band-limit ed pr ocess is also singular .
Since r eal wor ld signals cannot be st r ict ly band limit ed, we may t hink of t he
Wold decomposit ion as decomposing a pr ocess int o a linear pr ocess (which has
a cont inuous spect r um) and a har monic pr ocess (which has a line spect r um).
It is also impor t ant t o not e t hat t he t heor em only st at es t hat u(t) is
uncor r elat ed; it does not st at e t hat u(t) is i.i.d., (higher -or der whit e). For
example, u(n) might be t he out put of an all-pass syst em whose input is an i.i.d.
pr ocess. We need higher -or der st at ist ics t o det er mine whet her or not u(t) is
i.i.d., or mer ely uncor r elat ed. Ot her mot ivat ions for using higher -or der
st at ist ics (HOS) ar e discussed t hr oughout t his Tut or ial.
y n ( ) h k ( )u n k ( )
k 0 =

=
h 0 ( ) 1 = h
2
k ( )
k 0 =

< , ,
s n ( ) j 2f n ( ) exp =
1 Tu to r i a l
1-6
Definitions
The autocorrelation funct ion or sequence of a st at ionar y pr ocess, x(n), is
defined by,
(1-1)
wher e E {} denot es t he ensemble expect at ion oper at or . The power spect r um is
for mally defined as t he Four ier Tr ansfor m (FT) of t he aut ocor r elat ion sequence
(t he Wiener -Khint chine t heor em)
(1-2)
wher e denot es t he fr equency. An equivalent definit ion is given by
(1-3)
wher e X() is t he Four ier Tr ansfor m of x(n)
(1-4)
A sufficient , but not necessar y, condit ion for t he exist ence of t he power
spect r um is t hat t he aut ocor r elat ion be absolut ely summable. The power
spect r um is r eal valued and nonnegat ive, t hat is, P
xx
() 0; if x(n) is r eal
valued, t hen t he power spect r um is also symmet r ic, t hat is, P
xx
() = P
xx
().
As we shall see next , higher -or der moment s ar e nat ur al gener alizat ions of t he
aut ocor r elat ion, and cumulant s ar e specific nonlinear combinat ions of t hese
moment s.
The fir st -or der cumulant of a st at ionar y pr ocess is t he mean, C
1x
:= E{x(t )} . The
higher -or der cumulant s ar e invar iant t o a shift of mean; hence, it is convenient
t o define t hem under t he assumpt ion of zer o mean; if t he pr ocess has nonzer o
mean, we subt r act t he mean, and t hen apply t he following definit ions t o t he
r esult ing pr ocess. The second-, t hir d- and four t h-or der cumulant s of a
zer o-mean st at ionar y pr ocess ar e defined by [4],
R
x x
m ( ) := E x

n ( )x n m + ( ) { }
P
x x
( ) R
xx
m ( ) j 2m ( ) exp
m =

=
P
xx
( ) := E X ( )X

( ) { }
X ( ) x n ( ) j 2n ( ). exp
n =

=
Po l y sp e c tr a a n d Li n e a r Pr o c e sse s
1-7
(1-5)
(1-6)
(1-7)
wher e M
2x
(m) = E{x(n) x(n + m)}, and equals C
2x
(m), for a r eal-valued pr ocess.
The fir st -or der cumulant is t he mean of t he pr ocess; and t he second-or der
cumulant is t he aut ocovar iance sequence. Not e t hat for complex pr ocesses,
t her e ar e sever al ways of defining cumulant s depending upon which t er ms ar e
conjugat ed.
The zer o-lag cumulant s have special names: C
2x
(0) is t he var iance and is
usually denot ed by ; C
3x
(0,0) and C
4x
(0,0,0) ar e usually denot ed by
3x
and

4x
. We will r efer t o t he nor malized quant it ies, as t he skewness and
as t he kurtosis. These nor malized quant it ies ar e bot h shift and scale
invar iant . If x(n) is symmet r ic dist r ibut ed, it s skewness is necessar ily zer o (but
not vice ver sa); if x(n) is Gaussian dist r ibut ed, it s kurtosis is necessar ily zer o
(but not vice ver sa). Oft en t he t er ms skewness and kur t osis ar e used t o r efer t o
t he unnor malized quant it ies,
3x
and
4x
.
If x(n) is an i.i.d. pr ocess, it s cumulant s ar e nonzer o only at t he or igin. If x(n) is
st at ist ically independent of y(n), and z(n) = x(n) + y(n), t hen
wit h similar r elat ionships holding for cumulant s of all or der s. This addit ivit y
pr oper t y simplifies cumulant -based analysis.
C
2x
k ( ) E x* n ( )x n k + ( ) { } =
C
3x
k l , ( ) E x* n ( )x n k + ( )x n l + ( ) { } =
C
2x
k ( )C
2x
l m ( ) C
2x
l ( )C
2x
k m ( )
C
4 x
k l m , , ( ) E x* n ( )x n k + ( )x n l + ( )x* n m + ( ) { } =
M
2x
*
m ( )M
2 x
k l ( )

x
2

3x

2x
3

4x

2 x
4

C
4z
k l m , , ( ) C
4x
k l m , , ( ) C
4y
k l m , , ( ), + =
1 Tu to r i a l
1-8
The cumulant s of a st at ionar y r eal-valued pr ocess ar e symmet r ic in t heir
ar gument s, t hat is,
Hence, t he fundament al r egion of suppor t is not t he ent ir e k-D plane. For
example, for k = 2, C
2x
(k), k 0, specifies C
2x
(k) ever ywher e. It is easily shown
t hat t he nonr edundant r egion for C
3x
(k,l) is t he wedge
{(k,l) : 0 l k },
and for C
4x
(k,l,m), it is t he cone,
{(k,l,m) : 0 m l k }.
The kt h-or der polyspect r um is defined as t he FTs of t he cor r esponding
cumulant sequence:
(1-8)
(1-9)
(1-10)
which ar e r espect ively t he power spect r um, t he bispect r um, and t he
t r ispect r um. Not e t hat t he bispect r um is a funct ion of t wo fr equencies, wher eas
t he t r ispect r um is a funct ion of t hr ee fr equencies. In cont r ast wit h t he power
spect r um which is r eal valued and nonnegat ive, bispect r a and t r ispect r a ar e
complex valued.
C
3x
k l , ( ) C
3x
l k , ( ) C
3x
k l k , ( ) = =
C
2x
k ( ) C
2x
k ( ) =
C
4x
k l , m , ( ) C
4x
l k m , , ( ) C
4x
k m l , , ( ) C
4x
k l k m k , , ( ) = = =
S
2x
( ) C
2x
k ( )e
j 2
k =

=
S
3x

1

2
, ( ) C
3x
k l , ( )e
j 2
1
k
e
j 2
2
l
l =

k =

=
S
4x

1

2

3
, , ( ) C
4x
k l m , , ( )e
j 2
1
( k
2
l
3
m ) + +
k l m , , =

=
Po l y sp e c tr a a n d Li n e a r Pr o c e sse s
1-9
For a r eal-valued pr ocess, symmet r y pr oper t ies of cumulant s car r y over t o
symmet r y pr oper t ies of polyspect r a. The power spect r um is symmet r ic:
S
2x
() = S
2x
(). The symmet r y pr oper t ies of t he bispect r um ar e given by [56]:
(1-11)
Hence, a nonr edundant r egion of suppor t for t he bispect r um is t he t r iangle
wit h ver t ices (0,0), (1/3,1/3) and (1/2,0); r ecall t hat we have assumed a
nor malized sampling fr equency of 1 Hz.
Symmet r y pr oper t ies of t he t r ispect r um include:
The lit er at ur e is somewhat confusing bot h in t he der ivat ion, as well as in t he
descr ipt ion of t he nonr edundant r egions. The nonr edundant r egion for a
cont inuous-t ime band-limit ed pr ocess, wit h a Nyquist fr equency of 0.5 Hz, is
t he t r iangle wit h ver t ices (0,0), (1/4,1/4), (1/2,0). A t ut or ial t r eat ment of t he
differ ences bet ween t he cont inuous-t ime and t he discr et e-t ime cases is given in
[47]; r elat ed discussions may be found in [63]. The nonr edundant r egion of t he
t r ispect r um is discussed in [6, 9, 47].
Similar t o t he cr oss-cor r elat ion, we can also define cr oss-cumulant s; for
example,
(1-12)
The cr oss-bispect r um is defined by,
(1-13)
Not e t hat t he bispect r um S
3x
(
1
,
2
) is a special case of t he cr oss-bispect r um
obt ained when x = y = z.
The cross-bicoherence is anot her useful st at ist ic which is defined as,
S
3x

1

2
, ( ) S
3x

2

1
, ( ) S
3x

1

1

2
, ( ) = =
S
3x

1

2

2
, , ( ) S
3x
*

1

2
, ( ). = =
S
4x

1

2

3
, , ( ) S
4x

1

3

2
, , ( ) S
4 x

2

1

3
, , ( ) = =
S
4 x

1

2

1

3

1
, , ( ) S
4x
*

1

2

3
, , ( ). = =
C
xy z
k l , ( ) E x

n ( )y n ( k )z n ( l ) + + { } =
S
xyz

1

2
, ( ) C
x yz
k l , ( )e
j 2
1
k
e
j 2
2
l
l =

k =

=
1 Tu to r i a l
1-10
(1-14)
The aut obicoher ence is obt ained when x = y = z. M-file bicoherx can be used t o
est imat e t he cr oss-bicoher ence, and bicoher can be used t o est imat e t he
bicoher ence.
The cross-bicepstrum of t hr ee pr ocesses is defined by
(1-15)
and is well-defined only if S
xyz
(
1
,
2
) is nonzer o ever ywher e.
Why Do We Need Higher-Order Statistics?
Mot ivat ion t o use cumulant s and polyspect r a of or der k > 2 is given by t he
following (m
k
= (m
1
. . . , m
k-1
)):
If z(n) = x(n) + y(n), and x(n) and y(n) ar e mut ually independent pr ocesses,
t hen C
kz
(m
k
) = C
kx
(m
k
) + C
ky
(m
k
).
If x(n) is Gaussian, t hen C
kz
(m
k
) = 0, k > 2.
Hence, if z(n) = x(n) + w(n), wher e w(n) is Gaussian and independent of x(n),
t hen, for k > 2, C
kz
(m
k
) = C
kx
(m
k
). Thus, we can r ecover t he higher -or der
cumulant s of a non-Gaussian signal even in t he pr esence of color ed Gaussian
noise.
Let x(n) be a linear pr ocess, t hat is, , wher e u(n) is
i.i.d. Then, it follows t hat :
(1-16)
(1-17)
(1-18)
bic
xyz

1

2
, ( )
S
xy z

1

2
, ( )
S
2x

1

2
+ ( )S
2y

1
( )S
2 z

2
( )
------------------------------------------------------------------------------- =
b
x yz
m n , ( ) S
xy z

1

2
, ( ) ( )e
j 2
1
m
e
j 2
2
n
ln
1

2
d d

=
x n ( ) h
k

k ( )u n ( k ) =
C
2x
k ( )
2u
h

n ( )h n ( k ) + =
C
3x
k l , ( )
3u
h

n ( )h n ( k )h n l + ( ) + =
C
4x
k l , m , ( )
4u
h

n ( )h n ( k )h n l + ( )h

n m + ( ) + =
Po l y sp e c tr a a n d Li n e a r Pr o c e sse s
1-11
(1-19)
(1-20)
(1-21)
wher e
ku
= C
ku
(0). Not e t hat t he power spect r um does not car r y any
infor mat ion about t he phase of H(). In cont r ast , if u(n) is non-Gaussian, t his
phase infor mat ion can be r ecover ed fr om t he higher -or der polyspect r a. Thus,
t he st andar d minimum-phase assumpt ion, which is necessar y when t he
pr ocess is Gaussian or only second-or der st at ist ics ar e used, may be dr opped.
Any pr ocess can always be consider ed t o be a linear pr ocess wit h r espect t o
it s second-or der st at ist ics; t hat is, given R
yy
, we can always find {h(k)} and
an uncor r elat ed pr ocess u(n), such t hat , R
yy
(m) = R
xx
(m), wher e
. In ot her wor ds, t he aut ocor r elat ion sequence
cannot give any evidence of nonlinear it y. In cont r ast , higher -or der
cumulant s can give evidence of nonlinear it y.
Pr ocesses of t he for m whose phase is a
polynomial in t ime t, ar e called polynomial phase pr ocesses; t he FTs of such
pr ocesses t end t o be flat , wher eas suit ably defined slices of higher -or der
spect r a r eveal st r uct ur e t hat per mit s est imat ion of p and t he a
k
s.
To summar ize, cumulant s ar e useful: (1) if t he addit ive noise is Gaussian and
t he signal is non-Gaussian, (2) t he linear syst em is non-minimum phase (t hat
is, mixed-phase), or (3) t he pr ocess is nonlinear .
Bias and Variance of an Estimator
In pr act ice, we est imat e cumulant s and polyspect r a fr om dat a. These est imat es
ar e, t hemselves, r andom, and ar e char act er ized by t heir bias and variance.
Let x(n) denot e a st at ionar y pr ocess; we assume t hat all r elevant st at ist ics
exist and have finit e values. Let s denot e some st at ist ic, defined on x(n). Let
denot e an est imat e of t he st at ist ic based on N obser vat ions, . Since
x(n) is a r andom pr ocess, t he est imat e is also r andom; clear ly, will not
S
2 x
( )
2 u
H ( )
2
=
S
3x

1

2
, ( )
3u
H
1
( )H
2
( )H


1

2
+ ( ) =
S
4x

1

2

3
, , ( )
4u
H
1
( )H
2
( )H
3
( )H


1

2

3
+ + ( ) =
x n ( ) h
k

k ( )u n ( k ) =
x t ( ) a t ( ) j ( exp a
k
t
k
)
k 0 =
p

=
s
N
x n ( ) { }
n 0 =
N 1
s
N
s
N
1 Tu to r i a l
1-12
equal s. The est imat e is a good est imat e if it is near s. This not ion is
clar ified by int r oducing t he ideas of bias and consistency.
The bias of an est imat or is defined as E{ } s; t he est imat e is said t o be
unbiased if t he bias is zer o, t hat is,
E{ } = s.
Oft en t his holds t r ue only as , in which case t he est imat e is said t o be
asymptotically unbiased.
The bias, by it self, does not complet ely char act er ize t he est imat e. If t he
est imat e is good, we expect t hat will t ake on values ar ound t he t r ue
quant it y s. The nat ur al measur e of t he spr ead is t he squar ed deviat ion ar ound
t he t r ue quant it y, s,
.
The est imat e is said t o be (asympt ot ically) consist ent if t he squar ed deviat ion
goes t o zer o, as . This condit ion is somet imes called mean-square
consistency. A consist ent est imat e is necessar ily (asympt ot ically) unbiased.
Estimating Cumulants
In pr act ice, we have a finit e amount of dat a, , and we must obt ain
consist ent est imat es of cumulant s. The sample est imat es ar e given by,
(1-22)
(1-23)
(1-24)
s
N
s
N
s
N
N
s
N
E s
N
s
2

' ;

N
x n ( ) { }
n 0 =
N 1
C

x y
k ( )
1
N
3
------- x

n N
1
=
N
2

n ( )y n k + ( ) =
M

x y
k ( )
1
N
3
------- x
n N
1
=
N
2

n ( )y n k + ( ) =
C

xy z
k l , ( )
1
N
3
------- x

n N
1
=
N
2

n ( )y n k + ( )z n l + ( ) =
Po l y sp e c tr a a n d Li n e a r Pr o c e sse s
1-13
(1-25)
wher e N
1
and N
2
ar e chosen such t hat t he summat ions involve only x(n)s wit h
; unbiased est imat es ar e obt ained if N
3
is set equal t o t he act ual
number of t er ms which ar e aver aged; for example,
Usually we set N
3
t o N and obt ain est imat es t hat ar e asympt ot ically unbiased.
Aut ocumulant s ar e obt ained when w = x = y = z. These est imat es ar e known t o
be consist ent pr ovided t he pr ocess x(n) sat isfies some weak mixing condit ions
[5]. For example, for lar ge N, t he var iance of t he sample est imat e of t he
t hir d-or der cr oss-cumulant is given by
wher e c is a finit e const ant t hat depends upon t he aut o- and cr oss-moment s
(cumulant s) of or der s 1 t hr ough 6 of t he pr ocesses x(n), y(n), and z(n).
These definit ions assume t hat t he pr ocesses ar e zer o mean; in pr act ice, t he
sample mean is r emoved fir st . Rout ines cum2x, cum3x, and cum4x may be
used t o est imat e cr oss-cumulant s of or der s 2, 3, and 4; cumest may be used t o
est imat e t he aut ocumulant s.
C

wx yz
k l m , , ( )
1
N
3
------- w

n N
1
=
N
2

n ( )x n k + ( )y n l + ( )z

n m + ( ) =
C

wx
k ( )C
yz
l m ( ) C

wy
l ( )C
x z
k m ( )
M

wz
*
m ( )M

xy
l k ( )
n 0 N 1 , [ ]
E C

x yz
N
k l , ( ) { } C
x yz
k l , ( ) =
var C

xy z
N
k l , ( ) { } c N =
1 Tu to r i a l
1-14
Ex a mples
We will simulat e a non-Gaussian ARMA pr ocess, and t hen est imat e it s
cumulant s:
rand('seed',0); randn('seed',0);
u=rpiid(1024,'exp'); n=25;
y=filter([1,2], [1,1.5,0.8], u);
for k=n:n,
cmat(:,k+n+1)=cumest(y,3,n,128,0,'biased',k);
end
subplot(121), mesh(n:n,n:n, cmat)
subplot(122), contour(n:n,n:n,cmat,8)
Time-ser ies y is segment ed int o r ecor ds of 128 samples each, wit h no over lap;
biased est imat es of t he t hir d-or der cumulant s ar e obt ained fr om each segment
and t hen aver aged; t he (i,j) element of cmat will cont ain t he est imat e of
C
3y
(i n 1,j n 1), for i,j = 1, . . ., 2

*
n + 1. You can use t he funct ion cumtrue
t o comput e and display t he t r ue cumulant s.
The cont our plot in Figur e 1-1 r eveals t he basic symmet r y of t hir d-or der
cumulant s, namely C
3y
(
1
,
2
) = C
3y
(
2
,
1
). Ot her symmet r y pr oper t ies may be
ver ified by using cumtrue t o est imat e t he t r ue cumulant s of a linear pr ocess.
Figure 1-1: Estimated Third-Order Cumulants of an ARMA(2,1) Process
(cumest)
40
20
0
20
40
50
0
50
20
15
10
5
0
5
10
15
20 10 0 10 20
25
20
15
10
5
0
5
10
15
20
25
Po l y sp e c tr a a n d Li n e a r Pr o c e sse s
1-15
Estimating Polyspectra and Cross-polyspectra
Est imat or s of polyspect r a ar e nat ur al ext ensions of est imat or s of t he power
spect r um, wit h some impor t ant differ ences in t he smoot hing r equir ement s.
Hence, it will be useful t o r eview power spect r um est imat ion t echniques fir st .
Estima ting the Pow er Spectr um
Techniques for est imat ing t he convent ional power spect r um fall int o t hr ee
br oad cat egor ies: t he nonpar amet r ic or convent ional met hods, t he par amet r ic
or model-based met hods, and t he cr it er ion-based met hods.
The fir st cat egor y includes t wo classes: t he dir ect met hods, which ar e based on
t he FT of t he obser ved dat a; and indir ect met hods, which ar e based on
comput ing t he FT of t he est imat ed aut ocor r elat ion sequence of t he dat a. The
class of par amet r ic met hods includes algor it hms such as MA, AR, and ARMA
modeling, and eigen-space based met hods such as MUSIC, Min-Nor m, et c.,
which ar e appr opr iat e for har monic models. Cr it er ion-based met hods include
Bur gs Maximum Ent r opy algor it hm and Capons Maximum-Likelihood
algor it hm.
The convent ional est imat or s ar e easy t o under st and and easy t o implement ,
but ar e limit ed by t heir r esolving power (t he abilit y t o separ at e t wo closely
spaced har monics), par t icular ly when t he number of samples is small. For
r andom signals, t hese est imat or s t ypically r equir e long obser vat ion int er vals
in or der t o achieve accept ably low values for t he var iances of t he est imat e.
The nat ur al est imat or of t he power spect r um is t he FT of ,
This est imat or , also known as t he per iodogr am, can be comput ed as t he
squar ed magnit ude of an N-point FFT of t he obser ved t ime ser ies. Since
, t he per iodogr am is an unbiased est imat or of P
xx
().
However , t he per iodogr am is not a consist ent est imat or , because
; t hat is, it s var iance does not go t o zer o as . [56]
R

xx
N
m ( )
I
x x
N
( ) R

x x
N
m ( )e
j 2m
m N 1 =
N 1

1
N
---- x k ( )e
j 2k
k 0 =
N 1

2
. = =
E R

x x
N
m ( ) { } R
x x m ( )
=
var P
xx
N
( ) ( ) P
xx
2
( ) = N
1 Tu to r i a l
1-16
If x(n) is Gaussian whit e noise wit h var iance
2
, it s power spect r um should be
flat , P
xx
() =
2
; t he var iance of t he per iodogr am est imat e, , is given by,
Not e t hat t he var iance does not go t o zer o as , t hat is, t he est imat e is not
consist ent . The covar iance bet ween est imat es at fr equencies
1
= k/ N and

2
= m/ N is zer o; t hus, on t he one hand as N incr eases, t he var iance at any
does not go t o zer o; however , t he spacing bet ween est imat es t hat ar e
uncor r elat ed decr eases as 1/N; as a consequence, t he fluct uat ions in t he
per iodogr am become mor e r apid as N incr eases. As an example, t r y
semilogy(abs(fft(rpiid(n,nor')))) for incr easing values of n. Pr oper
smoot hing smoot hs out t he fluct uat ions and yields consist ent est imat es.
It should be emphasized t hat t he var iance expr essions ar e meaningful only in
t he cont ext of r andom pr ocesses; t he FT, it self, is a ver y useful t ool for
analyzing det er minist ic signals.
The per iodogr am est imat e can be made consist ent in sever al ways, by:
Smoot hing (filt er ing) in t he fr equency domain;
Mult iplying t he aut ocor r elat ion sequence by a lag window funct ion;
Mult iplying t he t ime-domain dat a by a window funct ion; or ,
Aver aging sever al per iodogr am est imat es.
These obser vat ions car r y over t o bispect r al est imat es as we see next .
Estima ting Bispectr a a nd Cr oss- Bispectra
The nat ur al est imat e of t he cr oss-bispect r um is t he FT of t he t hir d-or der
cumulant sequence, t hat is,
(1-26)
P
xx
N
( )
var P
x x
N
( ) ( )
4
1
2 ( sin N )
N 2 ( sin )
------------------------------
,
_
2
+ . =
N
I
xy z
N
( ) C

xy z
k l , ( )e
j 2
1
k
e
j 2
2
l
l N 1 =
N 1

k N 1 =
N 1

=
1
N
2
-------X
N
*

1

2
+ ( )Y
N

1
( )Z
N

2
( ) =
Po l y sp e c tr a a n d Li n e a r Pr o c e sse s
1-17
wher e X
N
() is t he FT of . This est imat e, known as t he
cross-biperiodogram, is not a consist ent est imat e. As in t he case of t he power
spect r um, t he est imat e can be made consist ent by suit able smoot hing. The
bispect r um and t he biper iodogr ams ar e special cases obt ained when x = y = z.
Smoot hing can be accomplished by mult iplying t he t hir d-or der cumulant
est imat es by a lag window funct ion. Let w(t,s) be a 2-D window funct ion, whose
2-D FT is bounded and nonnegat ive; fur t her , assume
The window funct ion, w(t ,s), must also sat isfy t he symmet r y pr oper t ies of
t hir d-or der cumulant s. For example, 2-D lag windows may be der ived fr om 1-D
lag windows as follows,
w(t,s) = w(t)w(s)w(t s)
which sat isfies t he symmet r y condit ions of C
3x
(m,n).
Consider t he scaled-par amet er window, w
M
(t,s) = w(t/ M,s/ M), and t he
smoot hed est imat e,
(1-27)
Under t he assumpt ion t hat t he cr oss-bispect r um S
xyz
(
1
,
2
) is sufficient ly
smoot h, t he smoot hed est imat e is known t o be consist ent , wit h var iance given
by,
(1-28)
for 0 <
1
<
2
< . Not e t he implied consist ency condit ion is and
M
2
/ , as , and w
2
(t,s)dt ds < . The est imat or in (1-27), for x = y
= z, is implement ed in r out ine bispeci.
An alt er nat ive appr oach is t o per for m t he smoot hing in t he fr equency domain.
As in t he case of power spect r a, we may segment t he dat a int o K r ecor ds of
x n ( ) { }
n 0 =
N 1
w 0 0 , ( ) 1; =
w
2
t s , ( ) t d s d < ;


i
2
W
1

2
, ( )
1
d
2
d < ;


i
W
1

2
, ( )
1
d
2
d 0 = ;

S

x yz

1

2
, ( ) C

xy z
k l , ( )w
M
k l , ( )e
j 2
1
k
e
j 2
2
l
l N 1 =
N 1

k N 1 =
N 1

=
var S

xy z

1

2
, ( ) ( )
M
2
N
--------S
2 x

1

2
+ ( )S
2y

1
( )S
2z

2
( ) w
2
t s , ( ) t d s d

=
M
N N
1 Tu to r i a l
1-18
lengt h L = N/ K, comput e and aver age t he biper iodogr ams, and t hen per for m
t he fr equency smoot hing, using t he fr equency-domain filt er , W
M
(
1
,
2
), t he FT
of w
M
(t,s). In t his case,
(1-29)
for 0 <
1
<
2
< . Windowing is not r equir ed in t his case pr ovided K is lar ge;
however , t his does not ensur e t hat t he bias will go t o zer o. Rao and Gabr [56,
Sec. 2.4] have der ived a bispect r al window which is opt imum in t er ms of bias
and var iance; windows sat isfying ot her opt imalit y cr it er ia ar e discussed in [56,
40]. The Rao-Gabr window is available as an opt ion in r out ine bispeci.
Rout ine bispecdx comput es est imat es of t he cr oss-bispect r um.
Ex a mples
load qpc
bspec=bispeci(zmat,21,64,0,'unbiased',128,1);
dbspec=bispecdx(zmat,zmat,zmat,128,3,64,0);
The cont our plot s of t he t wo est imat es of t he bispect r um ar e shown in Figur e
1-2 and Figur e 1-3.
Figure 1-2 Indirect Estimate of the Bispectrum (bispeci)
var S

xyz

1

2
, ( ) ( )
M
2
L K
--------S
2x

1

2
+ ( )S
2 y

1
( )S
2z

2
( ) w
2
t s , ( ) t d s d

=
0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
Bispectrum estimated via the indirect method
f1
f
2
Po l y sp e c tr a a n d Li n e a r Pr o c e sse s
1-19
Figure 1-3 Direct Estimate of the Bispectrum (bispecdx)
Bot h t he dir ect and t he indir ect est imat es r eveal peaks at (0.10, 0.15) and t he
11 ot her symmet r ic locat ions as indicat ed by (1.11). The dat a used in t his
example consist of quadr at ically phase-coupled har monics wit h fr equencies at
0.10, 0.15, and 0.25 Hz, and an uncoupled har monic at 0.40 Hz; quadr at ic
phase-coupling is discussed fur t her in t he sect ion on Nonlinear Pr ocesses,
wher e we will see t hat t he pr esence of pr onounced peaks in t he bispect r um is
indicat ive of nonlinear phenomena.
Let x(n) be a (zer o mean) whit e Gaussian pr ocess, wit h var iance ; let
y(n) = x
2
(n). It is easy t o show t hat t he cr oss-bispect r um of (x,x,y) should be a
const ant , equal t o . This follows by not ing t hat if a,b,c,d ar e zer o mean and
joint ly Gaussian, t hen,
E{abcd} = cum(a,b)cum(c,d) + cum(a,d)cum(b,c) + cum(a,c)cum(b,d).
Ex a mples
randn('seed',0);
x=randn(64,64); y=x.*x;
dbic=bispecdx(x,x,y,128,5);
Not ice t hat an appar ent st r uct ur e along t he axes (which is an ar t ifact due t o
t he r emoval of t he mean), consist ent est imat es along t he axes, and t he
0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
CrossBispectrum
f1
f
2

x
2
2
x
4
1 Tu to r i a l
1-20
ant i-diagonal can be obt ained only by sufficient smoot hing; a smoot hing
window of size 5 is inadequat e. The lines
1
= 0,
2
= 0, and
1
+
2
= 0, ar e
called t he pr incipal submanifolds, [4, 6]. This example also illust r at es t hat
passing a Gaussian pr ocess t hr ough a nonlinear it y makes it non-Gaussian.
Estimating Bicoherence
Given est imat es of t he power spect r a and t he cr oss-bispect r um, we can
est imat e t he cr oss-bicoher ence as indicat ed in (1-14). It has been shown t hat
consist ent est imat es of t he power spect r um and t he bispect r um lead t o
consist ent est imat es of t he bicoher ence.
Rout ines bicoher and bicoherx may be used t o est imat e t he aut obicoher ence
and t he cr oss-bicoher ence.
Ex a mples
load qpc
dbspec=bicoher(zmat,128);
Figure 1-4 Bicoherence Estimate (bicoher)
A cont our plot of t he est imat ed bicoher ence is shown in Figur e 1-4. The dat a
consist s of quadr at ically phase-coupled har monics wit h fr equencies at 0.10,
0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
Bicoherence estimated via the direct (FFT) method
f1
f
2
Po l y sp e c tr a a n d Li n e a r Pr o c e sse s
1-21
0.15, and 0.25 Hz, and an uncoupled har monic at 0.40 Hz. The maximum value
of t he bicoher ence is 0.6442; t he value is less t han unit y because of t he addit ive
noise, which affect s t he power spect r um est imat e.
load nl1
bicx=bicoherx(x,x,y);
You should see t he display in Figur e 1-5. The cr oss-bicoher ence is significant ly
nonzer o, and nonconst ant , indicat ing a nonlinear r elat ionship bet ween x and
y. The nonshar pness of t he peaks, as well as t he pr esence of st r uct ur e ar ound
t he or igin, indicat es t hat t he nonlinear r elat ionship is not pur ely of t he for m
y(n) = x
2
(n), and t hat x,y ar e not nar r ow-band pr ocesses. Fr om t he descr ipt ion
of nl1.mat, we see t hat y is t he out put of a second-or der Volt er r a syst em whose
input , x, is Gaussian.
Figure 1-5 Cross-Bicoherence Estimate (bicoherx)
0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
CrossBicoherence
f1
f
2
1 Tu to r i a l
1-22
Testing for Linearity and Gaussianity
In subsequent sect ions we discuss algor it hms for t he est imat ion of par amet er s
of non-Gaussian linear pr ocesses; of cour se, t hese r out ines assume t hat t he
dat a ar e linear and non-Gaussian. We call a pr ocess, y(n), linear , if it can be
r epr esent ed by
wher e u(n) is assumed t o be i.i.d. If u(n) is Gaussian (non-Gaussian), we say
t hat y(n) is linear Gaussian (non-Gaussian). How do we know t hat t he dat a ar e
non-Gaussian, and t hat t hey ar e addit ionally linear ?
Hinich [24] has developed algor it hms t o t est for non-skewness (loosely called
Gaussianit y) and linear it y. The basic idea is t hat if t he t hir d-or der cumulant s
of a pr ocess ar e zer o, t hen it s bispect r um is zer o, and hence it s bicoher ence is
also zer o. If t he bispect r um is not zer o, t hen t he pr ocess is non-Gaussian; if t he
pr ocess is linear and non-Gaussian, t hen t he bicoher ence is a nonzer o const ant :
see (1-19), (1-20), and (1-14) wit h x = y = z. Thus, we have a hypot hesis t est ing
pr oblem for non-Gaussianit y (non-zer o bispect r um):
H1: t he bispect r um of y(n) is nonzer o;
H0: t he bispect r um of y(n) is zer o.
If hypot hesis H1 holds, we can t est for linear it y, t hat is, we have a second
hypot hesis t est ing pr oblem,
H1: t he bicoher ence of y(n) is not const ant ;
H0: t he bicoher ence of y(n) is a const ant .
If hypot hesis H0 holds, t he pr ocess is linear .
Assume t hat we have good (per fect ) est imat es of t he power spect r um, and
consider t he sample est imat e of t he squar ed bicoher ence,
(1-30)
y n ( ) h k ( )u n k ( ) ,
k

=
bic

xx x

1

2
, ( )
2
S

xx x

1

2
, ( )
2
S
2 x

1

2
+ ( )S
2x

1
( )S
2 x

2
( )
--------------------------------------------------------------------------- =
Po l y sp e c tr a a n d Li n e a r Pr o c e sse s
1-23
It has been est ablished in [6] t hat sample est imat es of t he bispect r um using
convent ional met hods ar e asympt ot ically (complex) Gaussian; addit ionally, t he
est imat es at differ ent fr equencies ar e uncor r elat ed, pr ovided t he fr equency
separ at ion is gr eat er t han t he r ecipr ocal of t he effect ive window lengt h. If
is Gaussian dist r ibut ed, we know t hat is chi-squar ed dist r ibut ed wit h
t wo degr ees of fr eedom.
If 0, t hen t he st at ist ic in(1-30) is a cent r al chi-squar ed r .v. wit h
t wo degr ees of fr eedom. The squar ed bicoher ence is summed over t he P point s
in t he nonr edundant r egion; det ails ar e given in [24]. The r esult ing st at ist ic S
is
2
dist r ibut ed, wit h 2P degr ees of fr eedom. Hence it is easy t o devise a
st at ist ical t est t o det er mine whet her t he obser ved S is consist ent wit h a cent r al
chi-squar ed dist r ibut ion; t his consist ency is r epor t ed as pr obabilit y-of-false
alar m value, t hat is, t he pr obabilit y t hat we will be wr ong in assuming t hat t he
dat a have a nonzer o bispect r um. If t his pr obabilit y is small, say 0.95, we accept
t he assumpt ion of zer o bispect r um, t hat is, we cannot r eject t he Gaussianit y
assumpt ion. This t est is implement ed in r out ine glstat.
Let us assume t hat we have est imat ed S and ar e confident t hat t he dat a is
non-Gaussian. Now if t he dat a ar e also linear , we expect t he squar ed
bicoher ence t o be const ant for all
1
and
2
. In pr act ice, t he est imat ed
bicoher ence will not be flat : we can obt ain an est imat e of t he const ant value by
comput ing t he mean value of t he bicoher ence over t he point s in t he
nonr edundant r egion; let denot e t his mean value. The squar ed bicoher ence is
chi-squar ed dist r ibut ed wit h t wo degr ees of fr eedom and noncent r alit y
par amet er . The sample int er quar t ile r ange, R, of t he squar ed bicoher ence can
be est imat ed, and compar ed wit h t he t heor et ical int er quar t ile r ange of a
chi-squar ed dist r ibut ion wit h t wo degr ees of fr eedom and noncent r alit y
par amet er . If t he est imat ed int er quar t ile r ange is much lar ger or much
smaller t han t he t heor et ical value, t hen we should r eject t he linear it y
hypot hesis. This t est is implement ed in r out ine glstat.
Not e t hat a zer o bispect r um is not pr oof of Gaussianit y, since t he higher -or der
cumulant s and polyspect r a need not be ident ically zer o. The bispect r um of a
time-reversible pr ocess is ident ically equal t o zer o. For example, consider t he
linear pr ocess , wher e u(n) is an i.i.d. pr ocess. If u(n)
is symmet r ically dist r ibut ed, t hen t he bispect r um of x(n) is zer o. If u(n) is
Gaussian, t he bispect r um as well as all higher -or der polyspect r a of x(n) ar e
ident ically zer o. If u(n) is Laplace dist r ibut ed, t he bispect r um and all
odd-or der ed polyspect r a of x(n) ar e zer o, but t he even-or der ed polyspect r a
(such as t he t r ispect r um) ar e not ident ically equal t o zer o.
S

xx x
S

x xx
2
S

xx x

1

2
, ( )
x n ( ) h k ( )u n k ( )
k

=
1 Tu to r i a l
1-24
Not e also t hat univar iat e symmet r y or zer o skewness does not mean zer o
bispect r um. In t he above example, suppose t hat , and ;
t hen, C
3x
(0,0) = , so t hat pr ocess x(n) has zer o skewness.
This does not imply t hat C
3x
(
1
,
2
) 0 or S
3x
(
1
,
2
) 0. In par t icular , let
h(0) = h(1) = 1, h(k) = 0, k > 1; t hen, x(n) = u(n) u(n 1) is easily seen t o be
symmet r ically dist r ibut ed ar ound zer o, but t he bispect r um of x(n) is not
ident ically zer o.
In gener al, we use not ions of skew and symmet r y in t he cont ext of r andom
var iables (or univar iat e pdfs); bispect r a and t r ispect r a r elat e t o r andom
pr ocesses (mult ivar iat e pdfs).
Ex a mples
load gldat
glstat(g,0.51,256);
Test st at ist ic for Gaussianit y is 22.179 wit h df = 48, Pfa = 0.9995.
Linear it y t est : R (est imat ed) = 0.88819, lambda = 0.6982, R (t heor y) = 2.9288,
N = 14.
The dat a in g ar e Gaussian dist r ibut ed. Since t he Pfa is high, we cannot r eject
t he Gaussian hypothesis; but if t he Gaussian hypot hesis holds, t he bispect r um
must be zer o, and we cannot conclude, on t he basis of t he bispect r um alone,
whet her or not t he pr ocess is linear ; hence, t he r esult s of t he linear it y t est
should be ignor ed in t his case. In t his case, t he dat a ar e Gaussian, hence, also
linear .
glstat(u,0.51,256);
Test st at ist ic for Gaussianit y is 17.4885 wit h df = 48, Pfa = 1.
Linear it y t est : R (est imat ed) = 0.72383, lambda = 0.51704, R (t heor y) = 2.7453,
N = 14.
The dat a in u ar e unifor mly dist r ibut ed. Since t he Pfa is high, we cannot r eject
t he Gaussian hypot hesis; but if t he Gaussian hypot hesis holds, t he bispect r um
must be zer o, and we cannot conclude, on t he basis of t he bispect r um alone,
whet her or not t he pr ocess is linear ; hence, t he r esult s of t he linear it y t est
should be ignor ed in t his case.
glstat(e,0.51,256);

3 u
0
h
3
k ( )
k

0 =

3u
h
3
k ( )
k

0 =
Po l y sp e c tr a a n d Li n e a r Pr o c e sse s
1-25
Test st at ist ic for Gaussianit y is 253.3529 wit h df = 48, Pfa = 0.
Linear it y t est : R (est imat ed) = 7.8894, lambda = 9.4555, R (t heor y) = 8.4655,
N = 14.
The dat a in e obey t he single-sided exponent ial dist r ibut ion. The Pfa in
r eject ing t he Gaussian hypot hesis is ver y small; hence, we ar e comfor t able in
accept ing t he hypot hesis of non-Gaussianit y. The est imat ed and t heor et ical
int er quar t ile r anges (t he Rs) ar e fair ly close t o one anot her ; hence, we accept
t he linear it y hypot hesis. The est imat e of t he int er quar t ile r ange was based on
N=14 samples.
glstat(x,0.51,256);
Test st at ist ic for Gaussianit y is 277.5194 wit h df = 48, Pfa = 0.
Linear it y t est : R (est imat ed) = 6.7513, lambda = 10.6519, R (t heor y) = 8.968,
N = 14.
x was obt ained by passing t hr ough a linear filt er ; hence, it is linear and
non-Gaussian. We r eject t he Gaussianit y assumpt ion since t he Pfa is small; we
accept t he linear it y hypot hesis since t he est imat ed and t heor et ical
int er quar t ile r anges ar e close t o one anot her .
glstat(z,0.51,256);
Test st at ist ic for Gaussianit y is 12640.0657 wit h df = 48, Pfa = 0.
Linear it y t est : R (est imat ed) = 606.9323, lambda = 492.5759, R (t heor y) =
59.9088, N = 14.
z was obt ained by passing x t hr ough a nonlinear it y, z(n) = x
3
(n): hence, z is
non-Gaussian (and nonsymmet r ic). We r eject t he Gaussianit y assumpt ion
since t he Pfa is small; we cannot accept t he linear it y hypot hesis since t he
est imat ed int er quar t ile r anges is much lar ger t han t he t heor et ical value.
glstat(l,0.51,256);
Test st at ist ic for Gaussianit y is 49.931 wit h df = 48, Pfa = 0.3965.
Linear it y t est : R (est imat ed) = 2.6047, lambda = 1.8124, R (t heor y) = 4.0038,
N = 14.
1 Tu to r i a l
1-26
The dat a in l ar e i.i.d. and Laplace dist r ibut ed (symmet r ic). Since t he Pfa is
high, we cannot r eject t he Gaussian hypot hesis; but if t he Gaussian hypot hesis
holds, t he bispect r um must be zer o, and we cannot conclude, on t he basis of t he
bispect r um alone, whet her or not t he pr ocess is linear ; hence, t he r esult s of t he
linear it y t est should be ignor ed in t his case.
Parametric Estimators, ARMA Models
So far we have looked at nonpar amet r ic est imat or s. Par amet r ic est imat or s ar e
oft en useful, eit her because t hey lead t o par simonious est imat es, or because
t he under lying physics of t he pr oblem suggest a par amet r ic model.
The basic idea is t hat if x(n) depends upon a finit e set of par amet er s, , t hen all
of it s st at ist ics can be expr essed in t er ms of . For example, we obt ain
par amet r ic est imat es of t he power spect r um by fir st est imat ing , and t hen
evaluat ing P
xx
(f| ).
The specific for m we post ulat e for t he r elat ionship bet ween and t he sequence
x(n) const it ut es a model. A popular model in t ime-ser ies analysis is t he
Aut o-Regr essive Moving-Aver age (ARMA) model,
(1-31)
wher e u(n) is assumed t o be an i.i.d. sequence, wit h var iance . The
Aut o-Regr essive (AR) polynomial is defined by,
(1-32)
wher e a(0) = 1. A(z) is assumed t o have all it s r oot s inside t he unit cir cle, t hat
is, A(z
o
) = 0 | z
o
| < 1; t his condit ion is also r efer r ed t o as t he minimum-phase
or causal and stable condit ion. In gener al, no r est r ict ions need t o be placed on
t he zer os of t he Moving-Aver age (MA) polynomial,
(1-33)
x n ( ) a k ( )x n k ( )
k 1 =
p

b k ( )u n k ( )
k 0 =
q

+ =

u
2
A z ( ) a k ( )z
k
k 0 =
p

=
B z ( ) b k ( )z
k
k 0 =
q

=
Po l y sp e c tr a a n d Li n e a r Pr o c e sse s
1-27
however , B(z) is usually assumed t o be minimum-phase. The minimum-phase
assumpt ion is usually not t r ue for discr et e-t ime pr ocesses which ar e obt ained
by sampling a cont inuous-t ime pr ocess; algor it hms based on HOS do not
r equir e t his assumpt ion.
The power -spect r um of t he ARMA pr ocess is given by,
(1-34)
Not e t hat t he power spect r um does not r et ain any phase infor mat ion about t he
t r ansfer funct ion H(z) = B(z)/A(z). Since we do not have access t o t he sequence
u(n), one eit her assumes t hat u(n) has unit var iance, or t hat b(0) = 1. Inst ead
of est imat ing P
xx
()[1/2,1/2], as in t he nonpar amet r ic appr oach, we have
t o est imat e only (p + q + 1) par amet er s, namely, , , and
.
Let h(n) denot e t he impulse r esponse of t he model in (1-31); hence, H(z) = B(z)/
A(z). The AR and MA par amet er s ar e r elat ed t o t he impulse r esponse (IR) via,
(1-35)
(1-36)
In pr act ice, t he obser ved pr ocess is noisy, t hat is,
(1-37)
wher e pr ocess w(n) is addit ive color ed Gaussian noise; t he color of t he noise is
usually not known.
Given t he noisy obser ved dat a, y(n), we want t o est imat e t he a(k)s and t he
b(k)s in (1-31). We assume t hat t he model or der s p and q ar e known.
The det er minat ion of t he model or der s p and q is an impor t ant issue, and is
discussed lat er (r out ines arorder and maorder implement AR and MA model
or der det er minat ion t echniques). In gener al, it is bet t er t o over est imat e model
P
x x
( )
u
2 B z ( )
2
A z ( )
2
------------------ z e
j 2
= =
a { k ( ) }
k 1 =
p
b { k ( ) }
k 1 =
q

u
2
a k ( )h n k ( )
k 0 =
n

b n ( ) n 0 q , [ ] , =
0 n 0 q , [ ] , =
y n ( ) x n ( ) w n ( ) + =
1 Tu to r i a l
1-28
or der s r at her t han t o under est imat e t hem (however , specific implement at ions
or algor it hms may suffer fr om zer o-divided-by-zer o t ype pr oblems).
Mot ivat ion t o use cumulant s for t he ARMA par amet er est imat ion pr oblem is
as follows:
Cor r elat ion-based met hods can be used successfully only if q = 0 (pur e AR)
and t he addit ive noise is whit e.
Even in t he noiseless case, cor r elat ion-based met hods cannot ident ify
inher ent all-pass fact or s, and cannot r esolve t he phase of t he syst em.
Non-Gaussian pr ocesses ar e not complet ely char act er ized by t heir
second-or der st at ist ics; by using higher -or der st at ist ics, we ar e exploit ing
mor e of t he infor mat ion cont ained in t he dat a.
A not e of caut ion: for odd-or der ed cumulant s,
ku
0 does not imply t hat t he
kt h or der polyspect r um can be used t o r econst r uct H(). For example, even if

3u
0, S
3x
(
1
,
2
) in (1-20) may be ident ically equal t o zer o. This can happen
when H() is a r elat ively nar r ow-band bandpass signal; explicit condit ions ar e
given in [63]. An even mor e t r ivial example is
1u
= E{u(n)} 0, but H(0) = 0, in
which case
1x
= 0. For polyspect r a of even or der , say 2k,
cannot be ident ically zer o if
2,u
0 [63].
The t r ansfer funct ion H(z) = B(z)/A(z) is said t o have an inher ent all-pass fact or ,
if a r oot of B(z) lies at 1/z
o
, wher e z
o
is a r oot of A(z). The power spect r um is
blind t o all-pass fact or s. If t he dat a ar e noise fr ee, and if t he ARMA model does
not have any inher ent all-pass fact or s, t hen t echniques based on t he
aut ocor r elat ion/power spect r um may be used t o est imat e t he model
par amet er s.
Once t he ARMA par amet er s have been est imat ed, MATLABs r out ine freqz can
be used t o est imat e t he t r ansfer funct ion and t heor et ical spect r um;
Higher -Or der Spect r al Analysis Toolbox r out ines bispect and trispect can be
used t o comput e t he t heor et ical bispect r um and slices of t he t heor et ical
t r ispect r um cor r esponding t o t he ARMA model.
Synt het ic ARMA pr ocesses can be gener at ed via r out ine armasyn; r out ine
rpiid can be used t o gener at e i.i.d. sequences wit h var ious pr obabilit y densit y
funct ions (pdfs).
S
2k
, ( ,, , ) ,
2 k u ,
S
2x
( )
k

2 u ,
k
=
Po l y sp e c tr a a n d Li n e a r Pr o c e sse s
1-29
M A M odels
Let us consider t he pur e MA case, t hat is, p = 0, in (1-31) t hr ough (1-37). It was
est ablished in [19] t hat t he pr ocess y(n) sat isfies t he set of equat ions,
(1-38)
(1-39)
wher e n = q, . . ., 2q;
3
=
3u
b(q)/
2u
, and
4
=
4u
b(q)/
2u
. Equat ions (1-38) and
(1-39) can be r eadily ver ified by using t he impulse r esponse summat ion
for mulas in (1-16) t hr ough (1-18). These equat ions ar e somet imes r efer r ed t o
as t he GM equations in t he lit er at ur e [19].
Equat ions (1-38) and (1-39) r epr esent a set of 3q + 1 linear equat ions in t he 2q
+ 1 unknowns,
m+1
b(k), k = 0, . . ., q and b
m
(k), k = 1, . . ., q, wher e m = 2 or m
= 3. In [19], MA par amet er s wer e est imat ed fr om (1-38) or (1-40) by
simult aneously solving for t he
m+1
b(k)s and b
2
(k)s or b
3
(k)s. A disadvant age
of t he met hod is t hat it is over par amet er ized, and does not t ake int o account
t he r elat ionship bet ween t he
m+1
b(k)s and t he b
2
(k)s [or b
3
(k)s].
Addit ive whit e noise may be per mit t ed, pr ovided we eliminat e t he equat ions
involving C
2y
(0); t his eliminat es q + 1 equat ions, leaving us only 2q equat ions
in t he 2q + 1 unknowns. The Min-Nor m solut ion is not useful in t his case.
A modificat ion developed by Tugnait [72] appends t he following set s of
equat ions t o t he pr eceding set of 2q equat ions:
(1-40)
(1-41)
C
2y
n ( )
3
b k ( )C
3y
n k n k , ( )
k 0 =
q

b
2
k ( )C
2 y
n k ( )
k 1 =
q

=
C
2 y
n ( )
4
b k ( )C
4 y
n k n k n k , , ( )
k 0 =
q

b
3
k ( )C
2y
n k ( )
k 1 =
q

3
C
2y
n ( ) b k ( )C
3y
k n q , ( )
k 1 =
q

C
3y
n q , ( ) =

4
C
2y
n ( ) b k ( )C
4 y
k n q 0 , , ( )
k 1 =
q

C
4y
n q 0 , , ( ) =
1 Tu to r i a l
1-30
wher e n = q, . . ., q, n 0. Now, we have 4q equat ions in 2q + 1 unknowns;
hence, we can obt ain t he least -squar es solut ion.
We solve eit her (1-38) and (1-40), or (1-39) and (1-41). Since bot h b(k) and b
2
(k)
or b
3
(k) ar e est imat ed, we need some met hod for combining t he est imat es.
Let b
1
(k) and b
2
(k) denot e t he est imat es of b(k) and b
2
(k). If all of t he est imat ed
b
2
(k)s ar e nonnegat ive, t hen t he final MA par amet er est imat e is obt ained as,
ot her wise, .
When four t h-or der cumulant s ar e used, t he met hod est imat es bot h b(k) and
b
3
(k). Let b
1
(k) and b
3
(k) denot e t he est imat es of b(k) and b
3
(k). If all t he
est imat ed b
3
(k)s have t he same sign as t he cor r esponding b
1
(k)s, t hen t he final
MA par amet er est imat e is obt ained as,
ot her wise, .
This algor it hm is implement ed in r out ine maest. If t he obser ved pr ocess is
z(n) = y(n) + g(n), wher e g(n) is addit ive noise, independent of y(n), t hen
C
2
z(n) = C
2
y(n) + C
2g
(n), n. f g(n) is whit e, C
2g
(n) = 0, n 0; hence,
C
2
z(n) = C
2
y(n), n 0. In (1-40) and (1-41), we use t he aut ocor r elat ion
C
2
y(n), n = t1, . . ., tq, hence, t he algor it hm can handle addit ive whit e noise but
not color ed noise.
Ex a mples
load ma1
bvec = maest (y,3,3,128);
The est imat ed par amet er s should be [1, 0.9714, 0.3814, 0.7759]. The t r ue
par amet er s ar e [1, 0.9, 0.385, 0.771], and t he signal is cont aminat ed wit h
whit e Gaussian noise.
bvec = maest (y,3,4,256);
The est imat ed par amet er s should be [1, 0.9608, 0.4482, 0.7343].
b

k ( ) sign b
1
k ( ) [ ]
*
0.5 b
1
2
k ( ) b
2
k ( ) + [ ]; =
b

k ( ) b
1
k ( ) =
b

k ( ) sign b
1
k ( ) [ ]
*
b
1
k ( ) b
3
k ( )
1 3
+ [ ] 2; =
b

k ( ) b
1
k ( ) =
Po l y sp e c tr a a n d Li n e a r Pr o c e sse s
1-31
AR M odels
The cumulant s of t he noisy pr ocess sat isfy t he nor mal equat ions,
(1-42)
(1-43)
(1-44)
which can be ver ified by expr essing t he cumulant s in t er ms of t he IR, h(n),
using (1-16) t hr ough (1-18), and by not ing t hat .
The r elat ionship bet ween linear prediction (LP) and AR models is discussed in
det ail in t he sect ion t it led Polyspect r a and Linear Pr ocesses. Her e, we will
just point out t hat t he least squar es solut ion t o t he LP pr oblem is given by
(1-42), wit h m = 1, . . ., p; t hese equat ions ar e called t he normal equat ions
because t he r esult ing pr edict ion-er r or sequence is or t hogonal t o t he dat a.
However , when q > 0 or when addit ive noise is pr esent in t he dat a, t he normal
equations yield inconsist ent est imat es of t he AR par amet er s. Equat ions (1-42)
t hr ough (1-44) yield consist ent est imat es, and can also be der ived by
demanding t hat t he pr edict ion er r or sequence be or t hogonal t o an
inst r ument al pr ocess der ived fr om t he dat a [59, 64]. We put normal in quot es
t o emphasize t hese differ ences.
Ident ifiabilit y of t he AR par amet er s is guar ant eed by choosing p = q p, . . ., q,
and m = q + 1, . . ., q + p; we may use mor e slices () or mor e lags (m) [67]. In
pr act ice, we use sample est imat es of t he cumulant s. This algor it hm is
implement ed in r out ine armarts. The pur e AR case cor r esponds t o q = 0 and is
implement ed in r out ine arrcest. In bot h r out ines, you can use cumulant
or der s (2, 3, or 4). It is also possible t o simult aneously solve for t he normal
equat ions based on cumulant or der s 2 and 3 or 2 and 4.
a k ( )C
2 y
m k ( )
k 0 =
p

0 m q > =
a k ( )C
3 y
m k , ( )
k 0 =
p

0 , m q > =
a k ( )C
4y
m k , , ( )
k 0 =
p

0 , m q , > =
a k ( )h n k ( )
k 0 =
p

b n ( ) =
1 Tu to r i a l
1-32
Ex a mples
Tr y t he following
load ar1
ar(:,1)=arrcest (y,2,0,2,12,128);
ar(:,2)=arrcest (y,2,0,3,12,128);
ar(:,3)=arrcest (y,2,0,4,12,128);
ar(:,4)=arrcest (y,2,0,3,12,128);
ar(:,5)=arrcest (y,2,0,4,12,128);
disp(ar)
1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000
-1.4636 -1.5559 -1.4963 -1.4912 -1.4755
0.7664 0.8779 0.8917 0.7973 0.7927
The t r ue par amet er s ar e [1, 1.5, 0.8]. The five columns cor r espond t o AR
est imat es based on: (1) second-or der , (2) t hir d-or der , (3) four t h-or der , (4)
combined second-or der and t hir d-or der , and (5) combined second-or der and
four t h-or der cumulant s. Not e t hat combined use of aut ocor r elat ion and
cumulant s may give bet t er r esult s when t he signal-t o-noise r at io (SNR) is high.
In t he case of low or moder at e SNR, t he cor r elat ion-based est imat es will be
biased; est imat es based on t hir d-or der (four t h-or der ) cumulant s will be
unbiased if t he addit ive noise is symmet r ic (Gaussian).
ARM A M odels
As discussed in t he pr evious sect ion, we can det er mine t he AR par amet er s
easily. We will ignor e t he est imat ion er r or s, and assume t hat ,
k = 1, . . ., p; t his is just ified if t he dat a lengt hs ar e long enough t o ensur e good
est imat es of t he cumulant s. In pr act ice, er r or s in est imat ing t he a(k)s will
show up as an addit ive non-Gaussian noise t er m on t he r ight -hand side of
(1-46).
Consider t he r esidual t ime ser ies obt ained via,
(1-45)
a k ( ) a k ( ) =
z n ( ) a k ( )y n k ( )
k 0 =
p

=
Po l y sp e c tr a a n d Li n e a r Pr o c e sse s
1-33
(1-46)
Rout ine armarts uses t he r esidual t ime ser ies met hod t o est imat e t he ARMA
par amet er s it est imat es t he AR par amet er s fir st (via t he nor mal
equat ions); it t hen comput es t he AR-compensat ed t ime ser ies via (1-45), and
finally est imat es t he MA par amet er s via r out ine maest (see (1-46)). Since w(n)
was assumed t o be Gaussian, w
1
(n) is also Gaussian; if w(n) is whit e, w
1
(n) is
MA(p) noise. Rout ine maest assumes t hat t he addit ive noise is whit e, hence t he
r esult s of armarts ar e meaningful only at high SNR.
An alt er nat ive solut ion based on is implement ed in r out ine armaqs, which is a
q-slice met hod. The AR par amet er s ar e est imat ed via t he nor mal equat ions as
befor e. The impulse r esponse is t hen est imat ed via,
(1-47)
or via,
(1-48)
These equat ions can be r eadily ver ified by using (1-16) t hr ough (1-18) and
(1-35). The MA par amet er s ar e t hen obt ained via (1-35), which is r epeat ed
her e:
(1-49)
b k ( )u n k ( )
k 0 =
q

a k ( )w n k ( )
k 0 =
p

+ =
b k ( )u n k ( )
k 0 =
q

w
1
n ( )
k 0 =
p

+ =
h n ( )
a k ( )C
3y
q k n , ( )
k 0 =
p

a k ( )C
3 y
q k 0 , ( )
k 0 =
p

-----------------------------------------------------------------, n 1 q , , = =
h n ( )
a k ( )C
4y
q k n 0 , , ( )
k 0 =
p

a k ( )C
4y
q k 0 0 , , ( )
k 0 =
p

------------------------------------------------------------------------, n 1 q , , = =
b n ( ) a k ( )h n k ( )
k 0 =
p

, n 1 q. , , = =
1 Tu to r i a l
1-34
An int er est ing point is t hat we can simult aneously solve for t he AR and IR
par amet er s. This algor it hm is implement ed in r out ine armaqs.
Weight ed ver sions of (1-42) t hr ough (1-44), and nonlinear cumulant-matching
algor it hms for t he simult aneous est imat ion of AR and MA par amet er s ar e
discussed in [16] and [71].
Ex a mples
load arma1
[avec,bvec]=armaqs(y,2,1,3,10,128);
Her e we used t hir d-or der cumulant s and t he q-slice algor it hm t o est imat e t he
par amet er s of a non-Gaussian ARMA pr ocess. The est imat ed par amet er s
should be avec = [1, 0.8057, 0.6910], and bvec = [1, 1.9116]. The t r ue AR and
MA par amet er s wer e [1, 0.8, 0.65] and [1, 2], r espect ively.
[avec, bvec] = armarts(y,2,1,3,12,128);
Her e we used t hir d-or der cumulant s and t he r esidual t ime-ser ies algor it hm t o
est imat e t he par amet er s of a non-Gaussian ARMA pr ocess. The est imat ed
par amet er s should be avec = [1, 0.7540, 0.6465], and bvec = [1, 1.5665]. The
t r ue AR and MA par amet er s wer e [1, 0.8, 0.65] and [1, 2], r espect ively.
AR O rder Deter mina tion
Let and denot e t he maximum expect ed values of t he AR and MA or der s.
Let
(1-50)
(1-51)
(1-52)
Then, t he singular values of t he mat r ix,
wher e k = 2, k = 3, or k = 4 ar e comput ed.
p q
c
2y
m ( ) := C
2y
m ( )
c
3y
m ( ) := C
3 y
m ( p ) C
3y
, , m ( q , [ ]
T
c
4y
m ( ) := C
4y
m ( p 0 , ) C
4 3 ( )y
, , m ( q 0 , , [ ]
T
Po l y sp e c tr a a n d Li n e a r Pr o c e sse s
1-35
Let s(m) denot e t he singular values. If t he cumulant est imat es ar e per fect , we
expect t hat exact ly p of t he singular values will be nonzer o; wit h sample
est imat es, we expect p dominant singular values. The AR or der p is t hen given
by t he value of n, which maximizes s(n) s(n + 1), t hat is, it cor r esponds t o t he
index at which t he singular values show t he maximum dr op. This is a
nonst at ist ical t est , and is based on t he fact t hat for an ARMA(p,q) model, only
p of t he singular values should be nonzer o. This algor it hm is implement ed in
r out ine arorder.
Ex a mples
load arma1
p=arorder(y,3);
You should see t he display in Figur e 1-6. The est imat ed AR or der is 2.
The t ime-ser ies y cor r esponds t o a non-Gaussian ARMA(2,1) pr ocess,
cont aminat ed by AWGN, wit h SNR of 20 dB. The or der det er minat ion is based
on t hir d-or der cumulant s.
Figure 1-6 Estimate of AR Order Using SVD Method (arorder)
C
k
c
k y
q 1 + ( ) ... c
k y
q p + ( )
c
k y
q p 1 + + ( ) ... c
k y
q 2p 1 + ( )
=

.
.
.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
difference in singular values, cumulant order=3
1 Tu to r i a l
1-36
M A O r der Deter mina tion
The basic idea is t hat for an MA(q) pr ocess, t he t r ue values of t he cumulant
C
3y
(m,0) will be ident ically zer o, if m > q. When t he t r ue cumulant s ar e
r eplaced by sample est imat es, t he est imat ed values of C
3y
(q + i,0), i > 0 will not
be ident ically zer o; a st at ist ical t est is used t o det er mine whet her t he est imat ed
values ar e close t o zer o. This t est is based on est imat ing t he t heor et ical
var iance of t he sample est imat es of C
3y
(m,0).
Sample est imat es, , and t heir var iances ar e est imat ed for m r anging
fr om qmin t o qmax, which r eflect our a priori knowledge of t he bounds on t he
t r ue or der q.
For an MA(q) pr ocess, t he asympt ot ic var iance of t he sample est imat e of
C
3y
(q + 1,0) can be est imat ed via [20]
wher e N is t he lengt h of t he t ime ser ies.
The sample est imat es ar e asympt ot ically Gaussian and unbiased; hence, t he
t hr eshold t
c
in
is given by
wher e erfinv is t he MATLAB inver se er r or funct ion; in pr act ice, we use t he
sample est imat e . Let m
o
denot e t he lar gest value of m in t he r ange qmin t o
qmax for which | c
3y
(m + 1,0)| > t
c
(m + 1) (so t hat t he hypot hesis of MA(m
o
)
model fails); t hen, t he est imat ed or der is q = m
o
+ 1; if such an m does not exist ,
t he MA or der is declar ed t o be qmax + 1. This algor it hm is implement ed in
r out ine maorder.
This is a st at ist ical t est , and pa specifies t he fr act ion of t he t ime t hat t he t est
r esult s will be wr ong. In ot her wor ds, in a Mont e Car lo simulat ion of 1000
t r ials, one should expect t he t est r esult s t o be wr ong 1000
*
pa t imes.
C

3 y
m 0 , ( )

q 1 + ( )
1
N
2
------- 1
j
N
----
,
_
j q =
2q 1 +

i 1 =
N

y
2
i ( )y i q 1 + + ( ) c
3y
q 1 0 , + ( ) [ ] =
y
2
i j + ( )y i ( j q 1 ) c
3y
q ( 1 0 , ) + + + + [ ]
Pr c
3y
m 1 0 , + ( ) t
c
m 1 + ( ) { } 1 pa =
t
c
m 1 + ( ) eri n v 1 pa ( ) 2
2
m 1 + ( ) [ ] = ,

Po l y sp e c tr a a n d Li n e a r Pr o c e sse s
1-37
Ex a mples
load ma1;
q=maorder(y,0,6);
The following t able will be displayed:
The columns in t he t able cor r espond t o t he est imat ed var iance of c
3y
(q,0), t he
est imat ed value of c
3y
(q,0), t he cor r esponding t hr eshold, and whet her or not
t he absolut e value of t he est imat ed c
3y
(q,0) exceeded t he t hr eshold.
The t ime-ser ies y cor r esponds t o an MA(3) pr ocess, cont aminat ed by AWGN,
wit h SNR of 20 dB.
Linear Processes: Impulse Response Estimation
The basic model her e is,
(1-53)
(1-54)
wher e addit ive noise w(n) is assumed t o be symmet r ic dist r ibut ed (not
necessar ily Gaussian). Pr ocess u(n) is i.i.d., non-Gaussian, independent of t he
noise, and sat isfies 0 < | C
3u
(0,0)| < .
q var(cqk) cqk thres result
0 7.17383e003 7.31541e001 5.24957e001 0
1 6.60864e002 1.37221e001 1.59332e001 1
2 3.76124e002 4.11813e001 3.80114e001 0
3 7.04832e003 5.06864e003 1.64547e001 1
4 3.77757e003 3.31784e002 1.20463e001 1
5 1.31938e003 6.87545e002 7.11923e002 1
6 4.47359e003 1.43717e003 1.31092e001 1
Estimated MA order is 3
x n ( ) h k ( )u n k ( )
k =

=
y n ( ) x n ( ) w n ( ) + =
1 Tu to r i a l
1-38
We will discuss t wo algor it hms, bot h based on t he not ion of t he logar it hm of t he
bispect r um.
The Polycepstr a l M ethods
It is assumed t hat H(z) has no zer os on t he unit cir cle. In t his case, t he
cepst r um of H(z) is well defined and is given by [42]
(1-55)
The bicepst r um is also well defined [43] and is given by,
(1-56)
(1-57)
The complex cepst r um, , is t he inver se FT (IFT) of t he log of t he FT of h(n);
hence, h(n) is t he IFT of t he exponent ial of t he FT of t he complex cepst r um;
ot her t echniques t o obt ain h(n) fr om ar e descr ibed in [42]. Not ice t hat for
a linear pr ocess, t he bicepst r um is nonzer o only along t he axes, m = 0, n = 0,
and t he diagonal line, m = n.
Dir ect implement at ion of (1-56) demands 2-D phase unwr apping. Pan and
Nikias [43] have developed an alt er nat ive met hod, based on t he r elat ionship,
(1-58)
which, t aking int o account (1-57), r educes t o
The complex cepst r um is known t o be exponent ially bounded; hence, one may
r eplace t he infinit e summat ion over m by a finit e summat ion, m = q t o m = +p,
h

k ( ) d

j 2k ( ) exp H ln ( ) =
b

m n , ( ) d
1
d
2
e
j 2
1
m
e
j 2
2
n
S
3x
ln
1

2
, ( )

=
h

m ( ) m ( ) h

n ( ) n ( ) h

m ( ) m n ( ) + + =

3u
ln m ( ) n ( ) +
h

k ( )
h

k ( )
m b

m ( n )C
3y
k m l n , ( ) ,
n =

m =

k C
3y
k l , ( ) =
m h

m ( ) C
3y
k m n , ( ) C
3y
k m + l m + , ( ) + [ ]
m =

k C
3y
k l , ( ) =
Po l y sp e c tr a a n d Li n e a r Pr o c e sse s
1-39
wher e p and q may be based on some a priori knowledge; not e t hat t he p and q
have not hing t o do wit h t he or der s of an ARMA(p,q) pr ocess. Now we have a set
of linear equat ions for est imat ing a finit e set of p + q par amet er s.
(1-59)
Not e t hat t he above equat ion does not involve ; t he cepst r um at t he or igin
is r elat ed t o t he over all gain of t he syst em. Because of t he inher ent scalar
ambiguit y in est imat ing H(z) fr om power spect r a or cumulant spect r a, we let
= 1. In pr act ice sample est imat es of t he t hir d-or der cumulant s ar e used;
t his algor it hm is implement ed in r out ine biceps, wher e | k| max(p,q) and
| l| max(p,q)/2, which ar e t he r ecommended r anges in [43].
Ex a mples
load ma1
[hest, ceps]=biceps(y,8,8,128);
You should see t he display in Figur e 1-7. Not e t hat t he complex cepst r um
decays r apidly t o zer o. The t r ue MA par amet er s ar e [1, 0.9, 0.385, 0.771].
Figure 1-7 Cepstrum and IR Estimated by Biceps
m h

m ( ) C
3y
k m n , ( ) C
3y
k m + l m + , ( ) + [ ]
m q =
p

k C
3 y
k l , ( ) =
h

0 ( )
h

0 ( )
8 6 4 2 0 2 4 6 8
1
0.5
0
0.5
1
1.5
complex cepstrum
sample number
40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40
5
0
5
10
impulse response
sample number
1 Tu to r i a l
1-40
An alt er nat ive appr oach is based on t he FFT. We may r ewr it e (1-58) as [43]
(1-60)
wher e IFT denot es 2-D inver se Four ier t r ansfor m. Then we make use of (1-57)
t o obt ain t he s fr om . The FFT appr oach is useful if t he
cepst r um has long suppor t . This algor it hm is implement ed in r out ine
bicepsf.
Mor e gener ally, t he polycepst r um is defined as t he inver se FT of t he log of t he
cor r esponding polyspect r um (assuming t hat it exist s),
For a linear pr ocess, t he polycepst r um is nonzer o only along t he k 1 axes, and
t he main diagonal,
Tekalp and Er dem [69] showed a pr ocess, whose polycepst r um exist s, is linear
if and only if it s polycepst r um has t he above k-line r egion of suppor t . Based on
t his, t hey have also pr oposed measur es of linear it y.
m b

m n , ( ) I FT
FT k C
3 y
k l , ( ) ( )
FT C
3y
k l , ( ) ( )
----------------------------------------
,
_
=
h

k ( ) m b

m n , ( )
h

k ( )
b

k x
m
1
m
k 1
, , ( ) d
1
d

k 1
e
j 2
1
m
1
ej 2

k 1
m
k 1 =

=
S
k x
ln
1

k 1
, , ( )
b

k x
m
1
m
k 1
, , ( ) h

m
l
( ) m
n
( )
n l n 1 = ;
k 1

l 1 =
k 1

=
h

+ m
l
( ) m
1
m
l
( )
l 2 =
k 1

k u
ln + m
l
( )
l 2 =
k 1

Po l y sp e c tr a a n d Li n e a r Pr o c e sse s
1-41
Ex a mples
load ma1
[hest, ceps]=bicepsf(y, 8);
You should see t he display in Figur e 1-8. Not e t hat t he complex cepst r um
decays r apidly t o zer o. The t r ue MA par amet er s ar e [1, 0.9, 0.385, 0.771]; not e
t he scale ambiguit y (including sign) in t he est imat ed impulse r esponse.
Figure 1-8 Cepstrum and IR Estimated by bicepsf
The M a tsuoka - Ulr ych Algor ithm
We can wr it e t he bispect r um in t er ms of it s magnit ude and phase as,
S
3x
(
1
,
2
) = M(
1
,
2
)exp(j(
1
,
2
)).
Let H() = | H()| exp(j()) so t hat
(1-61)
(1-62)
80 60 40 20 0 20 40 60 80
0.5
0
0.5
1
1.5
complex cepstrum
80 60 40 20 0 20 40 60 80
2
1
0
1
2
3
impulse response
M
1

2
, ( ) ln
3u
ln H
1
( ) ln H
2
( ) ln H
1

2
+ ( ) ln + + + =

1

2
, ( )
1
( )
2
( )
1

2
+ ( ) mod 2 + =
1 Tu to r i a l
1-42
wher e
1
,
2
t ake on discr et ized values on a gr id. The assumpt ion t hat |
3u
| =
1 will only int r oduce an over all scalar ambiguit y; hence, (1-61) r epr esent s a set
of linear equat ions in t he log-magnit ude ln| H()| . It is shown in [36] t hat a full
r ank set of linear equat ions can be obt ained by appr opr iat e choice of
1
and
2
.
The phase r elat ionship in (1-62) holds only modulo 2. If t he unwr apped 2-D
phase wer e available, t hen (1-62) yields a linear set of equat ions in t he phase
of t he t r ansfer funct ion, (). This algor it hm is implement ed in r out ine matul,
wher e we also incor por at e t he phase-unwr apping algor it hms of [54]. Because
of t he phase ambiguit y, t his r out ine is not r ecommended for r out ine use.
Ex a mples
cmat=cumtrue([1 3.5 1.5],[1],3,5);
bsp=fft2(flipud(cmat),64,64);
hest=matul(bsp);
You should see t he display in Figur e 1-9. Her e we comput ed t he t r ue
bispect r um of a MA(2) pr ocess, by evaluat ing t he FT of it s t r ue cumulant
sequence. We t hen used t he Mat suoka-Ulr ych algor it hm t o est imat e t he
impulse r esponse. Not e t he scale ambiguit y (including sign).
Figure 1-9 IR Estimated via the Matsuoka-Ulrych Algorithm (matul)
40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
Estimated impulse response
sample number
Po l y sp e c tr a a n d Li n e a r Pr o c e sse s
1-43
Linear Processes: Theoretical Cumulants and
Polyspectra
If x(n) is an ARMA pr ocess, t hat is,
t hen, it s impulse r esponse can be calculat ed via
, wher e h(n) = 0 for n < 0, h(0) = 1, and b(n) = 0,
if .
For a linear pr ocess x(n) (x(n) = , wher e u(n) is i.i.d.)
cumulant s and polyspect r a of or der s 2,3,4 ar e given by (1-16) t hr ough (1-18)
and (1-19) t hr ough (1-21).
We can est imat e t he t r ue cumulant s using r out ine cumest, t he t heor et ical
bispect r um via r out ine bispect, and slices of t he t heor et ical t r ispect r um via
r out ine trispect.
Ex a mples
Fir st , we will comput e t he t heor et ical t hir d-or der cumulant s of an ARMA(2,1)
pr ocess, wit h AR par amet er s, [1, 1.5, 0.8], and MA par amet er s, [1, 2]; we will
t hen display t he est imat es using MATLABs funct ions mesh or contour:
cmat=cumtrue([1,-2],[1,1.5,0.8],3,25);
clf, subplot(121)
mesh(25:25,25:25,cmat), grid on
subplot(122), contour(25:25,25:25,cmat,8,),grid on
You should see t he display in Figur e 1-10.
x n ( ) x n k ( )
k 1 =
p

b k ( )u n k ( )
k 0 =
q

+ = ,
h n ( ) h n k ( )
k 1 =
p

b n ( ) + =
n 0 q , [ ]
h k ( )u n k ( )
k

1 Tu to r i a l
1-44
Figure 1-10 True Third-Order Cumulants of an ARMA(2,1) Process (cumtrue)
Let us now comput e t he t heor et ical bispect r um of anot her ARMA(2,1) pr ocess.
ma=[1 2]; ar=[1 0.8 0.65];
bisp=bispect (ma,ar,128);
You should see t he display on Figur e 1-11. The 12 dot t ed lines emanat ing fr om
t he or igin divide t he bifr equency domain of t he bispect r um int o 12 r egions of
symmet r y.
Figure 1-11 Bispectrum of an ARMA(2,1) Process (bispect)
40
20
0
20
40
50
0
50
15
10
5
0
5
10
20 10 0 10 20
25
20
15
10
5
0
5
10
15
20
25
0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
f1
f
2
Po l y sp e c tr a a n d Li n e a r Pr o c e sse s
1-45
We will comput e sever al slices of t he t r ispect r um and t hen display t hem as a
movie:
clf,clear
ma=[1 2]; ar=[1 0.8 0.65]; nfft=64;
n=10; M=moviein(2*n+1);
for k=n:n
trispect(ma,ar,nfft,k/(2*n));
M(:,k+n+1)=getframe;
end
movie (M)
clear M
We comput ed sever al slices of t he t heor et ical t r ispect r um of an ARMA pr ocess;
t he slices cor r espond t o
3
= 0.5, 0.45, . . ., 0.45, 0.5. Then we used MATLABs
movie command t o display t hem; moviein and getframe ar e also MATLAB
commands. It is inst r uct ive t o change t he MA par amet er s t o [1 1], and t o
compar e t he

3
= 0 slice wit h t he t heor et ical bispect r um cr eat ed by bispect.
NOTE: if you encount er OUT OF MEMORY pr oblems in r unning t he example,
clear t he wor kspace and t hen t r y again. If t he pr oblem per sist s, decr ease n t o,
say, 5; or inst all mor e memor y on your machine.
Summary
We have discussed var ious algor it hms for est imat ing bispect r a and t r ispect r a,
as well as algor it hms for t he blind syst em ident ificat ion pr oblem.
Sample est imat es of cr oss-cumulant s of or der s 2, 3 and 4 may be obt ained via
cum2x, cum3x, and cum4x; aut ocumulant s can be est imat ed via cumest.
Nonpar amet r ic est imat es of t he bispect r um can be obt ained via r out ines
bispeci and bispecd, which implement t he indir ect and dir ect est imat or s. The
dir ect est imat e of t he cr oss-bispect r um can be obt ained via r out ine bispecdx.
Aut o- and cr oss-bicoher ences can be est imat ed via bicoher and bicoherx. The
t heor et ical bispect r um of a linear pr ocess can be comput ed via bispect;
trispect comput es slices of t he t heor et ical t r ispect r um of a linear pr ocess.
M-file glstat implement s t est s for non-Gaussianit y (act ually nonzer o
bispect r um) and for linear it y.
1 Tu to r i a l
1-46
Thr ee r out ines ar e available for nonpar amet r ic est imat ion of t he impulse
r esponse of a linear non-Gaussian pr ocess: matul implement s t he
Mat suoka-Ulr ych met hod; given t he bispect r um of t he dat a, it est imat es t he
amplit ude and phase of t he t r ansfer funct ion separ at ely; biceps uses t he
bicepst r al met hod; it uses sample est imat es of t he t hir d-or der cumulant ;
bicepsf is a fr equency-domain implement at ion of biceps and is useful if t he
cepst r a do not decay fast enough.
Sever al algor it hms ar e available for est imat ing t he (ARMA) par amet er s of
non-Gaussian linear pr ocesses. The ARMA or der s can be est imat ed via
arorder and maorder. Rout ine arrcest can be used t o est imat e t he AR
par amet er s of AR or ARMA pr ocesses, based on second-, t hir d-, and
four t h-or der cumulant s. The est imat es, based on cumulant s of differ ent or der s,
may not be t he same, if t he pr ocess is nonlinear or has inher ent all-pass fact or s,
or is noisy. The par amet er s of an MA pr ocess, cont aminat ed by whit e noise,
may be est imat ed via r out ine maest.
ARMA par amet er s can be est imat ed via t he r esidual t ime-ser ies algor it hm in
armarts; t he MA est imat ion par t of t his t hr ee-st ep algor it hm wor ks well only
under good SNR condit ions. Rout ine armaqs implement s t he q-slice algor it hm;
it est imat es bot h AR and MA par amet er s.
In t his sect ion, we have given a quick over view of t he ar ea of higher -or der
st at ist ics; for mor e ext ended t ut or ial exposit ions, see [41, 37, 38].
Li n e a r Pr e d i c ti o n M o d e l s
1-47
Linear Prediction Models
The AR model is also obt ained if one consider s t he pr oblem of linear pr edict ion
(LP). Depending upon whet her one chooses for war d-, backwar d- or
for war d-backwar d pr edict ion cr it er ia, differ ent solut ions ar e obt ained.
The Levinson algor it hm enables efficient est imat ion of t he par amet er s of an
AR pr ocess fr om it s aut ocor r elat ion (AC) sequence. In t he det er minist ic
cont ext , AR modeling leads t o t he for war d backwar ds least squar es (FBLS)
solut ion. The RLS algor it hm is a t ime-r ecur sive solut ion t o t he LP pr oblem,
wher eas t he lat t ice algor it hm pr ovides a t ime- and or der -r ecur sive solut ion.
Levinson Recursion
Consider t he linear pr edict ion pr oblem for a st at ionar y pr ocess, x(n). In t he
for war d-pr edict ion pr oblem, we want t o choose t o minimize t he
for war d pr edict ion er r or var iance, ,
(1-63)
(1-64)
wher e t he subscr ipt p denot es t he or der of t he pr edict or . Similar ly, in t he
backwar d-pr edict ion pr oblem, we want t o choose t o minimize t he
backwar d pr edict ion er r or var iance, ,
(1-65)
(1-66)
a
p
k ( ) { }
k 1 =
p
P
p

P
p

E e
p

n ( )
2

' ;

=
e
p

n ( ) a
p
*
k ( )x n k ( )
k 0 =
p

a
p
0 ( ) 1 = , =
c
p
k ( ) { }
k 1 =
p
P
p
b
P
p
b
E e
p
b
n ( )
2

' ;

=
e
p
b
n ( ) c
p
*
k ( )x n k ( )
k 0 =
p

c
p
p ( ) 1 = , =
1 Tu to r i a l
1-48
This leads t o t he nor mal equat ions
(1-67)
(1-68)
wher e is t he (p + 1) (p + 1) aut ocor r elat ion mat r ix, wit h (m,n) ent r y,
R
xx
(n m). It follows immediat ely t hat
(1-69)
The Levinson-Dur bin r ecur sion implement ed in r out ine trench pr ovides an
efficient or der -r ecur sive solut ion of t he nor mal equat ions: it r ecur sively solves
(1-67), for p = 1,2,. . . .
The r ecur sion is given by: for m = 1, . . ., p, [32]
(1-70)
(1-71)
(1-72)
(1-73)
wit h init ial condit ions P
0
= R
xx
(0),
0
R
xx
(1), and a
0
(0) = 1. In pr act ice, we
r eplace R
xx
(k) by it s (biased) sample est imat e. The r esult ing solut ion is
a
p
P
p

0
=
c
p
0
P
p
b
= ,
c k ( ) a
*
p k ( ) k , 0 p P
p

; , , P
p
b
. = = =

m 1
a
m 1
k ( )R
x x
k m ( )
k 0 =
m 1

m 1
P
m 1
--------------- =
P
m
P
m 1
1
m

2
( ) =
a
m
k ( ) a
m 1
k ( )
m
+ a
*
m 1
m k ( ) k 0 m , , = , , =
Li n e a r Pr e d i c ti o n M o d e l s
1-49
guar ant eed t o be st able if biased est imat es ar e used. Necessar y and sufficient
condit ions for t he st abilit y of t he est imat e ar e |
m
| < 1
m
.
The r ecur sion involves comput at ion of t he
m
s, which ar e also called t he
r eflect ion coefficient s; a necessar y and sufficient condit ion for st abilit y
is |
m
| < 1.
Trench Recursion
If t he mat r ix is Toeplit z but not Her mit ian symmet r ic, t hen (1-69) does not
hold; t his, for example, is t he case when t he so-called higher -or der Yule Walker
equat ions,
(1-74)
ar e used, or when t he cumulant-based normal equations ar e used, for example,
(1-75)
In bot h cases t he r esult ing mat r ix is Toeplit z but not symmet r ic. An efficient
or der -r ecur sive solut ion t o t he syst em of equat ions is given by t he Tr ench
r ecur sion [74].
Let denot e t he nonsymmet r ic Toeplit z mat r ix whose (i, j) ent r y is (i j). The
r ecur sion is given by
(1-76)
(1-77)
a
p
k ( )R
xx
m k ( )
k 0 =
p

0 m q 1 + q p + , , = , =
a
p
k ( )C
3x
m k , ( )
k 0 =
p

0 m q 1 + q p. + , , = , =

m 1

a
m 1
k ( ) m k ( )
k 0 =
m 1

m 1
b
c
m 1
k ( ) 1 k ( )
k 0 =
m 1

=
1 Tu to r i a l
1-50
(1-78)
(1-79)
(1-80)
(1-81)
(1-82)
(1-83)
(1-84)
wit h init ial condit ions P
0
= (0), a
0
(0) = 1, and c
0
(0) = 1.
The inver sion algor it hm r equir es t hat t he mat r ix be st r ongly nonsingular ,
t hat is, R, as well as all of it s pr incipal minor s, ar e nonsingular . The condit ion
of nonsingular it y is weaker t han t he usual assumpt ion of posit ive-definit eness.
In t he symmet r ic posit ive-definit e case, t he s ar e bounded by unit y, and t he
P
m
s ar e nonincr easing, and c
m
(k) = a
m
(m k), k = 0, . . ., m. In t he
non-Her mit ian case, t he s ar e not bounded, and t he P
m
s may incr ease or
decr ease.
This algor it hm is implement ed in trench.
Ex a mples
Let us comput e t he aut ocor r elat ion sequence for an AR(4) model, wit h AR
par amet er s [1,0.3,0.1,0.39,0.72] , and t hen apply t he Tr ench r ecur sion.
ar=[1,0.3,0.1,0.39,0.72]; ma=1; nlags=6;
rvec=cumtrue (ma,ar,2,nlags);
[a2,c2,p2,gf2,gb2]=trench( rvec(7:13), rvec(7:1:1));


m 1

P
m 1
--------------- =

m
b

m 1
b
P
m 1
--------------- =
P
m
P
m 1
1
m

m
b
( ) =
a
m
m ( )
m

=
c
0
m ( )
m
b
=
a
m
k ( ) a
m 1
k ( )
m

c
m 1
k 1 ( ) + k 1 m 1 , , = , =
c
m
k ( ) c
m 1
k 1 ( )
m
b
a
m 1
k ( ) + k 1 m 1 , , = , =
Li n e a r Pr e d i c ti o n M o d e l s
1-51
The AR mat r ix, a2, should be
Not e t hat t he AR vect or s for or der s gr eat er t han t hr ee ar e all essent ially t he
same. The pr edict ion er r or var iance, p2, should be
[2.4049, 2.3881, 2.0764, 1.0000, 1.0000, 1.0000]
The for war d r eflect ion coefficient s, gf2, should be
[0.0764, 0.0834, 0.3613, 0.7200, 0.0000, 0.0000]
Since t he Toeplit z mat r ix in t his example is symmet r ic, gb2=gb1, and
c2=flipud(a2). Since t he aut ocor r elat ion sequence cor r esponds t o an AR(4)
model, t he r eflect ion coefficient s ar e zer o for m > 4, and t he pfes r emain
const ant for m 4.
Now let us r epeat t his example using t hir d-or der cumulant s:
1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000
0.0764 0.0700 0.0399 0.0300 0.3000 0.3000
0 0.0834 0.0581 0.1000 0.1000 0.1000
0 0 0.3613 0.3900 0.3900 0.3900
0 0 0 0.7200 0.7200 0.7200
0 0 0 0 0.0000 0.0000
0 0 0 0 0 0.0000
rvec=cumtrue (ma, ar, 3,
nlags);
% third-order cumulants
rvec=rvec(:,nlags+1); % the C(m,0) slice
c=rvec(nlags+1:2*nlags); % positive lags
r=rvec(nlags+1:1:1); % negative lags
[a4, c4, p4, gf4, gb4]=trench(c,r);
1 Tu to r i a l
1-52
The for war d AR mat r ix, a4, should be
The backwar d AR coefficient mat r ix, c4, should be
and t he prediction-error variances, p4, should be
[0.8892, 0.8810, 0.8417, 1.0000, 1.0000]
The for war d r eflect ion coefficient s, gf4, ar e,
[0.2278, 0.1163, 0.2757, 0.7200, 0.0000]
and t he backwar d r eflect ion coefficient s, gb4, ar e
[0.1956, 0.0786, 0.1620, 0.2612, 0.0045]
Since t he Toeplit z mat r ix is not symmet r ic, gf4gb4, and a4flipud(c4). Not e
also t hat t he pr edict ion er r or var iances may incr ease wit h t he pr edict ion or der .
(One can find t he AR par amet er s by minimizing t he var iance of t he
AR-compensat ed pr ocess, but not by minimizing t he skewness.) Alt hough t he
cor r elat ion and cumulant sequences ar e der ived fr om t he same AR model, t he
lower -or der AR model fit s ar e quit e differ ent .
1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000
0.2278 0.2050 0.1834 0.3000 0.3000
0 0.1163 0.0673 0.1000 0.1000
0 0 0.2757 0.3900 0.3900
0 0 0 0.7200 0.7200
0 0 0 0 0.0000
0 0 0 0 0.0045
0 0 0 0.2612 0.2599
0 0 0.1620 0.1141 0.1137
0 0.0786 0.0454 0.0278 0.0261
0.1956 0.1776 0.1588 0.0868 0.0900
1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000 1.0000
Li n e a r Pr e d i c ti o n M o d e l s
1-53
Deterministic Formulation of FBLS
In t he det er minist ic for mulat ion of t he linear pr edict ion pr oblem, r at her t han
minimize t he var iance of t he pr edict ion er r or s, we minimize t he sum of squar ed
er r or s, t hat is,
(1-85)
(1-86)
This leads t o t he deterministic normal equation,
(1-87)
(1-88)
wher e t he det er minist ic cor r elat ion mat r ix is given by
(1-89)
(1-90)
Mat r ix is Her mit ian, but not Toeplit z, and t he r elat ionship in (1-69) is not
sat isfied (for finit e N).
P
p
b
e
p
b
n ( )
2
n p 1 + =
N

=
P

b
e
p
b
n ( )
2
n p 1 + =
N

=
a
p
P
p

0
=
c
p
0
P
p
b
=
x n ( )x
H
n ( )
n p 1 + =
N

=
x n ( ) x n ( ) x n 1 ( ) x n p ( ) , , , [ ] =
T
1 Tu to r i a l
1-54
In t he for war d-backwar d least squar es (FBLS) pr oblem, we
minimize assuming . This leads t o t he
det er minist ic nor mal equat ions,
(1-91)
wher e is given by
(1-92)
wher e
(1-93)
If is nonsingular , we can solve (1-91) dir ect ly; if it is singular , t hen, t he
Min-Nor m solut ion is usually used.
The solut ion a
p
may be int er pr et ed as pr oviding an AR(p) model for t he dat a;
hence, we can comput e t he spect r um of t he pr ocess x(n) in t er ms of t he
est imat ed AR par amet er s. Addit ional det ails may be found in [34, 35].
Adaptive Linear Prediction
The Bur g algor it hm pr ovides a r ecur sive solut ion t o minimizing t he
mean-squar e er r or over a t ime int er val of lengt h n, and is appr opr iat e when t he
dat a may be consider ed t o be st at ionar y over t hat t ime int er val. Oft en, t he dat a
ar e nonst at ionar y; in t his case, we can est imat e power spect r a over a sliding
window of fixed lengt h; however , as we have seen befor e, t he r esult ing est imat e
will have poor r esolut ion and high var iance. An alt er nat ive is t o fit a
par amet r ic model, and t o allow t he model par amet er s t o var y wit h t ime. For
example, we may fit a t ime-var ying AR model, t hat is, we per for m t ime-var ying
linear pr edict ion.
The det er minist ic nor mal equat ions at t ime n ar e given by (see (1-87) and
(1-88))
P
p
P
p

b
+ = c
p
k ( ) a
p
*
p k ( ) =

a
p
P
p
0
=

x n ( )x
H
n ( )
n p 1 + =
N

x n ( )x
H
n ( ) + =
x n ( ) x n p ( ) x n ( ) , , [ ] =
H

Li n e a r Pr e d i c ti o n M o d e l s
1-55
(1-94)
(1-95)
wher e t he det er minist ic cor r elat ion mat r ix (n) is given by,
(1-96)
wher e , (0 < < 1), is t he for get t ing fact or , which is int r oduced so t hat t he
algor it hm will be sensit ive t o t he nonst at ionar y envir onment .
We could solve (1-94) or (1-95) at each n, but t he comput at ional load is ver y
high.
Let t he or der p be fixed, and let a
p
(n) = [1, w(n)]
T
. Then, a t ime-r ecur sive
solut ion is given by,
(1-97)
(1-98)
(1-99)
(1-100)
wit h init ial values, w(0) = 0 and P(0) =
-1
I, wher e is a small posit ive const ant .
n ( )a
p
n ( )
P
p

n ( )
0
=
n ( )c
p
n ( )
0
P
p
b
n ( )
=
n ( ) x k ( )x
H
k ( )
k p 1 + =
n


n k
=
k n ( )

1
P n 1 ( )x n ( )
1
1
x
H
n ( )P n 1 ( )x n ( ) +
----------------------------------------------------------------------- =
n ( ) x n 1 + ( ) w
H
n 1 ( )x n ( ) =
w n ( ) w n 1 ( ) k n ( )
*
n ( ) + =
P n ( )
1
P n 1 ( )
1
k n ( )x
H
n ( )P n 1 ( ) =
1 Tu to r i a l
1-56
k(n) is t he gain vector, (n) is t he a priori prediction error, and P(n) =
-1
(n).
This algor it hm is known as t he Recur sive Least Squar es Algor it hm (RLS), and
is a special case of t he Recur sive Inst r ument al Var iable Algor it hm (RIV),
which is discussed next .
RIV Algorithm: Tr a nsver sa l For m
Consider t he noisy AR pr ocess,
wher e u(n) is assumed t o be zer o mean i.i.d., and independent of addit ive noise
w(n), which may be color ed. The nor mal equat ions, wit h m = 1, . . ., p,
(1-101)
wher e z(n) = y(n), lead t o inconsist ent est imat es because of t he noise w(n). If
w(n) can be modeled as MA noise, t hat is,
wher e g(n) is i.i.d., t hen, consist ent est imat es can be obt ained by using z(n) =
y(n d), wher e d > p + q
w
. Pr ocess z(n) is called an instrumental variable (IV)
if, (1) it is uncor r elat ed wit h t he addit ive noise w(n), t hat is, E{w(n)z(n + m)} =
0, m > 0; and (2) wit h m = 1, . . ., M p, we get a full r ank set of linear equat ions
fr om (1-01). The delayed pr ocess z(n) = y(n d) is an IV when w(n) is MA(q
w
)
noise and d > p + q
w
. Appr opr iat e choices of z(n) lead t o est imat es based on
higher -or der cumulant s; for example, z(n) = y(n)y(n ), leads t o est imat es
based on t he 1-D slice C
3y
(m,) of t he t hir d-or der cumulant ; ot her examples ar e
discussed in [64]. For a discussion of optimal IVs, see [58]. When z(n) y(n),
t he r esult ing mat r ix is no longer Her mit ian symmet r ic. A var iat ion of RLS t hat
is appr opr iat e for t his case is called t he Recursive Instrumental Variable (RIV)
algor it hm, and is implement ed in rivtr. The algor it hm is given by:
y n ( ) x n ( ) w n ( ); + = x n ( ) a k ( )u n k ( )
k 1 =
p

=
a k ( )E y n ( )z n m k + ( ) { }
k 0 =
p

0 m 0 > , =
w n ( ) h
w
n k ( )g n ( )
k 0 =
q
w

= ,
Li n e a r Pr e d i c ti o n M o d e l s
1-57
Comput e t he weight vect or w(i) r ecur sively, as
(1-102)
(1-103)
(1-104)
(1-105)
wher e t he desir ed signal d(n) = y(n + 1). The init ial values ar e w(0) = 0 and
P(0) =
-1
I, wher e is a small posit ive const ant . Her e y(n) is t he obser ved
pr ocess, and z(n) is t he IV; when z(n) = y(n), t he RIV r educes t o RLS.
Ex a mples
load riv
ar(:,1)=rivtr(y,2);
ar(:,2)=rivtr(y,3);
ar(:,3)=rivtr(y,4);
ar(:,4)=rivtr(zw,4);
ar(:,5)=rivtr(zc,4);
Now, let us look at t he five st eady-st at e AR par amet er est imat es.
disp(ar)
The dat a used in t his example cor r espond t o an AR(2) model, wit h AR
par amet er vect or [1, 1.5, 0.8]. The vect or y cont ains t he noiseless signal.
Addit ive whit e Gaussian noise was added t o y t o obt ain t he noisy signal zw
wit h a SNR of 10 dB. Color ed Gaussian noise, gener at ed by passing a whit e
Gaussian sequence t hr ough t he AR filt er [1,0,0.49], was added t o y t o obt ain zc,
also at a SNR of 10 dB.
1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000
1.4789 1.5075 1.4931 1.5354 1.4686
0.7600 0.7910 0.7867 0.8248 0.7684
k n ( )

1
P n 1 ( )z n ( )
1
1
y
H
n ( )P n 1 ( )z n ( ) +
----------------------------------------------------------------------- =
n ( ) d n ( ) w
H
n 1 ( )y n ( ) =
w n ( ) w n 1 ( ) k n ( )
*
n ( ) + =
P n ( )
1
P n 1 ( )
1
k n ( )y
H
n ( )P n 1 ( ) =
1 Tu to r i a l
1-58
RIV Algorithm: Double- La ttice For m
An or der - and t ime-r ecur sive solut ion of (1-94) and (1-95)leads t o t he double
lat t ice algor it hm, and is given below.
St ar t ing wit h n = 1, evaluat e (1-106) t hr ough (1-117) for m = 1, 2, . . ., M, wher e
M is t he final desir ed or der ; t hen r epeat wit h n = 2 and so on:
(1-106)
(1-107)
(1-108)
(1-109)
(1-110)
(1-111)
(1-112)
(1-113)
(1-114)

m 1

n ( )
m 1

n 1 ( )

m 1
*
n ( )b

m 1
n 1 ( )

m 1
*
n 1 ( )
--------------------------------------------------------- + =

m 1
b
n ( )
m 1
b
n 1 ( )
b
m 1
*
n 1 ( )

m 1
n ( )

m 1
*
n 1 ( )
--------------------------------------------------------- + =

m ,
n ( )

m 1

n ( )
B
m 1
n 1 ( )
---------------------------------- =

b m ,
n ( )

m 1
b
n ( )
F
m 1
n ( )
------------------------ =
n ( )
F
m 1
*
n ( )
B
m 1
*
n 1 ( )
---------------------------------- =

m
n ( )
m 1
n ( )
m ,
*
n ( )b
m 1
n 1 ( ) + =
b
m
n ( ) b
m 1
n 1 ( )
b m ,
*
n ( )
m 1
n ( ) + =

m
n ( )

m 1
n ( ) n ( )
b m ,
n ( )b

m 1
n 1 ( ) + =
b

m
n ( ) b

m 1
n 1 ( )
1
n ( )
m ,
n ( )

m 1
n ( ) + =
Li n e a r Pr e d i c ti o n M o d e l s
1-59
(1-115)
(1-116)
(1-117)
Not e t hat (1-106) t hr ough (1-117) ar e in t he pr oper or der r equir ed for
successful evaluat ion.
The init ial values for t he algor it hm ar e given by
(1-118)
(1-119)
(1-120)
(1-121)
(1-122)
(1-123)
The following discussion is adapt ed fr om [64], which also gives a der ivat ion of
t he algor it hm.
Equat ions (1-111)and(1-112) wit h t he init ial condit ion in (1-120)define a lat t ice
st r uct ur e excit ed by t he obser ved pr ocess y(n). Equat ions (1-113) and (1-114)
wit h t he init ial condit ion in (1-121) define a lat t ice st r uct ur e excit ed by t he
F
m
n ( ) F
m 1
n ( )

m 1

n ( )
m 1
b
n ( )
B
m 1
n 1 ( )
------------------------------------------------- =
B
m
n ( ) B
m 1
n 1 ( )

m 1

n ( )
m 1
b
n ( )
F
m 1
n ( )
------------------------------------------------- =

m
n 1 ( )
m 1
n 1 ( )
b

m 1
*
n 1 ( )b
m 1
n 1 ( )
B
m 1
*
n 1 ( )
------------------------------------------------------------------- =

m 1

0 ( )
m 1
b
0 ( ) 0 = =
F
m 1
0 ( ) B
m 1
0 ( ) 1 = =

0
n ( ) b
0
n ( ) y n ( ) = =

0
n ( ) b

0
n ( ) z n ( ) = =
F
0
n ( ) B
0
n ( ) F
0
n 1 ( ) z n ( )y
*
n ( ) + = =

0
n ( ) 1 =
1 Tu to r i a l
1-60
associat ed pr ocess z(n). The t wo lat t ices ar e coupled t hr ough t he t ime-updat e
equat ions for t he s, (1-106) and (1-107), and t he or der -updat e equat ion for t he
conver sion fact or , (1-117). When y(n) = z(n), t he t wo lat t ices collapse int o one.
In t he above,
m
(n) and b
m
(n) ar e t he mt h or der pr edict ion er r or s for t he
obser ved pr ocess y(n); and ar e t he mt h or der pr edict ion er r or s for
t he associat ed pr ocess z(n);
,m
(n) and
b,m
(n) ar e t he r eflect ion coefficient s for
t he for war d/backwar d pr edict ion of y(n), and may be int er pr et ed as nor malized
cr oss-cor r elat ions bet ween t he for war d pr edict ion er r or in one lat t ice and t he
backwar d pr edict ion er r or in t he ot her ; (n) is t he scale fact or for conver t ing
t he r eflect ion coefficient s associat ed wit h y(n) t o t hose associat ed wit h z(n);
F
m
(n) is t he cor r elat ion bet ween t he mt h or der for war d pr edict ion er r or s,
m
(n)
and ; B
m
(n) is t he cor r elat ion bet ween t he mt h or der backwar d
pr edict ion er r or s, b
m
(n) and ;
m
(n) is t he scale fact or for conver t ing t he
a priori pr edict ion er r or s t o t heir a posteriori values; it s absolut e value is
bounded by unit y; is t he cr oss-cor r elat ion bet ween t he a posteriori
backwar d pr edict ion er r or , b
m-1
(n 1), and t he a priori t ilded for war d
pr edict ion er r or , ; and is t he cr oss-cor r elat ion bet ween

m-1
(n) and . Time-updat e equat ions for F
m
(n) and B
m
(n) ar e
given by (1-115) and (1-116).
This algor it hm is implement ed in r out ine rivdl.
Ex a mples
load riv
ar(:,1)=rivdl(y,2);
ar(:,2)=rivdl(y,3);
ar(:,3)=rivdl(y,4);
ar(:,4)=rivdl(zw,4);
ar(:,5)=rivdl(zc,4);
Now let s see t he five AR par amet er est imat es:
disp(ar)
1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000
1.4814 1.5106 1.4941 1.5358 1.4692
0.7623 0.7941 0.7876 0.8252 0.7690

m
n ( ) b

m
n ( )

m
n ( )
b

m
n ( )

m 1
b
n ( )

m 1
n ( )
m 1

n ( )

m 1
n 1 ( )
Li n e a r Pr e d i c ti o n M o d e l s
1-61
The dat a used in t his example cor r espond t o an AR(2) model, wit h AR
par amet er vect or [1, 1.5, 0.8]. The vect or y cont ains t he noiseless signal.
Addit ive whit e Gaussian noise was added t o y t o obt ain t he noisy signal zw wit h
a SNR of 10 dB. Color ed Gaussian noise, gener at ed by passing a whit e
Gaussian sequence t hr ough t he AR filt er [1, 0, 0.49], was added t o y t o obt ain
zc, also at a SNR of 10 dB.
Summary
We have discussed sever al linear pr edict ion pr oblems. The Tr ench algor it hm is
implement ed in trench: it comput es t he backwar d and for war d AR pr edict ion
filt er s associat ed wit h a given cumulant slice. Rout ines rivtr and rivdl
implement t he t r ansver sal and double lat t ice ver sion of t he Recur sive
Inst r ument al Var iable (RIV) met hod: t hese algor it hms may be based upon t he
cor r elat ion or a slice of t he t hir d- or four t h-or der cumulant , depending upon t he
Instrumental Variable (IV) used; ivcal can be used t o comput e t he IV.
1 Tu to r i a l
1-62
Harmonic Processes and DOA
In t he har monic r et r ieval pr oblem, t he obser ved dat a ar e of t he for m
(1-124)
wher e w(n) is addit ive noise;
k
s ar e t he amplit udes,
k
s ar e t he fr equencies,
and
k
s ar e t he phases. Addit ional assumpt ions ar e oft en made r egar ding t he
phases; t he t ypical assumpt ion is t hat t he phases ar e independent r andom
var iables unifor mly dist r ibut ed over [0, 2]. Such an assumpt ion implies t hat
mult iple r ealizat ions ar e available, t hat is,
(1-125)
wher e m denot es t he r ealizat ion number . If only a single r ealizat ion is
available, t hen t he phases ar e nonr andom const ant s. Since 2cos() = e
j
+e
-j
,
we not e t hat a signal consist ing of p r eal har monics can be handled by t he
model in (1-125) wit h 2p fr equencies, t
k
, k = 1, . . ., p.
The pr oblem is t o det er mine p and t hen t o est imat e t he fr equencies, amplit udes
and phases of each har monic. Int uit ively, we expect t he power spect r um of x(n)
t o consist of peaks at =
k
, per haps masked by t he spect r um of t he noise. The
classical power spect r um est imat or s (Blackman-Tukey and Welch) can be used
only if t he fr equencies ar e well-separ at ed, t hat is, min|
m

n
| > 1/L, wher e
L is t he lengt h of t he est imat ed aut ocor r elat ion sequence in t he
Blackman-Tukey met hod, or t he block size in t he Welch met hod; hence,
par amet r ic models ar e useful for shor t dat a lengt hs.
The model in (1-125) is similar t o t he model for t he obser ved dat a in t he ar r ay
pr ocessing/dir ect ion of ar r ival (DOA) pr oblem. This pr oblem ar ises in var ious
applicat ions, such as r adar , sonar , geophysics, and analysis of EEG and ECG
signals. An ar r ay of N independent sensor s pr ovides samples of t he dat a at
differ ent point s in space. Dat a ar e collect ed simult aneously fr om t he set of
sensor s; t he set collect ed at a single inst ant of t ime is called a snapshot, and is
a vect or of N obser vat ions. The signal r ecor ded at each sensor consist s of sensor
y n ( )
k
j 2n
k
j
k
+ ( ) exp
k 1 =
p

w n ( ) + x n ( ) = w n ( ) + =
y
m
n ( )
k
j 2n
k
j
k m ,
+ ( ) exp
k 1 =
p

w
m
n ( ) + x
m
n ( ) = w
m
n ( ) + =
H a r m o n i c Pr o c e sse s a n d D O A
1-63
noise as well as signals fr om p sour ces, assumed t o be uncor r elat ed wit h one
anot her . The signal r ecor ded at t he nt h sensor and mt h snapshot is
wher e s
k
(m) is t he signal emit t ed by t he kt h sour ce, and
k,n
is t he signal delay
(wit h r espect t o some ar bit r ar y r efer ence point ) at t he nt h sensor . Typically,
t he sensor s ar e assumed t o be isotropic, and t he sour ce signals ar e assumed t o
be plane waves or iginat ing fr om t he far -field of t he ar r ay. The signals ar e
assumed t o be nar r ow-band, and as such t hey ar e char act er ized by a single
fr equency,
o
or a single wavelengt h = c/
o
, wher e c is t he speed of signal
pr opagat ion. The r eceived signal can now be wr it t en as,
(1-126)
wher e
k
(m) is t he amplit ude of t he kt h sour ce signal at snapshot m; and (k,n)
is t he phase delay of t he kt h sour ce signal at t he nt h sensor , and depends upon
t he ar r ay geomet r y.
In a cir cular ar r ay, t he sensor s ar e assumed t o be equally dist r ibut ed in angle
on t he cir cumfer ence of a cir cle wit h r adius R. Let t he bear ings,
k
, be
measur ed wit h r espect t o t he r adius vect or passing t hr ough a sensor . The
phase delay is t hen given by [23]
(1-127)
For a linear ar r ay, t he bear ing of t he plane wave is defined as t he angle
bet ween t he plane wave fr ont and t he nor mal t o t he ar r ay. The phase delay is
given by
(1-128)
y
m
n ( ) A
k
s
k
m
k n ,
( )
k 1 =
p

w
m
n ( ), + =
y
m
n ( )
k
m ( ) j k n , ( ) ( ) exp
k 1 =
p

w
m
n ( ) + = =
m 1 M , , n 1 N , , , = , =
k n , ( )
2R

-----------
2n
N
-----------
k

,
_
cos
2n
N
---------- -
,
_
cos =
k n , ( )
2d
n

--------------
k
( ) sin =
1 Tu to r i a l
1-64
wher e
k
is t he bear ing of t he kt h sour ce, and d
n
is t he locat ion of t he nt h sour ce
wit h r efer ence t o some ar bit r ar y or igin. For a unifor mly spaced linear ar r ay,
wit h spacing d, we can set d
n
= nd. The obser ved signals ar e t hus given by,
(1-129)
Compar ing (1-129) wit h (1-125), we see t hat t he t er m dsin(
k
)/ plays t he r ole
of fr equency, and
k
(m) plays t he r ole of t he complex amplit ude
k
exp(j
k,m
).
Time samples, indexed by n in (1-125), cor r espond t o spat ial samples, or sensor
number s in (1-129). The r ealizat ion number m in (1-125) is int er pr et ed as t he
snapshot number in (1-129). In (1-124), we assume 0 <
k
< 1 in or der t o ensur e
t hat t her e is no aliasing. Similar ly, in (1-129), we assume t hat 2d t o ensur e
t hat t her e is no aliasing; a common assumpt ion is = 2d (half-wavelengt h
spacing).
Thus, a solut ion t o t he har monic r et r ieval pr oblem in (1-125) also applies t o t he
DOA pr oblem in (1-129). In t he for mer , we est imat e power spect r a, as funct ions
of fr equency; in t he lat t er , we est imat e angular spect r a, as funct ions of angle, .
The following t able st at es t he dualit y bet ween t he har monic r et r ieval and t he
DOA pr oblems:
The aut ocor r elat ion mat r ix
xx
wit h (k,l) ent r y R
xx
(l k) = E{x*(n)x(n + k l)},
which appear s in t he har monic r et r ieval pr oblem, will be r eplaced by t he
Harmonic Retrieval DOA
Realizat ion Snapshot
Time sample Sensor sample
Fr equency Angular fr equency d sin()/
Random phases Random complex amplit udes
0 < < 1 d /2
Tempor al cor r elat ion mat r ix Spat ial cor r elat ion mat r ix
Per iodogr am Beamfor mer
y
m
n ( )
k
m ( ) j 2n
d
k
( ) sin

------------------------
,
_
exp
k 1 =
p

w
m
n ( ) + = m 1 M , , =
H a r m o n i c Pr o c e sse s a n d D O A
1-65
spat ial cor r elat ion mat r ix, = E{x(n)x(n)
H
}, wher e x(n) is t he nt h snapshot , in
t he DOA pr oblem. The FT of t he spat ial (t empor al) cor r elat ion sequence is
called t he beamformer (per iodogr am).
The aut ocor r elat ion sequence of t he signal in (1-125) is given by,
(1-130)
which follows because t he har monics ar e uncor r elat ed (phases ar e mut ually
independent ). Not e t hat t he aut ocor r elat ion sequence is not absolut ely
summable; however , t he FT of R
yy
() exist s, pr ovided we ar e willing t o use t he
Dir ac delt a funct ions defined by g()
D
() := g(0) [5, p.17].
In pr inciple, one can est imat e t he fr equencies by picking peaks in t he
est imat ed power spect r um; t he var iance of t his fr equency est imat or is of or der
1/N
3
[22], wher e N is t he lengt h of t he t ime ser ies. The power spect r um is
limit ed by it s poor fr equency r esolut ion, t hat is, fr equency separ at ion must be
lar ger t han 1/N. In pr act ice, t his sever ely limit s t he applicabilit y of t he power
spect r um as a dir ect est imat or of t he fr equency.
Synt het ics for t he t wo pr oblems can be gener at ed via harmgen and doagen.
Resolution and Variance
If x(n) consist s of t wo complex har monics, at fr equencies
1
and
2
, we expect
t o see t wo peaks in t he power spect r um. The r esolut ion of a power spect r al
densit y est imat or is t he smallest value of |
1

2
| t hat leads t o t wo discer nible
peaks. The r esolut ion of t he classical power spect r um est imat or s (e.g., Welch
and Blackman-Tukey) is of or der 1/M, wher e M is t he effect ive window lengt h.
In cont r ast , t he r esolut ion of t he per iodogr am is 1/N, and since M N, t he
per iodogr am exhibit s higher r esolut ion t han t he Blackman-Tukey and Welch
est imat or s. The choice of t he window funct ion dict at es t he r esolut ion-var iance
t r adeoff: if W() has a br oad main lobe, t he power spect r um est imat e will be
smoot her , t he var iance of t he est imat e will be smaller , and t he r esolut ion will
be lower .
It should be not ed t hat zer o-padding t he dat a (or t he cor r elat ion sequence) does
not impr ove t he r esolut ion, it only makes t he spect r al est imat e denser (t his
may lead t o impr oved accur acy in est imat ing t he locat ions of well-separ at ed
peaks).
R
y y
( )
k
2
k 1 =
p

j 2
k
exp R
w
( ) + =
1 Tu to r i a l
1-66
AR and ARMA Models
The basic idea, in t he par amet r ic est imat or s, is t hat t he noiseless har monic
pr ocess in (1-124) obeys a self-dr iving AR(p) model, t hat is, [28],
(1-131)
wher e a(0) = 1, and t he r oot s of t he A(z) polynomial ar e given by ,
k = 1, . . ., p. Hence, we can use any st andar d algor it hm t o est imat e t he AR
par amet er s; t he fr equencies can be det er mined fr om t he r oot s of t he est imat ed
AR polynomial. The det er minat ion of p is now equivalent t o t he AR model or der
det er minat ion pr oblem.
In t he pr esence of addit ive noise, pr ocess x(n) in (1-124) sat isfies t he special
ARMA(p,p) model,
(1-132)
wher e w(n) is addit ive noise, not t he dr iving noise of an ARMA model. Now, we
can use any of t he standard ARMA par amet er est imat ion t echniques t o
est imat e t he a(k)s.
Mult iplying (1-132) by y*(n k), and t aking expect at ions, we obt ain,
(1-133)
wher e we have assumed t hat t he addit ive noise is whit e; hence, wit h k > p, we
obt ain a set of equat ions fr om which we can est imat e t he a(k)s; t hese equat ions
ar e somet imes called t he ext ended nor mal equat ions.
The analysis ext ends t o t he r eal har monic case wher e we obt ain an AR(2p) or
ARMA(2p,2p) model, wit h r oot s at , k = 1, . . ., p. Since t he r oot s ar e
all on | z| = 1, it t ur ns out t hat a(k) = a(2p k), k = 0, . . ., 2p.
a k ( )x n k ( )
k 0 =
p

0, =
z e
j 2
k
=
a m ( )y n m ( )
m 0 =
p

a m ( )w n m ( )
m 0 =
p

=
a m ( )R
y y
k m ( )
m 0 =
p


w
2
a k ( ) =
z e
j t 2
k
=
H a r m o n i c Pr o c e sse s a n d D O A
1-67
Pisarenkos Method
The M M aut ocor r elat ion mat r ix of t he pr ocess y(n) in (1-124) may be wr it t en
as,
(1-134)
wher e S is a Vander monde mat r ix wit h (m,n) element exp(j2(m 1)
n
),
m = 1, . . ., p; and D is t he diagonal mat r ix of t he sinusoidal power s,
D = diag(P
1
, . . ., P
p
). Since t he fr equencies ar e assumed t o be dist inct , mat r ix
S has full r ank p (M p). It follows immediat ely t hat t he p lar gest eigenvalues
of t he mat r ix R
yy
ar e given by, , k = 1, . . ., p; t he r emaining M p
eigenvalues ar e all equal t o . Wit h M = p + 1, it follows fr om (1-133) t hat [48]
(1-135)
The vect or a is t he eigenvect or cor r esponding t o t he minimum eigenvalue of t he
(p + 1) (p + 1) cor r elat ion mat r ix
yy
. Once a has been est imat ed, t he
fr equencies can be est imat ed as t he r oot s of t he A(z) polynomial. The minimum
eigenvalue solut ion t o (1-135) is known as Pisar enkos met hod, and is
implement ed in r out ines harmest and doa. In or der t o ensur e
posit ive-definit eness of mat r ix
yy
, it is essent ial t o use biased sample
est imat es of t he aut ocor r elat ion. For a signal consist ing of p r eal har monics,
t he or der should be t aken as 2p.
The Pisar enko algor it hm separ at es t he eigenvect or s and eigenvalues of t he
mat r ix
yy
int o t wo classes: t hose associat ed wit h t he signal and t hose
associat ed wit h t he noise. Ext ensions of t he idea have r esult ed in t he
high-r esolut ion eigen-subspace met hods, such as t he Min-Norm and MUS IC
algor it hms.
R
y y
R
x x
=
w
2
I + S DS
H

w
2
I + =
P
k

w
2
+

w
2

y y
a
w
2
a . =
1 Tu to r i a l
1-68
Multiple Signal Classification (MUSIC)
Let M > p. The aut ocor r elat ion mat r ix
yy
has a linear ly independent
(or t hogonal) set of eigenvect or s. Denot e t he eigenvalues and eigenvect or s by
k

and v
k
. Define t he M element signal vect or ,
(1-136)
The eigenvect or s cor r esponding t o t he p lar gest eigenvalues ar e said t o
const it ut e t he signal subspace; t he r emaining M p eigenvect or s const it ut e t he
noise subspace. The signals, t hat is, t he har monics in (1-124), lie in t he signal
subspace and ar e or t hogonal t o t he noise subspace, t hat is,
hence, wit h
(1-137)
one can sear ch for t he set of fr equencies such t hat e
H
()v
k
= 0, k = p + 1, . . ., M.
When sample est imat es of t he aut ocor r elat ion ar e used, t hese r elat ionships
will hold only appr oximat ely. In MUSIC (Mult iple Signal Classificat ion) one
det er mines t he fr equencies of t he har monics by looking for peaks in t he
spectrum defined by
(1-138)
wher e w(k) = 1. Usually, t he cor r elat ion mat r ix used in t he FBLS met hod is
used. When w(k) = 1/
k
, we get t he so-called Eigenvect or solut ion, and when
w(k) = (k M), we get t he Pisar enko solut ion. These algor it hms ar e
implement ed in r out ines harmest and doa.
e
k
e
j 2
k
e
j 2
k
e
j 2M
k
, , [ ]
T
=
e
k
v
H
i
0, = i p 1 + M; , , = k 1 p; , , =
e ( ) e
j 2
e
j 2
e
j 2M
, , [ ]
T
=
P
yy
( ) w k ( ) e
H
( )v
k
2
k p 1 + =
M

=
1
H a r m o n i c Pr o c e sse s a n d D O A
1-69
Minimum-Norm Method
The minimum-norm (Min-Nor m) met hod is also an eigen-space met hod.
Mot ivat ed by t he nor mal equat ions for t he har monic signal model, one seeks
t he AR vect or , a, which is or t hogonal t o t he signal subspace (r ecall t he
discussion of t he Pisar enko met hod). Let us decompose t he signal subspace, as
(1-139)
The condit ion , can be r ewr it t en as,
(1-140)
wher e w = [a(1), . . ., a(p)]
T
. Equat ion (1-140) r epr esent s p equat ions in M 1
unknowns. Hence, if p < M 1, t he set of equat ions is under det er mined, and
t he solut ion is not unique. A unique solut ion is obt ained by choosing t he
Min-Nor m solut ion, t hat is,
(1-141)
This solut ion, called t he minimum-norm solut ion, was developed by
Kumar esan and Tuft s and is implement ed in r out ines harmest and doa.
Pisar enkos met hod uses a single noise subspace eigenvect or and, hence, is not
as r obust as t he gener al MUSIC est imat or . The Min-Nor m met hod has been
r epor t ed t o have a smaller bias t han t he MUSIC algor it hm for est imat ing t he
fr equencies. An over view of eigen-met hods is given in [26].
A modificat ion of t he FBLS algor it hm has been r epor t ed by Kumar esan and
Tuft s [23], wher e t he cor r elat ion mat r ix is r eplaced by t hr owing out t he
noise subspace eigenvect or s, t hat is, if
k
and v
k
denot e t he eigenvalues and
eigenvect or s of , t hen,
(1-142)
Q
s
v
1
v
p
, , [ ]
x
s
T
X
s
= =
Q
s
T
a 0 =
X
s
T
w x
s
=
w 1 x
s
H
x
s
[ ]
1
X
s
*
x
s
=

k
v
k
v
k
H
k 1 =
p

=
1 Tu to r i a l
1-70
This pr ocedur e of r eplacing by is somet imes called t he low-r ank SVD
appr oximat ion. The algor it hm t hen pr oceeds as in FBLS. Kumar esan and
Tuft s [29] have est ablished t hat in t he noiseless case, under t he assumpt ion,
p M N p/2, p of t he r oot s of A(z) lie on t he unit cir cle, and cor r espond t o
t he t r ue fr equencies; t he r emaining (M p) r oot s ar e unifor mly dist r ibut ed in
angle inside t he unit cir cle; t hese r oot s ar e called t he extraneous zer os.
High-r esolut ion est imat es ar e obt ained by choosing lar ge values for t he
pr edict or or der , t hat is, M 3N/4.
ESPRIT
Est imat ion of Signal Par amet er s via Rot at ional Invar iance Techniques
(ESPRIT) is an eigen-space met hod developed by Kung, Rao et al [30], and by
Roy and Kailat h [57]; however , t he basic idea behind t his algor it hm is
consider ably differ ent fr om t hat in MUSIC and Min-Nor m met hods.
In ESPRIT, t he basic idea is t o decompose t he sensor ar r ay int o t wo (possibly
over lapping) subar r ays, and t hen t o use t he cr oss-cor r elat ion bet ween t he t wo
subar r ays t o est imat e t he sour ce bear ings. The discussion her e is in t er ms of
t he DOA pr oblem, but as we have seen ear lier , t he t r eat ment is applicable t o
t he har monic r et r ieval pr oblem as well.
Assume t hat we have t wo ar r ays, such t hat element s of one ar r ay ar e at a
const ant displacement wit h r espect t o cor r esponding element s of t he ot her
ar r ay. For example, if we have an unifor mly spaced linear ar r ay of N element s,
we can par t it ion t his ar r ay int o t wo subar r ays, each consist ing of L element s,
wit h a displacement of = N L bet ween t he t wo subar r ays, t hat is, wit h
sensor s 1, . . ., N in t he fir st subar r ay, and sensor s + 1, . . ., N in t he second
ar r ay.
Let y
m
(n) and z
m
(n), n = 1, . . ., L, denot e t he signals at t he element s of t he t wo
subar r ays, t hat is,
(1-143)
(1-144)

y
m
n ( )
k
m ( ) j k n , ( ) ( ) exp
k 1 =
p

w
m
n ( ) + =
z
m
n ( )
k
m ( ) j k n , ( ) ( )e
j 2d
k
( )/ sin
exp
k 1 =
p

v
m
n ( ) + =
H a r m o n i c Pr o c e sse s a n d D O A
1-71
The mt h snapshot can be wr it t en in vect or for m as,
(1-145)
(1-146)
wher e is a diagonal mat r ix wit h (k,k) ent r y, exp(j2dsin(
k
)/); mat r ix A has
(n,k) ent r y, exp(j(k,n)); a
m
= [
1
(m), . . .,
M
(m)]
T
is t he sour ce signal vect or at
t he mt h snapshot ; and, w
m
and v
m
ar e t he noise vect or s. The bear ing
infor mat ion can be r ecover ed fr om mat r ix .
The aut o- and cr oss-cor r elat ion mat r ices of y(n) and z(n) ar e given by,
(1-147)
(1-148)
wher e we have assumed t hat t he addit ive noise is whit e (spat ially uncor r elat ed
fr om sensor t o sensor ), and has var iance
2
.
Mat r ix is t he signal cor r elat ion mat r ix and is nonsingular if
t he sour ces ar e incoher ent .
The st r uct ur e of mat r ix J
L
depends upon t he common element s of t he t wo sub-
ar r ays. If t he t wo subar r ays have no common element s, t hen J
L
is t he zer o
mat r ix. In t he unifor m linear ar r ay example consider ed ear lier ,
z
m
(n) = y
m +
(n), m = 1, . . ., L , and
In any case, given t he knowledge of t he geomet r ies of t he t wo ar r ays, we can
comput e mat r ix J
L
.
y
m
Aa
m
w
m
+ =
z
m
Aa
m
v
m
+ =

yy
E y
m
y
m
H

' ;

AS A
H

2
I
L
+ = =

y z
E y
m
z
m
H

' ;

AS
H
A
H

2
J
L
+ = =
S E a
m
a
m
H

' ;

=
J
L
0
L
0

I
L
0
L
=
1 Tu to r i a l
1-72
We can est imat e
2
as t he smallest eigenvalue of mat r ix
yy
. We can now
eliminat e t he noise cont r ibut ion, and cr eat e t he signal cor r elat ion mat r ices,
(1-149)
(1-150)
Given t wo n n mat r ices, A and B, t he gener alized eigenvalues of (A,B), ar e
defined by [21]
If B is nonsingular , t her e ar e exact ly n gener alized eigenvalues, and t hese ar e
ident ical wit h t he eigenvalues of B
-1
A. The singular B case is discussed in [21].
It is shown in [30, 57] t hat t he gener alized eigenvalues of (C
yy
,C
yz
) ar e given by

k
= exp(j2dsin(
k
)/), k = 1, . . ., p. Once
k
has been est imat ed, we can
r eadily obt ain t he
k
s. This algor it hm for a unifor mly spaced linear ar r ay
is implement ed in r out ine doa; t he gener alized eigenvalues ar e comput ed via
t he MATLAB built -in funct ion eig. Algor it hms based on four t h-or der
cumulant s ar e discussed next .
Criterion-Based Estimators
The FT, at fr equency
o
, can be viewed as a filt er t hat passes only t he
component s wit h fr equency
o
, while suppr essing t he r est . Wit h finit e dat a
lengt hs, however , t he spect r al est imat e suffer s fr om t he pr oblems of sidelobe
leakage (wit h det ails dict at ed by t he choice of window funct ion).
Consider t he lengt h p finit e impulse r esponse (FIR) filt er ,
(1-151)
wher e t he input x(n) is assumed t o be zer o mean. The var iance of t he filt er
out put is given by,
C
y y

yy

2
I
L
AS A
H
= =
C
y z

y z

2
I
L
AS
H
A
H
= =
A B , ( ): z :d et A z B ( ) { 0 }. = =
y n ( ) a k ( )x n k ( )
k 0 =
p

=
H a r m o n i c Pr o c e sse s a n d D O A
1-73
(1-152)
wher e a = [a(0), . . ., a(p)]
T
, and R
xx
is t he (p + 1) (p + 1) aut ocor r elat ion
mat r ix.
We would like t he out put var iance t o be a measur e of t he power spect r al
densit y of x(n) at fr equency
o
. Alt er nat ively, t he FIR filt er should pass a
sinusoid at fr equency
o
wit h unit y gain; hence, we have t he const r aint ,
(1-153)
We also want t o minimize t he cont r ibut ion due t o sinusoids at fr equencies
ot her t han
o
; t his can be achieved by minimizing t he out put var iance in
(1-152) subject t o t he const r aint in (1-153). The r esult ing est imat or is given by
(1-154)
wher e e = [1,e-
-j2
, . . ., e
-j2p
]
H
. This est imat or , which is var iously called
Capons maximum-likelihood est imat or or t he Minimum Var iance
Dist or t ionless est imat or [8, 27], is not a t r ue power spect r al densit y est imat or .
For example, if x(n) consist s of a har monic at fr equency
o
and power P t hat is
obser ved in whit e noise wit h var iance , t hen,
wher e p is t he number of aut ocor r elat ion lags used; not e t hat t he noise power
cont r ibut ion has been r educed by a fact or of p. The r esolving power of t his
est imat or is r epor t ed t o be [27]
wher e S NR is t he signal-t o-noise r at io (r at io of signal var iance t o noise
var iance), and p is t he lengt h of t he aut ocor r elat ion sequence. This est imat or
is implement ed in r out ines harmest and doa.

y
2
E y n ( )
2
{ } a
H
R
xx
a = =

y
2
a k ( ) j 2k
o
( ) exp
k 0 =
p

1. =
P
m l
( ) e
H
( )R
x x
1
e ( ) [ ] =
2

w
2
P
m l

o
( ) P
w
2
/p, + =

1
p S N R
----------------------
1 Tu to r i a l
1-74
The maximum-ent r opy spect r al est imat or of Bur g is based on t he availabilit y
of exactly known aut ocor r elat ion lags, , (in which case a
Gaussian pdf and an AR(p) model ar e obt ained for pr ocess x(n)). Rout ine
trench may be used t o est imat e t he AR model par amet er s. The r esolving power
is r epor t ed t o be
For SNR 1, t he maximum ent r opy est imat or has bet t er r esolving power t han
does Capons maximum-likelihood est imat or , which in t ur n is bet t er t han t he
Blackman-Tukey est imat or .
Cumulant-Based Estimators
In [66] it was est ablished t hat t he four t h-or der cumulant s of t he pr ocess in
(1-124) ar e given by
(1-155)
In par t icular , t he diagonal slice is given by,
(1-156)
If w(n) is Gaussian, t hen C
4w
(m,m,m) 0. If w(n) is i.i.d. non-Gaussian, t hen
C
4w
(m,l,n) is a delt a funct ion at t he or igin. Not e t hat when w(t) is Gaussian or
i.i.d. non-Gaussian, (1-156) is similar t o t he aut ocor r elat ion sequence of t he
noiseless signal. Consequent ly, all of t he analyses based on t he aut ocor r elat ion
car r y over t o t he four t h-or der cumulant . In par t icular , t he development of t he
Eigenvect or , Pisar enko, ML-Capon, AR, MUSIC, Min-Nor m, and beamfor mer
spectral est imat es based on second-or der st at ist ics, can also be based on
four t h-or der st at ist ics [44]. Similar ly we can base ESPRIT on t he four t h-or der
cr oss-cumulant mat r ix as well. The four t h-or der st at ist ics ar e most useful
when t he addit ive noise is nar r ow-band Gaussian.
Rout ine harmest implement s algor it hms for t he har monic r et r ieval pr oblem: it
est imat es t he spect r um using t he Eigenvect or , MUSIC, Pisar enko, ML, and AR
algor it hms based on t he diagonal slice of t he four t h-or der cumulant .
R
xx
m ( ) { }
m 0 =
p

1
pS N R
-----------------.
C
4 y
l m n , , ( ) e
j 2
k
l m n + ( )

k
4
C
4w
l m n , , ( ) +
k 1 =
p

=
C
4y
m m m , , ( ) e
j 2
k
m

k
4
C
4w
m m m , , ( ) +
k 1 =
p

=
H a r m o n i c Pr o c e sse s a n d D O A
1-75
Rout ine doa implement s algor it hms for t he dir ect ion of ar r ival pr oblem: it
est imat es t he angular spectrum using t he Eigenvect or , MUSIC, Pisar enko,
ML-Capon, ML, and AR algor it hms based on t he diagonal slice of t he
four t h-or der cumulant . Rout ine doa implement s t he cor r esponding algor it hms
based on second-or der st at ist ics; it also implement s ESPRIT.
Ex a mples
load harm
Pxx=harmest(zmat,12,4,unbiased,256,4);
You should see t he display in Figur e 1-12.
Figure 1-12 Singular Values of Cumulant Matrix and Estimated Spectra
(harmest)
The dat a consist of t wo unit amplit ude r eal har monics at fr equencies 0.1 Hz
and 0.2 Hz, and ar e cont aminat ed by color ed Gaussian noise, wit h a var iance
of 0.5; t he noise spect r um has a pole at 0.15 Hz, wit h a damping fact or of 0.9.
The SVD plot is indicat ive of t wo r eal har monics, and t he spect r um appear s t o
peak at t he cor r ect fr equencies, 0.1 and 0.2 Hz. The four t h-or der cumulant s do
not see t he Gaussian pr ocess at 0.15 Hz. Not e t hat t he power spect r a ar e
displayed in dB scale, t hat is, 10log
10
(Pxx)
Pxx = harmest(zmat,12,6,'unbiased',256,2);
0 5 10 15
0
2
4
sval: cum4
0.5 0 0.5
40
20
0
pxx
0.5 0 0.5
50
0
e
i
g
0.5 0 0.5
40
20
0
m
u
s
i
c
0.5 0 0.5
100
50
0
p
i
s
a
r
0.5 0 0.5
40
20
0
m
l
0.5 0 0.5
100
50
0
a
r
0.5 0 0.5
40
20
0
m
i
n

n
o
r
m
1 Tu to r i a l
1-76
You should see t he display in Figur e 1-13. The SVD plot is indicat ive of t hr ee
r eal har monics, and t he spect r um appear s t o peak at t he cor r ect fr equencies,
0.1 and 0.2 Hz, as well as at 0.15 Hz, which is due t o t he Gaussian noise.
Figure 1-13 Singular Values of Correlation Matrix, and Estimated Spectra
(harmest)
0 5 10 15
0
5
10
sval: cum2
0.5 0 0.5
40
20
0
pxx
0.5 0 0.5
50
0
e
i
g
0.5 0 0.5
40
20
0
m
u
s
i
c
0.5 0 0.5
100
50
0
p
i
s
a
r
0.5 0 0.5
40
20
0
m
l
0.5 0 0.5
100
50
0
a
r
0.5 0 0.5
50
0
m
i
n

n
o
r
m
H a r m o n i c Pr o c e sse s a n d D O A
1-77
Ex a mples
load doa1
[spec,theta]=doa(ymat,0.5,1,3,2,1);
You should see t he display in Figur e 1-14; not e t hat t he angular spect r a ar e
plot t ed in dB scale, t hat is, 10log
10
(s pe c).
The singular value plot indicat es t he possible pr esence of t hr ee sour ces. The
obser ved signal consist s of signals fr om t wo sour ces at 15 and 25 degr ees,
and is cont aminat ed wit h spat ially cor r elat ed noise t hat act s as a vir t ual
sour ce at a bear ing of 30 degr ees. The bear ings est imat ed by ESPRIT should
be 15.4634, 25.8851 and 29.9855. As expect ed, t he Eigenvect or , ML, AR,
MUSIC and Min-Nor m met hods r esolve t he t wo sour ces and t he vir t ual sour ce
due t o t he noise, wher eas t he beamfor mer does not . The MUSIC and Min-Nor m
est imat es ar e vir t ually ident ical in t his example. The ver t ical lines and cir cles
denot e t he t r ue bear ings; t he cr oss denot es t he vir t ual bear ing of t he spat ially
cor r elat ed noise.
Figure 1-14 Singular Values of Spatial Correlation Matrix, and Estimated
Angular Spectra (doa)
0 5 10
0
20
40
svals of c2
100 50 0 50 100
100
50
0
p
i
s
a
r
100 50 0 50 100
40
20
0
e
i
g
100 50 0 50 100
40
20
0
m
u
s
i
c
100 50 0 50 100
40
20
0
m
l
100 50 0 50 100
40
20
0
a
r
100 50 0 50 100
40
20
0
m
i
n
100 50 0 50 100
20
10
0
b
e
a
m
1 Tu to r i a l
1-78
load doa1
[spec,theta]=doa(ymat,0.5,1.2);
The singular value plot indicat es t he possible pr esence of t wo sour ces; t he
est imat ed angular spect r a show peaks at ar ound t he t r ue bear ings of 15 and
25 degr ees; not ice t hat t he spat ially cor r elat ed Gaussian noise sour ce has
been vir t ually suppr essed by using four t h-or der cumulant s. The ver t ical lines
and cir cles denot e t he t r ue bear ings; t he cr oss denot es t he vir t ual bear ing of
t he spat ially cor r elat ed noise. The bear ings est imat ed by ESPRIT should be
15.0066 and 25.1361.
Figure 1-15 Singular Values of Spatial Cumulant Matrix, and Estimated
Angular Spectra (doa)
0 5 10
0
200
400
svals of c4
100 50 0 50 100
100
50
0
p
i
s
a
r
100 50 0 50 100
50
0
e
i
g
100 50 0 50 100
40
20
0
m
u
s
i
c
100 50 0 50 100
40
20
0
m
l
100 50 0 50 100
50
0
a
r
100 50 0 50 100
40
20
0
m
i
n
100 50 0 50 100
40
20
0
b
e
a
m
H a r m o n i c Pr o c e sse s a n d D O A
1-79
Summary
The est imat ion of t he fr equencies of har monics obser ved in noise, or t hat of
det er mining t he bear ings of sour ces in t he DOA pr oblem can be t r eat ed fr om
eit her a par amet r ic or a nonpar amet r ic view point . In t he lat t er case, we obt ain
nonpar amet r ic est imat es of spect r a and angular spect r a. In t he for mer case, we
have sever al high-r esolut ion algor it hms.
Rout ine harmest can be used for t he har monic r et r ieval pr oblem; t he user has
t he choice of using second- or four t h-or der cumulant s. This r out ine est imat es
power spect r a using t he MUSIC, Eigenvect or , Pisar enko, ML (Capon), AR and
Min-Nor m met hods, based on eit her t he diagonal slice of four t h-or der
cumulant s, or on t he covar iance; it also est imat es t he convent ional
per iodogr am. The number of har monics can usually be det er mined by
examining t he singular value plot gener at ed by harmest.
Rout ine doa can be used t o solve t he dir ect ion-of-ar r ival pr oblem (DOA) for a
unifor mly spaced linear ar r ay. It est imat es angular spect r a using t he
Beamfor mer , ML-Capon, AR, MUSIC, Pisar enkos met hod, eigenvect or ,
Min-Nor m and ESPRIT algor it hms, based on t he spat ial cr oss-cor r elat ion or
cr oss-cumulant . Rout ine pickpeak may be used t o pick peaks in t he est imat ed
(angular ) spect r a.
1 Tu to r i a l
1-80
Nonlinear Processes
The simplest nonlinear syst em is t he second-or der Volt er r a syst em whose
input -out put r elat ionship is defined by
(1-157)
The cor r esponding fr equency domain r epr esent at ion is
(1-158)
and is obt ained by Four ier Tr ansfor ming bot h sides of (1-157). The
t ime-domain pr oduct t er m x(n k)x(n l) leads t o convolut ion in t he fr equency
domain, which is r epr esent ed by t he condit ion =
1
+
2
. It is usually assumed
t hat t he quadr at ic ker nel is r eal and symmet r ic, t hat is, q(k,l) = q(l,k), or
equivalent ly, Q(
1
,
2
) = Q(
2
,
1
) = Q*(
1
,
2
). It is r eadily ver ified t hat
Q(
1
,
2
) in t he r egion |
2
|
1
,0
1
1/4, specifies Q(
1
,
2
) ever ywher e.
The basic pr oblem is given x(n) and y(n), n = 1, . . ., N, we want t o est imat e t he
linear par t , h(k), and t he quadr at ic par t , q(k,l).
Solution Using Cross-Bispectra
In [70], an algor it hm t o est imat e t he par amet er s of t he model in (1-157) was
developed, under t he assumpt ion t hat x(n) is st at ionar y Gaussian. Fr om
(1-157), we can see t hat t he cr oss-spect r um is given by,
(1-159)
The t er m involving t he t r iple pr oduct of t he X()s disappear s since x(n) is
symmet r ically dist r ibut ed. Since S
xx
() and S
xy
() can be est imat ed, we can
est imat e H(), t he linear par t .
y n ( ) h k ( )x n ( k )
k 0 =

q k l , ( )x n ( k )x n l ( )
l 0 =

k 0 =

+ =
Y ( ) H ( )X ( ) = Q
1

2
, ( )X
1
( )X
2
( )

1

2
+ =

+
S
y x
( ) E Y ( )X* ( ) { } H ( )E X ( )X* ( ) { } H ( )S
xx
( ) = = =
N o n l i n e a r Pr o c e sse s
1-81
Consider t he cr oss-cumulant
(1-160)
(1-161)
which follows since x(t) is symmet r ically dist r ibut ed. Assuming Gaussianit y,
we can r ewr it e t he last equat ion in t he fr equency domain, as
(1-162)
which is obt ained under t he assumpt ion t hat q(k,l) = q(l,k). The
cr oss-bispect r um, S
yxx
(
1
,
2
) can be est imat ed via r out ine bispecdx and t he
spect r a can be est imat ed via r out ine spectrum; we can t hen est imat e t he
quadr at ic t r ansfer funct ion, Q(
1
,
2
) fr om (1-162). This algor it hm is
implement ed in r out ine nltick [70]. Not e t hat t he input pr ocess is assumed t o
be Gaussian.
C
xx y
, ( ) E x n ( )x n + ( )y n + ( ) { } =
q k l , ( )E x n ( )x n + ( )x n k + ( )x n l + ( ) { }
l 0 =

k 0 =

=
E{x n ( )x n + ( ) h k ( )x n k + ( )
k 0 =

=
q k l , ( )x n k + ( )x n l + ( ) }
l 0 =

k 0 =

+
S
yxx

1

2
, ( ) 2Q
1

2
, ( )S
xx

1
( )S
x x

2
( ) S
xx

2
( )
1

2
+ ( )E y n ( ) { } + =
1 Tu to r i a l
1-82
Ex a mples
load nl1
[h,q] = nltick(x,y,128,1);
You should see t he display on Figur e 1-16. A descr ipt ion of t he signals x and y
in nl1.mat is given in t he sect ion Dat a Files. The t r ue linear and quadr at ic
impulse r esponses ar e shown in Figur e 1-51.
Figure 1-16 Transfer Functions Estimated by nltick
Solution Using FTs
In [50], anot her algor it hm t o est imat e t he par amet er s of t he model in (1-157)
was developed, wit hout assuming t hat x(n) is Gaussian; indeed, x(n) may be
det er minist ic. Given t he input and out put sequences, x(n) and y(n), we can
comput e t heir FTs, X() and Y() on a suit able gr id,
m
= m/ M, wher e M is t he
FFT lengt h. We can collect (1-158) at t he var ious fr equencies int o a set of
equat ions t hat ar e linear in t he unknowns, namely H() and Q(
1
,
2
) [50].
0 0.2 0.4 0.6
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
0
linear TF
f
0.4 0.2 0 0.2 0.4
0.4
0.2
0
0.2
0.4
quadratic TF
f1
f
2
0 50 100 150
0.1
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
linear part: IR
t
10 20 30
5
10
15
20
25
30
quadratic part: IR
t1
t
2
N o n l i n e a r Pr o c e sse s
1-83
Let r = m mod 2, and let m
+
:= (m + r)/2, m
-
:= (m r)/2, . For m = 0, . . ., M/2,
let t he unknown par amet er vect or be
and,
Then, we have t he syst em of linear equat ions,
Y(m) = A
T
b(m),
which is over det er mined; we can obt ain t he least -squar es solut ion for each
fr equency gr id point , m.
This algor it hm is implement ed in r out ine nlpow.
Ex a mples
load nl1
[h1,q1]=nlpow (x,y,128);
You should see t he display on Figur e 1-17.
Figure 1-17 Transfer Functions Estimated by nlpow
b m ( ) H m ( ) Q m
+
m
-
, ( ) Q m
+
1 + m
-
1 , ( ) Q
M
4
----- m
M
4
----- ,
,
_
, , , , =
T
A X m ( ) X , m
+
( )X m
-
( ) X m
+
1 + ( )X m
-
1 ( ) X
M
4
-----
,
_
X m
M
4
-----
,
_
, , , =
T
0 0.2 0.4 0.6
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
0
linear TF
f
0.2 0.1 0 0.1 0.2
0.2
0.1
0
0.1
0.2
quadratic TF
f1
f
2
0 50 100 150
0.1
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
linear part: IR
t1
10 20 30
5
10
15
20
25
30
quadratic part: IR
t1
t
2
1 Tu to r i a l
1-84
load nl2
[h2,q2]=nlpow (x,y,128);
You should see t he display on Figur e 1-18.
Figure 1-18 Transfer Functions Estimated by nlpow
As expect ed, t he plot s in t he t wo figur es ar e quit e similar . A descr ipt ion of t he
signals x and y in t he files nl1.mat and nl1.mat may be found in t he sect ion
Dat a Files. The t r ue linear and quadr at ic impulse r esponses ar e shown in
Figur e 1-51.
Quadratic Phase Coupling
Phase coupling occur s due t o nonlinear int er act ions bet ween har monic
component s. Thr ee har monics wit h fr equencies
k
and phases
k
, k = 1,2,3, ar e
said t o be quadr at ically phase coupled if
3
=
1
+
2
and
3
=
1
+
2
. Quadr at ic
phase coupling (coupling at sum and differ ence fr equencies) occur s when a
signal is passed t hr ough a squar e-law device, for example, and may be det ect ed
fr om t he bispect r um [53].
Consider t he signal x(n), which is a mixt ur e of har monics wit h independent
phases, and quadr at ically phase coupled sinusoids, t hat is,
0 0.2 0.4 0.6
10
4
10
3
10
2
10
1
10
0
linear TF
f
0.2 0.1 0 0.1 0.2
0.2
0.1
0
0.1
0.2
quadratic TF
f1
f
2
0 50 100 150
0.1
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
linear part: IR
t1
10 20 30
5
10
15
20
25
30
quadratic part: IR
t1
t
2
N o n l i n e a r Pr o c e sse s
1-85
(1-163)
wher e , t he s ar e all dist inct , and , and
i

ar e all i.i.d. and unifor mly dist r ibut ed over [,].
Then, t he t hir d-or der cumulant of x(n) is given by [66]
(1-164)
The diagonal slice, C
3x
(,), is given by
(1-165)
x n ( )
i
2
i
n
i
+ ( ) cos
i 1 =
N


i k
q
2
i k
q
n
i k
q
+ ( ) cos
k 1 =
N

i 1 =
N
q

+ =

i 3
q

i 1
q
=
i 2
q
+
i 3
q

i 1
q
=
i 2
q
+ ,
i 1
q

i 2
q
,
C
3x

1

1
, ( )
1
4
---
i 1
q

i 2
q

i 3
q
( )
i 1 =
N
q

=
2
i 1
q

1
2
i 2
q

2
+ ( ) cos [ 2
i 1
q

1
2
i 3
q

2
( ) cos +
2
i 2
q

1
2
i 3
q

2
( ) cos 2
i 2
q

1
2
i 1
q

2
+ ( ) cos + +
2
i 3
q

1
2
i 1
q

2
( ) cos 2
i 3
q

1
2
i 2
q

2
+ ( ) cos + + ]
C
3x
, ( )
1
2
---
i j
q
j 1 =
3

2
i k
q
( ) cos
k 1 =
3

i 1 =
N
q

=
1 Tu to r i a l
1-86
The 2-D FT of (1-164) yields t he bispect r um,
(1-166)
It is evident t hat t he nonr edundant r egion of t he bispect r um shows peaks only
at t he phase and fr equency coupled bifr equencies, . The FT of t he
diagonal slice in (1-165), on t he ot her hand, displays peaks at each of t he t hr ee
fr equencies involved in t he phase-coupling.
Consider () wit h N
q
= 1. We have, omit t ing unnecessar y super scr ipt s,
(1-167)
wher e
3
=
2
+
1
. Not e t hat t he diagonal slice of t he t hir d-or der cumulant is
expr essed as t he sum of t hr ee har monics. Fr om our discussions on AR models
for har monics, we not e t hat C
3x
(,) sat isfies a self-dr iven AR(6) model, whose
r oot s ar e at exp(tj2
k
), k = 1, 2, 3. If we est imat e t he AR polynomial, we can
comput e t he par amet r ic bispect r um
(1-168)
The par amet r ic bispect r um est imat or is implement ed in r out ine qpctor.
S
3

1

2
, ( )
1
8
---
i 1
q

i 2
q

i 3
q
( )
i 1 =
N
q

=

1

i 1
q
+ ( )
2

i 2
q
+ ( )
1

i 2
q
+ ( )
2

i 1
q
+ ( ) + [
+
1

i 1
q
( )
2

i 2
q
( )
1

i 2
q
( )
2

i 1
q
( ) +
+
1

i 1
q
+ ( )
2

i 3
q
( )
1

i 3
q
( )
2

i 1
q
+ ( ) +
+
1

i 2
q
+ ( )
2

i 3
q
( )
1

i 3
q
( )
2

i 2
q
+ ( ) +
+
1

i 1
q
( )
2

i 3
q
+ ( )
1

i 3
q
+ ( )
2

i 1
q
( ) +
+
1

i 2
q
( )
2

i 3
q
+ ( )
1

i 3
q
+ ( )
2

i 2
q
( ) + ]

i 1
q

i 2
q
, ( )
C
3x
, ( )
1
2
---
1

3
2
k
( ) cos
k 1 =
3

=
S
3x

1

2
, ( ) A
1
( )A
2
( )A*
1

2
+ ( ) =
N o n l i n e a r Pr o c e sse s
1-87
Ex a mples
load qpc
[arvec,bspec] = qpctor(zmat,18,12);
Maximum of bispectrum: B(0.1484,0.1016) = 4239
You should see t he display on Figur e 1-19. Not e t hat
1
+
2
0.25, which
cor r esponds t o t he t hir d peak in t he amplit ude spect r um, so t hat we may
conclude t hat t hr ee of t he four har monics ar e quadr at ically phase coupled. The
singular value plot shows six significant singular values cor r esponding t o one
quadr at ically coupled t r iplet ; as in t he case of t he power spect r um (har monics
in noise), over est imat ing t he number of har monics usually leads t o bet t er
r esult s; in t his case, we used an AR or der of 12.
Figure 1-19 Parametric Estimate of bispectrum (qpctor)
Ideally, A() cont ains impulses at t
k
, k = 1,2,3, and S
3x
(
1
,
2
) is given by
(1-169)
0 0.2 0.4 0.6
10
2
10
1
10
0
Power Spectrum
frequency
0 5 10 15 20
0
1
2
3
4
5
Singular values
0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45
0
0.05
0.1
0.15
0.2
f1
f
2
Estimated Parametric Bispectrum
S
3x

1

2
, ( )
k 1 =
3


1

k
t
,


_

k 1 =
3


2

l
t
,


_

m 1 =
3


1

2

m
t +
,


_
=
1 Tu to r i a l
1-88
Fr om (1-166), we not e t hat it suffices t o examine t he bispect r um in t he r egion
0
2

1
1/2. If
2
21, t he par amet r ic bispect r um will show a single
impulse at (
1
,
2
), cor r esponding t o k = 1, l = 2, m = 3 in (1-169), indicat ing t he
exist ence of t he quadr at ically phase-coupled t r iplet (
1
,
2
,
1
+
2
). If
2
= 2
1
,
t he bispect r um will have an addit ional peak at (
1
,
2
) = (
1
,
1
), cor r esponding
t o k = 1, l = 1, m = 2 in (1-169), which can also r esult fr om t he phase-coupled
t r iplet (
1
,
1
,2
1
).
It is impor t ant t o not e t hat t he pr ocess in (1-163) is not er godic, t hat is,
consist ent est imat es of t he t hir d-or der cumulant , C
3x
(
1
,
2
), cannot be obt ained
fr om a single r ealizat ion, unless fr equency-coupling is always accompanied by
phase coupling [68]. Indeed, t he r andom phase assumpt ion it self suggest s t hat
mult iple r ealizat ions ar e r equir ed. Fur t her , cr eat ing mult iple r ealizat ions by
r ecor d segment at ion does not lead t o consist ent est imat es. Given a single
r ealizat ion, C
3x
(
1
,
2
) will show impulses if fr equency coupling exist s, t hat is,

3
=
2
+
1
. Given mult iple r ealizat ions, C
3x
(
1
,2) (and C
3x
(,)) will be nonzer o
only if bot h fr equency and phase coupling exist , t hat is,
3
=
2
+
1
, and
3
=
2

+
1
.
The par amet r ic bispect r um in (1-168) shows a peak whenever A(
1
), A(
2
), and
A(
1
+ 2) have peaks. Hence, when N
q
> 1, spur ious peaks might r esult fr om
int er act ions bet ween differ ent t r iplet s of t he for m,
In t he case of N
q
>1, int er act ions may occur bet ween differ ent QPC t r iplet s
leading t o addit ional peaks in t he par amet r ic bispect r um given by (1-168).
Summary
The Higher -Or der Spect r al Analysis Toolbox offer s t wo algor it hms t o est imat e
t he par amet er s of a second-or der Volt er r a model: nltick, which assumes t hat
t he input is Gaussian, and nlpow, which is applicable t o ar bit r ar y input s. Not e
t hat bot h algor it hms r equir e access t o input s and out put s. Quadr at ic-phase
coupling (QPC) can be det ect ed using r out ine qpctor. Rout ine qpcgen can be
used t o gener at e synt het ics for t he QPC pr oblem, and nlgen can be used t o
comput e t he out put of a second-or der Volt er r a syst em.

i l
q

j m
q
+
k n
q
. =
Ti m e -Fr e q u e n c y D i str i b u ti o n s
1-89
Time-Frequency Distributions
The popular and nat ur al t ool in linear syst em analysis is t he Four ier
t r ansfor m, which decomposes a signal int o it s fr equency component s. The
power spect r um (or ener gy spect r um) gives us infor mat ion about t he fr equency
component s in t he dat a, but not about t he t empor al localizat ion of t hese
component s. Alt er nat ively, t he or iginal t ime signal it self gives us good t ime
r esolut ion (obviously!) but does not give us any idea about fr equency
localizat ion, except in t r ivial cases. So far , we have defined spect r a, bispect r a,
and t r ispect r a, only for st at ionar y pr ocesses; as such, t hey ar e inappr opr iat e
for t he analysis of nonst at ionar y pr ocesses or t r ansient signals. For
nonst at ionar y pr ocesses, we can define t ime-var ying cumulant s and
polyspect r a (in t he same way t hat one t alks about t ime-var ying covar iances
and power spect r a). Consider t he signal, y(t) = s(t) + g(t), wher e s(t) is a
det er minist ic signal and g(t ) is st at ionar y zer o-mean noise (per haps Gaussian).
The pr ocess y(t ) is nonst at ionar y: it s mean is s(t ), and for k > 1, c
ky
= c
kg
; t hus,
only t he fir st -or der cumulant car r ies infor mat ion about t he signal s(t ). In
cont r ast , t he higher -or der moment s of y(t) depend bot h upon s(t) and g(t ); t hus,
in t his case, it is pr efer able t o use higher -or der moment s [63]. For such signals,
t ime-fr equency dist r ibut ions t hat descr ibe t he t empor al evolut ion of t he
spect r um or t he polyspect r um (moment spect r um) ar e useful t ools.
A t ime-fr equency dist r ibut ion (TFD) is a t r ansfor m t hat maps a 1-D signal int o
a 2-D t ime-fr equency map, which descr ibes how t he spect r al cont ent of t he dat a
evolves wit h t ime. As such, TFDs ar e t he nat ur al t ools for t he analysis,
synt hesis, int er pr et at ion, and pr ocessing of nonst at ionar y signals. Among t he
mor e well-known TFDs ar e t he shor t -t ime Four ier t r ansfor m (STFT) [1], t he
Gabor r epr esent at ion [17], and t he Wavelet t r ansfor m [33, 55].
Linear it y is a desir able pr oper t y of algor it hms used in analyzing linear
syst ems; however , quadr at ic t ime-fr equency dist r ibut ions have been pr oposed,
analyzed, and int er pr et ed as t ime-var ying power spect r a [13, 25]. The so-called
Cohen class of shift -invar iant dist r ibut ions includes special cases such as t he
Spect r ogr am, Rihaczek, Page, Wigner -Ville dist r ibut ion (WD) and
Choi-Williams dist r ibut ions [13, 25].
The WD has become quit e popular because it possesses a number of useful
pr oper t ies, and has been used in t he analysis of phase modulat ed signals,
which ar e common in r adar and sonar [3]. An impor t ant pr oper t y of t he WD is
t hat ever y member of Cohens class can be int er pr et ed as a 2-D linear ly filt er ed
ver sion of t he WD [25]. A t hir d-or der WD was int r oduced in [18]; it was
1 Tu to r i a l
1-90
gener alized and it s pr oper t ies wer e st udied in [14, 15, 60, 61, 62]. Higher -or der
WDs descr ibe t he evolut ion in t ime of t he higher -or der moment spectra of t he
signal.
Wigner Spectrum
The Wigner dist r ibut ion (WD) was int r oduced in 1932 by Wigner in t he cont ext
of quant um mechanics; it s usefulness t o pr oblems in communicat ion t heor y
was discover ed by Ville in 1948; consequent ly, it is oft en called t he
Wigner -Ville dist r ibut ion. A ser ies of paper s by Classen and Mecklenbr aker
[11] discussed t he usefulness of t he WD for t ime-fr equency analysis of
cont inuous and discr et e-t ime signals, and was devot ed t o applicat ions in digit al
signal pr ocessing; sampling issues ar e also discussed in [12]. Tut or ial
over views of t he WD and it s r elat ionships wit h ot her t ime-fr equency
dist r ibut ions (TFD) may be found in [3, 13, 25].
In or der t o differ ent iat e t he second-or der WD fr om t he higher -or der WDs (t o
be int r oduced lat er ), we will r efer t o t he convent ional WD as t he Wigner
spect r um (WS).
In cont r ast t o t he STFT, which is r esolut ion limit ed eit her in t ime or in
fr equency (dict at ed by t he window funct ion), and suffer s fr om smear ing and
sidelobe leakage, t he WS offer s excellent r esolut ion in bot h t he fr equency and
t ime domains.
The Wigner cr oss spect r um (WCS) of t wo signals, x(t ), y(t), is defined via,
(1-170)
(1-171)
wher e X() and x(t) const it ut e an FT pair . The aut o WS is obt ained when
x(t) = y(t ), and is a bilinear funct ion of t he signal x(t ).
The ambiguity function, which is widely used in r adar , is defined as t he 2-D FT
of t he WS, and can also be expr essed as
(1-172)
W
x y
t , ( ) := x

t 2 + ( )y* t 2 ( )e
j w
d
:=
1
2
------ X

2 + ( )Y * 2 ( )e
j t
d
AF , ( ) x* t

2
---
,
_
x t

2
--- +
,
_
e
j 2t
t d

=
Ti m e -Fr e q u e n c y D i str i b u ti o n s
1-91
Cohens gener al class of TFDs is defined by
(1-173)
wher e t he ker nel (,) specifies t he par t icular dist r ibut ion t hat is obt ained.
Let x(n) = y(n) + z(n); it follows t hat
(1-174)
Since t he WS is a quadr at ic t r ansfor m, t he WS of t he sum of t wo signals is not
t he sum of t he individual WSs, but also has cr oss-t er ms. These cr oss-t er ms
make it difficult t o int er pr et t he WS. These cr oss-t er ms may be suppr essed by
appr opr iat e filt er ing, in t he ambiguit y funct ion domain, t hat is, by appr opr iat e
choice of t he ker nel (,).
In or der t o r educe t he effect s of t he cr oss-t er ms, Choi and Williams [10]
pr oposed using t he ker nel
(1-175)
wher e t he par amet er cont r ols t he amount of at t enuat ion (t he amplit ude of
t he cr oss-t er ms is pr opor t ional t o ). Unfor t unat ely, incr eased suppr ession of
cr oss-t er ms invar iably leads t o smear ing or loss of r esolut ion of t he aut o t er ms
in t he t ime-fr equency plane.
In pr act ice, signals ar e sampled in t ime, and we comput e FTs also on a sampled
fr equency gr id. The discr et izat ion in t ime and fr equency of t he cont inuous-t ime
WS leads t o t he nonaliasing r equir ement t hat t he or iginal signal be sampled at
t wice t he Nyquist r at e [12].
The discr et e-t ime algor it hm is given next [13, 25]. Let t he inst ant aneous
cr oss-cor r elat ion be defined by
(1-176)
wher e n is ident ified wit h t ime and m wit h lag. The WCS is t hen defined by,
W
C
t , ( ) , ( )AF , ( )e
j 2t j 2
d d

=
W
xx
n , ( ) W
yy
n , ( ) W
z z
n , ( ) W
y z ,
n , ( ) W
z y ,
n , ( ) + + + =
, ( )
2

2
( ) exp =
r
x y
m n , ( ) x* n m ( )y n m + ( ) =
1 Tu to r i a l
1-92
(1-177)
The WS is obt ained when x(n) = y(n). The or iginal signal must be sampled at
t wice t he Nyquist r at e or fast er , in or der t o avoid aliasing. In pr act ice, t he
fr equency var iable is also discr et ized, = k/ K, wher e K cont r ols t he fr equency
r esolut ion. The WCS in (1-177) can also be implement ed via t wo FFT
algor it hms, following t he appr oach in [46]. Bot h appr oaches demand t he same
comput at ional and st or age complexit y. This algor it hm in (1-177) is
implement ed in r out ine wig2.
The ambiguit y funct ion, AF, can be comput ed as
(1-178)
The AF is mult iplied by t he Choi-Williams filt er ,
(1-179)
A 2-D FT ( t o n and m t o ) yields t he filt er ed WS. Cr oss-t er ms can usually be
suppr essed via t his appr oach, but wit h a concomit ant loss of r esolut ion. In
pr act ice, is a discr et ized fr equency gr id. This algor it hm is implement ed in
r out ine wig2c.
W
xy
n , ( ) r
xy
m n , ( ) j m ( ) exp
m

=
AF m , ( ) r
x y
m n , ( ) j 2n ( ) exp
n

=
w m , ( ) m ( )
2
( ) exp =
Ti m e -Fr e q u e n c y D i str i b u ti o n s
1-93
Ex a mples
clf
load wigdat
subplot(221), wig2(s2,[],0);
subplot(222), wig2(s2);
subplot(223), wig2(s3);
subplot(224), wig2(s4);
You should see t he display in Figur e 1-20.
Figure 1-20 Wigner Spectra (wig2)
Signal s2 is a har monic wit h a nominal fr equency of 0.05 Hz, which has been
mult iplied by a Gaussian window, and is cent er ed at n = 20. Not e t hat t he WS
of t he signal is concent r at ed ar ound it s nominal cent er fr equency; not e also t he
int er act ion bet ween t he ener gies at t he posit ive and negat ive fr equencies
giving r ise t o t he int er fer ence t er ms ar ound D.C. By using t he analyt ic ver sion
of t he signal, t he negat ive fr equency t er ms ar e suppr essed; t his also suppr esses
t he dist or t ion t er ms ar ound D.C.
0.2 0.1 0 0.1 0.2
10
20
30
40
50
60
t
i
m
e

i
n

s
a
m
p
l
e
s
frequency
WS
0.2 0.1 0 0.1 0.2
10
20
30
40
50
60
t
i
m
e

i
n

s
a
m
p
l
e
s
frequency
WS
0.2 0.1 0 0.1 0.2
10
20
30
40
50
60
t
i
m
e

i
n

s
a
m
p
l
e
s
frequency
WS
0.2 0.1 0 0.1 0.2
10
20
30
40
50
60
t
i
m
e

i
n

s
a
m
p
l
e
s
frequency
WS
1 Tu to r i a l
1-94
Signal s3 is a har monic wit h a nominal fr equency of 0.15 Hz, which has been
mult iplied by a Gaussian window, and is cent er ed at n = 50. Not e t hat t he WS
of t he signal is concent r at ed ar ound it s nominal cent er fr equency.
In t he last panel, we comput e t he WS of t he sum signal s4=s2+s3; not e t he
cr oss-t er ms in t he WS; some of t hese can be eliminat ed by using r out ine wig2c.
Ex a mples
load wigdat
wig2c(s4);
Compar e t he display in Figur e 1-21 wit h t he (2,2) panel of Figur e 1-20; not e
t hat t he cr oss-t er ms have been suppr essed.
Figure 1-21 Wigner Spectrum With Choi-Williams Smoothing (wig2c)
Wigner Bispectrum
The not ion of Wigner spect r a can be gener alized t o Wigner bispect r a (WB) and
Wigner t r ispect r a (WT) by consider ing t he FTs of appr opr iat ely defined
inst ant aneous t r iple and quadr uple pr oduct s.
0.25 0.2 0.15 0.1 0.05 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2
10
20
30
40
50
60
t
i
m
e

i
n

s
a
m
p
l
e
s
frequency
CWS s=0.05
Ti m e -Fr e q u e n c y D i str i b u ti o n s
1-95
Define t he inst ant aneous t r iple-pr oduct
(1-180)
wher e = 1/3 and = 2/3. The WB is t hen given by
(1-181)
This algor it hm is implement ed in r out ine wig3, wher e t he slice
1
=
2
is
comput ed. Not e t hat t he or iginal signal should be sampled at t wice t he Nyquist
r at e, in or der t o avoid aliasing. It is shown in t hat t he fr equency axes ar e scaled
by t he fact or of 2/3, which can be easily fixed.
As in t he case of t he WS, t he WB also suffer s fr om t he pr oblems of cr oss-t er ms;
one can at t empt t o suppr ess t hese t er ms by appr opr iat e filt er ing. Define t he
smoot hing ker nel,
(1-182)
The filt er ed WB is t hen given by
This algor it hm is implement ed in r out ine wig3c, wher e t he slice
1
=
2
is
comput ed. It should also be not ed t hat t he applicat ion of t he Choi-Williams
filt er t o t he WB does not guar ant ee pr eser vat ion of t he aut o-t er ms;
consequent ly, r out ine wig3c should be used wit h gr eat caut ion.
r
3
t
1

2
, , ( ) x* t
1

2
( )x t
1

2
+ ( )x t
1

2
+ ( ) =
W n
1

2
, , ( ) d
1
d
2
e
j 2
1

1

2

2
+ ( )
r
3
t
1

2
, , ( )

=

1

2
, , ( )
2

1
2

2
2
+ ( ) ( ) exp =
W n
1

2
, , ( )
1

2
u e
j 2
1

1

2

2
+ ( )
e
j 2 t
e
j 2u
d d d

=
r
3
t
1

2
, , ( )
1

2
, , ( )
1 Tu to r i a l
1-96
Ex a mples
clf
load wigdat
subplot(221), wig3(s2,[],0);
subplot(222), wig3(s2);
subplot(223), wig3(s3);
subplot(224), wig3(s4);
You should see t he display in Figur e 1-22.
Figure 1-22 Wigner bispectra (wig3)
Signal s2 is a har monic wit h a nominal fr equency of 0.05 Hz, which has been
mult iplied by a Gaussian window, and is cent er ed at n = 20. Not e t hat t he WB
of t he signal is concent r at ed ar ound it s nominal cent er fr equency; not e also t he
int er act ion bet ween t he ener gies at t he posit ive and negat ive fr equencies
giving r ise t o t he int er fer ence t er ms ar ound D.C. By using t he analyt ic ver sion
of t he signal, t he negat ive fr equency t er ms ar e suppr essed; t his also suppr esses
t he dist or t ion t er ms ar ound D.C.
0.2 0.1 0 0.1 0.2
10
20
30
40
50
60
t
i
m
e

i
n

s
a
m
p
l
e
s
frequency
WB f1=f2
0.2 0.1 0 0.1 0.2
10
20
30
40
50
60
t
i
m
e

i
n

s
a
m
p
l
e
s
frequency
WB f1=f2
0.2 0.1 0 0.1 0.2
10
20
30
40
50
60
t
i
m
e

i
n

s
a
m
p
l
e
s
frequency
WB f1=f2
0.2 0.1 0 0.1 0.2
10
20
30
40
50
60
t
i
m
e

i
n

s
a
m
p
l
e
s
frequency
WB f1=f2
Ti m e -Fr e q u e n c y D i str i b u ti o n s
1-97
Signal s3 is a har monic wit h a nominal fr equency of 0.15 Hz, which has been
mult iplied by a Gaussian window, and is cent er ed at n = 50. Not e t hat t he WB
of t he signal is concent r at ed ar ound it s nominal cent er fr equency.
In t he last panel, we comput e t he WB of t he sum signal s4=s2+s3; not e t he
cr oss-t er ms in t he WS; some of t hese can be eliminat ed by using r out ine wig3c.
A dir ect consequence of t he definit ion of t he WB is t hat t he fr equency axes ar e
scaled by t he fact or 2/3 [4][5]. In t his r out ine, t his scaling has been undone so
t hat t he peaks appear at t he expected fr equencies.
Ex a mples
load wigdat
wig3c(s4,256,0.2,1)
Compar e t he display in Figur e 1-23 wit h t he (2,2) panel in Figur e 1-20 and wit h
Figur e 1-21; not ice t he suppr ession of cr oss-t er ms.
Figure 1-23 Wigner bispectrum With Choi-Williams Smoothing (wig3c)
0.25 0.2 0.15 0.1 0.05 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2
10
20
30
40
50
60
t
i
m
e

i
n

s
a
m
p
l
e
s
frequency
CWB f1=f2 s=0.2
1 Tu to r i a l
1-98
Wigner Trispectrum
Define t he inst ant aneous four t h-or der pr oduct ,
(1-183)
wher e
The WT is t hen given by
(1-184)
Not ice t hat t wo t er ms ar e conjugat ed; also not e t he sign of t he
3

3
t er m. This
algor it hm is implement ed in r out ine wig4 wher e t he slice
1
=
2
=
3
= is
comput ed, t hat is, we comput e
(1-185)
Not e t hat t he or iginal signal should be sampled at t wice t he Nyquist r at e, in
or der t o avoid aliasing. Also not e t hat t he fr equency axes ar e scaled by t he
fact or of 1/2, which can be easily fixed.
The WT also suffer s fr om t he pr esence cr oss-t er ms. As in t he case of WS, we
can at t empt t o suppr ess t he cr oss t er ms by appr opr iat e filt er ing.
Define t he smoot hing ker nel,
(1-186)
The filt er ed WT is t hen given by
This algor it hm is implement ed in r out ine wig4c, wher e t he slice
1
=
2
=
3

is comput ed; t he r esult ing sliced WT is r eal valued. As in t he case of t he WS,
cr oss-t er ms can usually be suppr essed by t his appr oach, but wit h a
concomit ant loss of r esolut ion. In cont r ast t o t he WB, t he filt er ing does not
unduly dist or t t he aut o t er ms [14, 15].
r
4
t
1

2

3
, , , ( ) x* t ( )x t
1
+ ( )x t
2
+ ( )x* t
3
+ ( ) =
:
1

2

3
+ + ( ) 4. =
W n
1

2

3
, , , ( )
1

2

3
e
j 2
1

1

2

2

3

3
+ ( )
r
4
t
1

2

3
, , , ( ) d d d

=
W
s
n , ( )
1

2

3
e
j 2
1

2

3
+ + ( )
r
4
t
1

2

3
, , , ( ) d d d

=

1

2

3
, , , ( )
2

1
2

2
2

3
2
+ + ( ) ( ) exp =
W n
1

2

3
, , , ( ) d
1

2
d
3
u e
j 2
1

1

2

2

3

3
+ + ( )
d d d

=
Ti m e -Fr e q u e n c y D i str i b u ti o n s
1-99
Ex a mples
clf, load wigdat
subplot(221), wig4(s2,[],0);
subplot(222), wig4(s2);
subplot(223), wig4(s3);
subplot(224), wig4(s4);
You should see t he display in Figur e 1-24. Signal s2 is a har monic wit h a
nominal fr equency of 0.05 Hz, which has been mult iplied by a Gaussian
window, and is cent er ed at n = 20. Not e t hat t he WT of t he signal is
concent r at ed ar ound it s nominal cent er fr equency; not e also t he int er act ion
bet ween t he ener gies at t he posit ive and negat ive fr equencies giving r ise t o t he
int er fer ence t er ms ar ound D.C. By using t he analyt ic ver sion of t he signal, t he
negat ive fr equency t er ms ar e suppr essed; t his also suppr esses t he dist or t ion
t er ms ar ound D.C.
Signal s3 is a har monic wit h a nominal fr equency of 0.15 Hz, which has been
mult iplied by a Gaussian window, and is cent er ed at n = 50. Not e t hat t he WT
of t he signal is concent r at ed ar ound it s nominal cent er fr equency.
In t he last panel, we comput e t he WS of t he sum signal s4=s2+s3; not e t he
cr oss-t er ms in t he WT; some of t hese can be eliminat ed by using r out ine wig4c.
Figure 1-24 Wigner trispectra (wig4)
0.2 0.1 0 0.1 0.2
10
20
30
40
50
60
t
i
m
e

i
n

s
a
m
p
l
e
s
frequency
WT
0.2 0.1 0 0.1 0.2
10
20
30
40
50
60
t
i
m
e

i
n

s
a
m
p
l
e
s
frequency
WT
0.2 0.1 0 0.1 0.2
10
20
30
40
50
60
t
i
m
e

i
n

s
a
m
p
l
e
s
frequency
WT
0.2 0.1 0 0.1 0.2
10
20
30
40
50
60
t
i
m
e

i
n

s
a
m
p
l
e
s
frequency
WT
1 Tu to r i a l
1-100
Ex a mples
load wigdat
wig4c(s4);
Compar e t he display in Figur e 1-25 wit h t he (2,2) panel of Figur e 1-24, and
Figur e 1-21 and Figur e 1-23; not e t hat t he cr oss-t er ms in Figur e 1-24 have
been suppr essed.
Figure 1-25 Wigner Trispectrum With Choi-Williams Filtering (wig4c)
Summary
The Higher -Or der Spect r al Analysis Toolbox offer s r out ines t o comput e t he
WS, and slices of t he WB and t he WT, and ar e implement ed in wig2, wig3, and
wig4. Rout ines wig2c, wig3c, and wig4c implement t he so-called
Choi-Williams filt er , which can help suppr ess t he cr oss-t er ms in t he WS, WB,
and WT. It should be not ed t hat t his filt er ing may, in fact , dest r oy signal t er ms
in t he WB (but not in WS or WT). Wigner spect r a of differ ent or der s offer
differ ent per spect ives on t he dat a, and ar e useful for explor at or y dat a analysis.
0.25 0.2 0.15 0.1 0.05 0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2
10
20
30
40
50
60
t
i
m
e

i
n

s
a
m
p
l
e
s
frequency
CWT s=0.05
Ti m e -D e l a y Esti m a ti o n
1-101
Time-Delay Estimation
The t ime-delay est imat ion pr oblem occur s in var ious applicat ions, for example,
in t he det er minat ion of r ange and bear ing in r adar and sonar . It also has
esot er ic applicat ions, such as t he measur ement of t he t emper at ur e of a molt en
alloy by measur ing t he passage t ime of a signal. Ot her applicat ions include
analysis of EEG dat a.
The basic model is as follows: t wo sensor s r ecor d delayed r eplicas of a signal,
in t he pr esence of noise:
(1-187)
(1-188)
wher e D is t he delay of t he signal at t he y-sensor r elat ive t o t he signal at t he
x-sensor , A is t he r elat ive amplit ude gain, and w
x
(t) and w
y
(t) ar e sensor noises.
Given x(t), y(t), t =0 . . ., N 1, we want t o est imat e t he delay D.
The basic idea is t o shift t he signal y(t) and compar e t he shift ed wavefor m wit h
x(t); t he best mat ch occur s when t he shift equals t he delay D. This not ion is
made mor e pr ecise by using t he cr oss-cor r elat ion bet ween t he t wo signals. We
assume t hat s(t ) is a st at ionar y pr ocess, and t hat t he noises ar e zer o mean.
A Cross-Correlation Based Method
The cr oss-cor r elat ion bet ween t he t wo signals x(t) and y(t ) is given by,
(1-189)
wher e is t he cr oss cor r elat ion bet ween t he t wo noise pr ocesses, and
R
ss
() is t he aut ocor r elat ion of t he signal. If t he noises ar e uncor r elat ed, R
xy
()
will have a peak at = D, t he unknown delay. In pr act ice, due t o effect s of finit e
lengt h est imat es, and due t o t he pr esence of noise, t he cr oss-cor r elat ion
est imat e may not have a shar p peak.
The dat a may be pr efilt er ed in or der t o shar pen t he peak; equivalent ly, we can
mult iply t he est imat ed cr oss-cor r elat ion by a window funct ion. Differ ent
choices of t he window funct ion lead t o differ ent est imat es. The most popular
x t ( ) s t ( ) w
x
t ( ) + =
y t ( ) As t D ( ) w
x
t ( ) + =
R
x y
( ) AR
s s
D ( ) R
w
x
w
y
,
( ) + =
R
w
x
w
y
,
( )
1 Tu to r i a l
1-102
window funct ion is t he maximum-likelihood window of Hannan and
Thompson, which is descr ibed below.
Let S
xy
() denot e t he cr oss-spect r um bet ween t he t wo signals, x and y; and let
S
xx
() and S
yy
() denot e t he aut ospect r a of x and y. The squar ed coher ence
funct ion is defined by
The opt imal-maximum-likelihood window is t hen
and t he windowed cr oss-cor r elat ion, R
xy
(m), is t he IFT of W()S
xy
().
Est imat es of t he aut o- and cr oss- spect r a and t he coher ence can be obt ained via
t he MATLAB r out ine spectrum; t he segment lengt h must be at least t wice t he
expect ed maximum delay. Since good est imat es of t he spect r a demand a lar ge
number of segment s, it is cr it ical t hat t he lengt hs of t he t ime-ser ies, x and y, be
much lar ger t han t he expect ed maximum delay.
An init ial est imat e, d, of t he delay D is given by t he locat ion of t he peak of R(m).
A t hr ee-point int er polat ion may be used t o impr ove t he delay est imat e [39]
The opt imal-maximum-likelihood window est imat or is implement ed in r out ine
tder.
C
xy
( )
S
xy
( )
2
S
xx
( )S
y y
( )
-----------------------------------. =
W ( )
1
S
xy
( )
--------------------
C
xy
( )
1 C
xy
( ) ( )
--------------------------------, =
D

2D 1
2
-----------------
R d ( ) R d 1 ( )
R d 1 + ( ) 2 *R d ( ) R d 1 ( ) +
------------------------------------------------------------------------------. =
Ti m e -D e l a y Esti m a ti o n
1-103
Ex a mples
load tde1
delay=tder(s1,s2,30,64,0,64);
Estimated delay= 15.9987
You should see t he display on Figur e 1-26 and t he Est imat ed delay
(Est imat ed=15.997). The t wo signals ar e cor r upt ed by spat ially cor r elat ed
noise; t he noise cor r elat ion shows a st r ong peak at a delay of 5 samples; t he
signal delay is 16 samples.
Figure 1-26 Time-Delay Estimated Using Cross-Correlation (tder)
A Cross-Cumulant Based Method
The cr oss-cor r elat ion based met hod assumes t hat t he sensor noises ar e
uncor r elat ed. If t he noise pr ocesses ar e cor r elat ed, it may not be possible t o
det ect t he peak of R
ss
() since it may be masked by (see (1-189)). If
t he signals ar e non-Gaussian, and t he noise pr ocesses ar e Gaussian, we can
use t hir d-or der cumulant s, even if t he noise pr ocesses ar e cor r elat ed.
80 60 40 20 0 20 40 60 80
0.4
0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
TDER: Windowed Rxy: delay = 16
R
w
x
w
y
,
( )
1 Tu to r i a l
1-104
Let P be t he maximum expect ed delay, and assume t hat t he delay D is an
int eger . Then, [39, 40]
(1-190)
wher e a(n) = 0, n D, and a(D) = 1. Consider t he t hir d-or der cumulant s,
(1-191)
(1-192)
Subst it ut ing (1-190) int o (1-191), we obt ain
(1-193)
Using t his equat ion for var ious values of and , we get a syst em of linear
equat ions in t he a(i)s, namely,
C
xxx
a = c
yxx
.
The est imat ed delay is t he index n which maximizes | a(n)| . A low r ank
appr oximat ion of t he cumulant mat r ix C
xxx
may be used t o impr ove t he
r obust ness t o noise. This algor it hm is implement ed in r out ine tde.
y n ( ) a i ( )x n i ( )
i P =
P

w n ( ) + =
C
y xx
, ( ) : E y* n ( )x n + ( )x n + ( ) { } =
C
x xx
, ( ) : E x* n ( )x n + ( )x n + ( ) { } =
C
yx x
, ( ) a i ( )C
x xx
i + i + , ( )
i P =
P

=
Ti m e -D e l a y Esti m a ti o n
1-105
Ex a mples
load tde1
[delay,avec]=tde(s1,s2,30,128);
Estimated delay= 16
You should see t he display in Figur e 1-27, and t he Est imat ed delay (Est imat ed
delay=16). The t wo signals ar e cor r upt ed by spat ially cor r elat ed noise; t he
cr oss-cor r elat ion bet ween t he noises at t he t wo sensor s has a st r ong peak at a
delay of 5 samples; t he signal delay is 16 samples.
Figure 1-27 Time-Delay Estimated Using Cross-Cumulants (tde)
A Hologram Based Method
The algor it hm descr ibed in t he pr evious sect ion can also be implement ed in t he
fr equency domain. Define aut o- and cr oss-bispect r a,
30 20 10 0 10 20 30
0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
TDE: parameter vector, delay = 16
Delay in samples
B
xx x

1

2
, ( ) E X
1
( )X
2
( )X*
1

2
+ ( ) { } S
xx x

1

2
, ( ) = =
B
x yz

1

2
, ( ) E X
1
( )X
2
( )X*
1

2
+ ( ) { } S
xx x

1

2
, ( )e
j 2D
2

= =
1 Tu to r i a l
1-106
The t hir d-or der hologram, h(), is t hen defined by [39, 40]
(1-194)
(1-195)
(1-196)
The hologr am should display a st r ong peak at t he locat ion of t he t r ue delay.
Since t hir d-or der st at ist ics ar e used, t he met hod is insensit ive (in t heor y) t o
bot h spat ially and t empor ally color ed noise which is symmet r ically dist r ibut ed
(e.g., Gaussian). In pr act ice, t he est imat ed hologr am, h(), will not be an
impulse; hence, we est imat e D as t he index , which maximizes | h()| . This
algor it hm is implement ed in r out ine tdeb.
h ( ) d
1
d
2
j 2
2
( ) exp
B
xy x

1

2
, ( )
B
xx x

1

2
, ( )
--------------------------------

=
d
1
d
2
j 2
2
( ) exp e
j 2D
2


=
D ( ) =
Ti m e -D e l a y Esti m a ti o n
1-107
Ex a mples
load tde1
delay=tdeb(s1,s2,30);
Delay estimated by TDEB is 16
You should see t he display on Figur e 1-28, and t he Est imat ed delay (Est imat ed
delay=16). The t wo signals ar e cor r upt ed by spat ially cor r elat ed noise; t he
cr oss-cor r elat ion bet ween t he noises at t he t wo sensor s has a st r ong peak at a
delay of 5 samples; t he signal delay is 16 samples.
Figure 1-28 Time-Delay Estimated Using Cross-Bispectrum (tdeb)
Summary
The basic idea in t ime-delay est imat ion is t o locat e t he peak in t he
cr oss-cor r elat ion bet ween t wo signals; r out ine tder implement s t he
Maximum-likelihood window of Hannan and Thompson, and is useful if t he
noises at t he t wo sensor s ar e not spat ially cor r elat ed.
Rout ines tde and tder use t hir d-or der cr oss-cumulant s and cr oss-bispect r a
r espect ively; hence, t he sensor noises may be spat ially cor r elat ed, pr ovided
t hey ar e symmet r ic (cr oss-bispect r um of t he noises is zer o). Rout ine tdegen can
be used t o gener at e synt het ics for t he TDE pr oblem.
80 60 40 20 0 20 40 60 80
10
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
TDEB: Hologram delay = 16
1 Tu to r i a l
1-108
Case Studies
In t his sect ion, we will use t he Higher -Or der Spect r al Analysis Toolbox t o
pr ocess some r eal dat a; in doing so, we will lear n some of t he pit falls and t r icks
of t he t r ade.
Sunspot Data
Schust er was, per haps, t he fir st t o use t he per iodogr am t o analyze sunspot
dat a in t he ninet eent h cent ur y; subsequent ly, t hese dat a have been vir t ually
adopt ed as a st andar d by st at ist icians and signal analyst s. These dat a ar e
known t o have an appr oximat e 11-year cycle. Sunspot dat a for t he year s
1700-1987 ar e available in t he file sunspot.dat, which is included in t he
st andar d dist r ibut ion package.
Figur e 1-29 shows t he dat a and t he hist ogr am; t he lat t er is indicat ive of an
exponent ial dist r ibut ion. We used cumest t o obt ain t he est imat es of some
summar y st at ist ics, which ar e shown in t he t hir d column of Table 1-1; t he last
column is discussed lat er .
Figure 1-29 Sunspot Data
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
0
50
100
150
200
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
0
20
40
60
80
100
C a se Stu d i e s
1-109
Table 1-1: Summary Statistics for Sunspot Data
The dat a in Figur e 1-29 display an appar ent per iodicit y; we can use harmest t o
ver ify t his. The (1,1) panel of Figur e 1-30 displays t he singular values of t he
covar iance mat r ix; t he plot indicat es t hat only t hr ee singular values ar e
significant (p = 3); hence, we used an or der of 3. The cor r esponding power
spect r al est imat es ar e shown in t he r emaining panels of Figur e 1-30: All of t he
est imat es have a st r ong peak at 0 Hz and at appr oximat ely t0.1 Hz. We can use
pickpeak t o accur at ely locat e t he peaks in t he power spect r a; we can also use
roots t o est imat e t he locat ions of t he r oot s of t he AR polynomial est imat ed by
t he AR met hod; doing so, we obt ain an est imat e of 10.64 year s for t he per iod.
Figure 1-30 Sunspot Data: Power Spectra
Original Differenced
Mean = E{x(t )} 48.434 0.085
Var iance
2
= E{(x(t ) )
2
} 1548.781 547.773
Skewness E{(x(t ) )
3
}/
3
1.038 0.904
Kur t osis E{(x(t ) )
4
}/
4
3 0.657 1.502
0 10 20 30 40
0
1
2
x 10
5
sval: cum2
0.5 0 0.5
100
50
0
pxx
0.5 0 0.5
100
50
0
e
i
g
0.5 0 0.5
40
20
0
m
u
s
i
c
0.5 0 0.5
100
50
0
p
i
s
a
r
0.5 0 0.5
40
20
0
m
l
0.5 0 0.5
200
100
0
a
r
0.5 0 0.5
40
20
0
m
i
n

n
o
r
m
1 Tu to r i a l
1-110
We used glstat t o t est for Gaussianit y and linear it y; t he t est r esult s ar e:
Test st at ist ic for Gaussianit y is 357.4639 wit h df = 60, Pfa = 0
Linear it y t est : R (est imat ed) = 14.8592, lambda = 11.0332, R (t heor y) = 9.1222,
N = 16.
The pr obabilit y of false alar m (Pfa) in r eject ing t he Gaussian hypot hesis is 0,
t hat is, we ar e vir t ually cer t ain t hat t he dat a have nonzer o bispect r um; t hus,
t he t est indicat es t hat t he dat a ar e non-Gaussian as expect ed (r ecall t hat t he
hist ogr am shows t hat t he univar iat e pdf is non-Gaussian, and t hat t he
skewness is ar ound unit y). The est imat ed and t heor et ical values of R, t he
int er quar t ile r ange of t he est imat ed bicoher ence values, ar e not ver y differ ent
fr om one anot her ; hence, t he t est s do not show any st r ong evidence of
nonlinear it y.
The bispect r um of t he dat a was est imat ed via bispeci; we used 25 lags and t he
default window. The r esult ing est imat e is shown in Figur e 1-31. The
bispect r um shows shar p peaks at ar ound (0,0.1) and (0.1,0.1) (and symmet r ic
locat ions) and is indicat ive of possible quadr at ic coupling. The peak at (0,0.1)
is most pr obably an ar t ifact due t o t he fact t hat t he dat a ar e all posit ive valued.
Figure 1-31 Sunspot Data: Bispectrum
0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
Bispectrum estimated via the indirect method
f1
f
2
C a se Stu d i e s
1-111
Differ encing t he dat a is a st andar d t r ick in explor at or y dat a analysis; we can
use MATLABs diff funct ion t o comput e t he fir st -or der differ ences. The
differ enced dat a and t he cor r esponding hist ogr am ar e shown in Figur e 1-32.
Summar y st at ist ics ar e shown in t he last column of Table 1-1.
Figure 1-32 Sunspot Data: First Difference
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
100
50
0
50
100
150
60 40 20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120
0
20
40
60
80
100
1 Tu to r i a l
1-112
The singular value plot displayed by harmest (see t he (1,1) panel in Figur e
1-33) indicat es eit her four or six significant singular values; using p=6, we
obt ain t he power spect r a shown in t he r emaining panels of Figur e 1-33. Again,
using r oot s, we est imat e t he per iods t o be 5.47 and 10.50 year s (AR met hod).
We used glstat t o t est for Gaussianit y and linear it y; t he t est r esult s ar e:
Test st at ist ic for Gaussianit y is 250.1965 wit h df = 70, Pfa = 0
Linear it y t est : R (est imat ed) = 13.5335, lambda = 6.4449, R (t heor y) = 7.0433,
N = 16.
The t est indicat es t hat t he dat a ar e non-Gaussian as expect ed (r ecall t hat t he
skewness is ar ound unit y).
Figure 1-33 Differenced Sunspot Data: Power Spectra
0 10 20 30 40
0
5000
10000
sval: cum2
0.5 0 0.5
50
0
pxx
0.5 0 0.5
40
20
0
e
i
g
0.5 0 0.5
40
20
0
m
u
s
i
c
0.5 0 0.5
100
50
0
p
i
s
a
r
0.5 0 0.5
40
20
0
m
l
0.5 0 0.5
100
50
0
a
r
0.5 0 0.5
40
20
0
m
i
n

n
o
r
m
C a se Stu d i e s
1-113
The bispect r um of t he differ enced dat a in Figur e 1-34 has shar p peaks ar ound
(.094, .094), and indicat es coupling bet ween t he per iods at 5.3 year s and 10.6
year s.
Figure 1-34 Differenced Sunspot Data: Bispectrum
In t his example, differ encing t he dat a helped t o clar ify t he est imat es of t he
power spect r um as well as t he bispect r um. Our t est s indicat e t hat t he dat a ar e
non-Gaussian, and show evidence of a fundament al per iod of ar ound 10.6 year s
as well as a har monic at ar ound 5.3 year s; t his may be indicat ive of quadr at ic
nonlinear it ies.
The var ious figur es wer e gener at ed via
load sunspot.dat; sp=sunspot(:,2); eda(sp); eda(diff(sp));
Funct ion eda is list ed in Table 1-3.
0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
Bispectrum estimated via the indirect method
f1
f
2
1 Tu to r i a l
1-114
Canadian Lynx Data
Ex a mples
This t ime ser ies consist s of t he annual number of Canadian lynx t r apped in t he
Mackenzie River dist r ict of Nor t hwest Canada for t he year s 18211934;
list ings of t he dat a may be found in [56] and [52], wher e t his t ime ser ies is
discussed in det ail, and addit ional r efer ences ar e also given.
We used eda t o gener at e Figur e 1-35 t hr ough Figur e 1-40. The hist ogr am in
Figur e 1-35 is indicat ive of an exponent ial dist r ibut ion, and t he dat a show
appar ent per iodicit y. Summar y st at ist ics ar e shown in Table 1-2; t he last
column cor r esponds t o fir st differ ences.
Figure 1-35 Lynx Data
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
0
2000
4000
6000
8000
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000
0
20
40
60
C a se Stu d i e s
1-115
Table 1-2: Summary Statistics for Lynx Data
Rout ine harmest indicat es an or der of t hr ee (see panel (1,1) of Figur e 1-36), and
t he power spect r a ar e displayed in Figur e 1-36. We see a peak at DC, and t wo
ot her peaks cor r esponding t o a cycle of 9.63 year s.
Figure 1-36 Lynx Data: Power Spectra
We used glstat t o t est for Gaussianit y and linear it y; t he t est r esult s ar e:
Test st at ist ic for Gaussianit y is 196.752 wit h df = 28, Pfa = 0
Linear it y t est : R (est imat ed) = 6.8468, lambda = 11.299, R (t heor y) = 9.2282,
N= 5.
Original Differenced
Mean = E{x(t )} 1537.89 27.673
Var iance
2
= E{(x(t ) )
2
} 2.439 e+06 1.409 e+06
Skewness E{(x(t ) )
3
}/
3
1.345 -0.282
Kur t osis E{(x(t ) )
4
}/
4
3 1.463 1.365
0 10 20 30 40
0
1
2
x 10
8
sval: cum2
0.5 0 0.5
50
0
pxx
0.5 0 0.5
100
50
0
e
i
g
0.5 0 0.5
40
20
0
m
u
s
i
c
0.5 0 0.5
100
50
0
p
i
s
a
r
0.5 0 0.5
40
20
0
m
l
0.5 0 0.5
100
50
0
a
r
0.5 0 0.5
50
0
m
i
n

n
o
r
m
1 Tu to r i a l
1-116
The t est indicat es t hat t he dat a ar e non-Gaussian as expect ed (r ecall t hat t he
skewness is ar ound unit y, and t hat t he hist ogr am is indicat ive of an
exponent ial dist r ibut ion). The t ime-ser ies lengt h is only 114 samples, and
glstat bases it s est imat e of t he int er quar t ile r ange on only 5 samples; hence,
t he t est for linear it y is not conclusive.
The bispect r um of t he dat a was est imat ed via bispeci; we used 25 lags and t he
default window. The r esult ing est imat e is shown in Figur e 1-37. The
bispect r um shows shar p peaks at ar ound (0.1,0.1) (and symmet r ic locat ions)
and is indicat ive of possible quadr at ic fr equency coupling. The dat a appear t o
be band-pass in nat ur e.
Figure 1-37 Lynx Data: bispectrum
As wit h t he sun-spot dat a, we r epeat ed t he exer cise wit h t he fir st differ ences;
cor r esponding plot s ar e shown in Figur e 1-38 t hr ough Figur e 1-40. Not ice t hat
t he hist ogr am appear s t o be somewhat symmet r ical, but t he skewness is
significant ly nonzer o; t he cor r elat ion mat r ix indicat es t wo har monics (or der 4)
as evidenced by t he singular value plot shown in t he (1,1) panel of Figur e 1-38;
t he est imat ed cycles ar e 4.8 year s and 9.6 year s. The bispect r um confir ms t he
coupling bet ween t hese t wo per iods.
0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
Bispectrum estimated via the indirect method
f1
f
2
C a se Stu d i e s
1-117
In t his example, we used harmest and bispeci t o est imat e t he per iods of t he
har monics, and t o det ect quadr at ic coupling; differ encing t he dat a helped t o
clar ify t he est imat es of t he power spect r um as well as t he bispect r um. Our t est s
confir m t hat t he dat a ar e non-Gaussian, and show evidence of a fundament al
per iod of ar ound 9.6 year s as well as a har monic at ar ound 4.8 year s; t his may
be indicat ive of quadr at ic nonlinear it ies.
Figure 1-38 Lynx Data: Differenced
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
4000
2000
0
2000
4000
4000 3000 2000 1000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000
0
10
20
30
40
50
1 Tu to r i a l
1-118
Figure 1-39 Lynx Data, Differenced: Power Spectra
Figure 1-40 Lynx Data, Differenced: bispectrum
0 10 20 30 40
0
1
2
x 10
7
sval: cum2
0.5 0 0.5
50
0
pxx
0.5 0 0.5
50
0
e
i
g
0.5 0 0.5
40
20
0
m
u
s
i
c
0.5 0 0.5
50
0
p
i
s
a
r
0.5 0 0.5
40
20
0
m
l
0.5 0 0.5
100
50
0
a
r
0.5 0 0.5
40
20
0
m
i
n

n
o
r
m
0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
Bispectrum estimated via the indirect method
f1
f
2
C a se Stu d i e s
1-119
Table 1-3: Listing of eda.m
function eda(sp)
%EDA Exploratory Data Analysis
% eda(sp) : sp is the time-series data
%
& Author: A. Swami, Jan 1995
disp('-------- 1 data and histogram')
figure(1)
subplot(211), plot(1:length(sp),sp),grid,
subplot(212), hist(sp), grid
disp('-------- 2 Summary stats')
c1 = mean(sp);
c2 = cumest(sp,2);
c3 = cumest(sp,3) / c2^(3/2);
c4 = cumest(sp,4) / c2^2;
fprintf(' Mean %g\n',c1);
fprintf(' Variance %g\n',c2);
fprintf(' Skewness (normalized) %g\n', c3);
fprintf(' Kurtosis (normalized) %g\n', c4);
disp('-------- 3 power spectra and harmonic models')
figure(2)
[p2,a2,b2] = harmest(sp, 30, 0, 'u', 256, 2);
r = cplxpair(roots(a2));
disp('Estimated cycles')
a = angle(r);
yest = a*0;
ind = find(a
~
= 0) ;
yest(ind) = (2*pi) * ones(size(ind)) ./ angle(r(ind)) ;
yest
disp('-------- 4 gaussianity and linearity tests')
glstat(sp, .51, length(sp) ) ;
disp('-------- 5 the bispectrum')
figure(3)
[Bspec, w] = bispeci(sp, 25); % 25 lags
%pcolor(w,w,abs(Bspec)), shading('interp') % nice, slow
1 Tu to r i a l
1-120
A Classification Ex ample
The dat a consist of t wo under wat er acoust ic signals; t he sampling r at e is fair ly
high and we have lot s of dat a (131,072 samples) The pr imar y int er est her e is
t o classify t he t wo signals.
Means and st andar d deviat ions wer e est imat ed over 262 nonover lapped
segment s, each of lengt h 500 samples, and ar e shown in Figur e 1-41; t he dat a
appear t o be highly nonst at ionar y. Because of t he nonst at ionar it y, over all
est imat es of t he power spect r um or t he bispect r um, or t est s of Gaussianit y and
or linear it y will not be meaningful.
Figure 1-41 Acoustic Data: Means and Standard Deviations
We segment ed t he dat a int o lengt hs of 1024 samples; power spect r a, est imat ed
fr om each segment , indicat e t hat t he dat a ar e essent ially low-pass; we expect
t hat a second-or der AR model may be adequat e t o classify t he dat a. We used
0 100 200 300
1
0.5
0
0.5
1
meanA
0 100 200 300
1
0.5
0
0.5
1
meanB
0 100 200 300
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
stdA
0 100 200 300
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
stdB
C a se Stu d i e s
1-121
arrcest, wit h p=2, q=0, norder=2, maxlag=24 t o fit AR(2) models t o successive
segment s of t he dat a.
nsamp = 1024; ind=[1:nsamp]';
for k=1:length(x)/nsamp
arx(:,k) = arrcest(x(ind),2,0,2,24);
ary(:,k) = arrcest(y(ind),2,0,2,24);
ind = ind + nsamp;
end
plot(arx(:,2),arx(:,3),'x', ary(:,2),ary(:,3),'o'),grid
In Figur e 1-42 t he AR coefficient a(2) is plot t ed against t he coefficient a(1);
cir cles and cr osses cor r espond t o t he t wo t ime ser ies; not e t hat t he dat a appear
t o be well-separ at ed in t he AR coefficient domain. The r elat ionship bet ween
a(2) and a(1) appear s t o be linear ; we used tls t o est imat e t he slope and
int er cept , fr om which we der ived t he line separ at ing t he t wo classes. Since t he
aut ocor r elat ion is adequat e for classifying t he dat a, higher -or der st at ist ics ar e
not useful in t his example. In ot her examples, per haps, when t he dat a ar e
cont aminat ed by lot of Gaussian noise, AR est imat es based on t hir d- or
four t h-or der cumulant s may be mor e useful.
Figure 1-42 Acoustic Data: AR(2) Coefficients
2 1.8 1.6 1.4 1.2 1 0.8
0.1
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
0.8
0.9
Class A
Class B
1 Tu to r i a l
1-122
Laughter Data
Speech signals ar e highly nonst at ionar y, and ar e known t o exhibit phase- and
fr equency-coupling phenomena. Her e we will use some of t he Higher -Or der
Spect r al Analysis Toolbox M-files t o illust r at e t hese feat ur es. We will use t he
init ial 1400 sample segment of t he dat a in t he file laughter.mat, which is
included in t he st andar d MATLAB dist r ibut ion package. The commands t hat
we used t o gener at e t he var ious figur es, and t o est imat e var ious quant it ies ar e
list ed in Table 1-4.
Figur e 1-43 shows t he dat a and t he hist ogr am; t he univar iat e dist r ibut ion does
not appear t o be symmet r ical. The mean, st andar d deviat ion, skewness, and
kur t osis wer e est imat ed t o be 0.5621, 536.69, 0.1681, and 1.3277 indicat ing
t hat t he dat a ar e non-Gaussian, and t hat t he univar iat e pdf is not symmet r ic
dist r ibut ed.
Figure 1-43 Laughter Data
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
4
2
0
2
4
6
time in ms
laughter data
4 3 2 1 0 1 2 3 4 5
0
100
200
300
C a se Stu d i e s
1-123
Figur e 1-44 shows t he spect r ogr am or t he STFT comput ed via specgram; we
used an FFT lengt h of 512, Hanning window of lengt h 256, and an over lap of
240 samples. Thr ee dominant fr equency t r acks can be seen in t he figur e,
appr oximat ely ar ound 550 Hz, 1100 Hz and 1550 Hz; t he last formant begins
ar ound 30 ms; addit ional fr agment s ar e visible ar ound 1800 Hz and 2100 Hz.
Figure 1-44 Laughter Data: Spectrogram
The spect r ogr am indicat es t hat t he speech signal is essent ially har monic in
nat ur e; it also shows t hat t he fr equencies appear t o be appr oximat ely
har monically r elat ed. Since t he STFT is r esolut ion limit ed, we can use
par amet r ic met hods such as harmest t o obt ain accur at e est imat es; we should,
of cour se, keep in mind t he nonst at ionar y nat ur e of t he dat a.
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
time in ms
f
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y

i
n

H
z
specgram(x,512,8192,256,240)
1 Tu to r i a l
1-124
The (1,1) panel of Figur e 1-45 shows t he singular values of t he covar iance
mat r ix, as est imat ed by harmest; we set nlag=25 and nfft=512. The singular
values ar e essent ially zer o aft er p = 12; hence we select ed an or der of 12, and
obt ained t he var ious est imat es shown in t he figur e.
We can use roots t o comput e t he r oot s of t he AR polynomials est imat ed by t he
AR and Min-Nor m met hods; angle(roots(ar))/(2*pi) yields t he nor malized
fr equencies and abs(roots(ar)) yields t he r adius; t he t op t wo panels of Figur e
1-47 show t he locat ions of t he r oot s of t he t wo AR polynomials. The r oot s closest
t o t he unit cir cle wer e found t o be appr oximat ely at 0.0702, 0.1329, 0.1962 Hz
for t he AR met hod (less dominant r oot s at 0.2480, 0.3706 and 0.2012); for t he
Min-Nor m met hod, t he dominant r oot s ar e at fr equencies 0.0710, 0.1945,
0.1272 and 0.1377. (These fr equencies ar e nor malized, t hat is, t o find t he
cor r ect fr equencies, we should mult iply t hem by t he sampling fr equency, which
was 8000 Hz.)
Figure 1-45 Laughter Data: Power Spectra
0 10 20 30
0
10
20
sval: cum2
0.5 0 0.5
100
50
0
pxx
0.5 0 0.5
100
50
0
e
i
g
0.5 0 0.5
50
0
m
u
s
i
c
0.5 0 0.5
100
50
0
p
i
s
a
r
0.5 0 0.5
40
20
0
m
l
0.5 0 0.5
100
50
0
a
r
0.5 0 0.5
40
20
0
m
i
n

n
o
r
m
C a se Stu d i e s
1-125
We can also use four t h-or der cumulant s t o est imat e t he fr equencies. Not ice
t hat t he singular values of t he cumulant mat r ix, shown in t he (1,1) panel of
Figur e 1-46, look quit e differ ent fr om t he singular values of t he covar iance
mat r ix shown in t he (1,1) panel of Figur e 1-45; in par t icular , t he singular
values of t he cumulant mat r ix appear t o be essent ially zer o aft er p = 8; a
possible explanat ion is t hat some of t he har monics ar e well-modeled as
nar r ow-band Gaussian, and some as nar r ow-band non-Gaussian. Var ious
spect r a cor r esponding t o or der p = 8 ar e shown in Figur e 1-46; t he r oot
locat ions of t he AR polynomials ar e shown in t he bot t om panels of Figur e 1-47.
The dominant r oot s of t he AR polynomial in t he AR met hod ar e locat ed at
0.1297 and 0.1964 Hz; a less dominant pole is at 0.2678 Hz. In t he case of t he
Min-Nor m met hod, t he dominant r oot s ar e locat ed at 0.0616, 0.1307, 0.1960
and 0.2622, suggest ing t hat t he signal has har monics at appr oximat ely 2
o
,
3
o
, and 4
o
.
We can t est whet her t he bispect r um of t he dat a ar e st at ist ically nonzer o by
using glstat. The t est r esult s, using cparm=0.51, nfft=256 wer e: Test st at ist ic
for Gaussianit y is 71.3231 wit h df = 48, Pfa = 0
Linear it y t est : R (est imat ed) = 2.3216, lambda = 2.376, R (t heor y) = 4.472,
N = 14.
Since t he Pfa is close t o 0, we can be vir t ually cer t ain t hat t he dat a have
nonzer o bispect r um and hence ar e non-Gaussian. The est imat ed and
t heor et ical R values ar e not close t o each ot her indicat ing t hat t he dat a ar e not
linear .
1 Tu to r i a l
1-126
Figure 1-46 Laughter Data: Cumulant Spectra
Figure 1-47 Laughter Data: Root Locations
0 10 20 30
0
5
10
sval: cum4
0.5 0 0.5
100
50
0
pxx
0.5 0 0.5
50
0
e
i
g
0.5 0 0.5
40
20
0
m
u
s
i
c
0.5 0 0.5
400
200
0
p
i
s
a
r
0.5 0 0.5
40
20
0
m
l
0.5 0 0.5
100
50
0
a
r
0.5 0 0.5
50
0
m
i
n

n
o
r
m
-1
-0.5
0
0.5
1
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2-ar
-1
-0.5
0
0.5
1
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2-min
-1
-0.5
0
0.5
1
x
x
x
x
x
x
x x
4-ar
-2
-1
0
1
2
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
r-min
C a se Stu d i e s
1-127
In or der t o check for quadr at ic fr equency coupling, we can est imat e t he
nonpar amet r ic bispect r um (eit her via bispeci or bispeci) or t he par amet r ic
bispect r um (via qpctor). The bispect r um est imat ed via bispeci, wit h
nfft=256, segsamp=100, overlap=0, wind=1 is shown in Figur e 1-48. Since t he
dat a cont ain sever al har monic component s, t he bispect r um displays sever al
impulses; in t he case of speech signals, we know t hat t hese har monics ar e at
int eger mult iples of a fundament al. In t his case, it suffices t o examine t he
diagonal slice of t he bispect r um t hat is shown in Figur e 1-49. We used
pickpeak t o locat e t he dominant peaks, which wer e found t o be at 0.0664,
0.1289 and 0.1953 Hz; given t he FFT lengt h of 256, we can conclude t hat t he
t hese t hr ee har monics ar e quadr at ically fr equency coupled; t he fr equency
coupling is also evident (but less obvious) fr om t he power spect r al est imat es
and t he spect r ogr am.
Figure 1-48 bispectrum nonparametric
0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
bispecd( reshape(x,100,14), 256, 1)
f1
f
2
1 Tu to r i a l
1-128
Figure 1-49 Diagonal Slice of bispectrum
We used r out ine qpctor t o confir m t he quadr at ic fr equency coupling; we let
nlags=25, segsamp=100, over lap=0; t he singular values, shown in Figur e 1-50,
appear t o fall in four clust er s; we used p = 10 t o est imat e t he par amet r ic
bispect r um shown in t he bot t om panel. The dominant peak is at
(0.0625,0.0625) Hz, indicat ing t he pr esence of a second har monic at 0.1250 Hz;
also not e t hat t he cont our plot indicat es peaks at (
o
,k
o
), k = 1,2,3, wher e
o

0.0625 Hz. In t he case of self-coupling [73] t he bispect r um can be used t o ver ify
t he pr esence of higher -or der couplings as well (we have
o
+
o
= 2
o
, and

o
+ 2
o
= 3
o
,
o
+ 3
o
= 4
o
, et c., which lead t o t he indicat ed peaks).
In t his example, we used glstat t o confir m t hat t he dat a ar e non-Gaussian,
and nonlinear . We used harmest and qpctor t o est imat e t he fr equencies of t he
fundament al and t he har monics and t o confir m fr equency coupling. We used
roots t o det er mine t he fr equencies fr om t he par amet er vect or est imat ed via
t he AR met hod; we can use pickpeak t o locat e t he peaks in t he var ious spect r a
est imat ed by harmest; not e t hat t he accur acy of t he peak locat ions is limit ed by
t he FFT lengt h (t his should not be confused wit h r esolving power ). Since t he
signal is r ich in har monics, we found it mor e useful t o look at a slice (t he
diagonal slice) of t he bispect r um. Our final conclusions ar e t hat t he speech
segment in quest ion is non-Gaussian, nonlinear , and cont ains har monics of t he
for m
o
k = k
o
, wit h
o
500 Hz.
0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5
0
0.002
0.004
0.006
0.008
0.01
0.012
0.014
diagonal slice
C a se Stu d i e s
1-129
Figure 1-50 Parametric bispectrum via qpctor
0 0.2 0.4 0.6
10
8
10
6
10
4
10
2
10
0
Power Spectrum
frequency
0 10 20 30
0
0.5
1
Singular values
0 0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 0.25 0.3 0.35 0.4 0.45
0
0.05
0.1
0.15
0.2
f1
f
2
Estimated Parametric Bispectrum
1 Tu to r i a l
1-130
Table 1-4: Commands Used to Analyze Laughter Data
load laughter mat % laughter data
y = y(1:1400);
sp = (y-mean(y))/std(y); % standardize
%
figure(1) % data and histograms:
subplot(211), plot(1:length(sp),sp),grid,
subplot(212), hist(sp), grid
% % summary stats:
c1 = mean(sp); c2 = cumest(sp,2);
c3 = cumest(sp,3) / c2^(3/2); c4 = cumest(sp,4) / c2^2;
fprintf(' Mean %g\n',c1);
fprintf(' Variance %g\n',c2);
fprintf(' Skewness (normalized) %g\n', c3);
fprintf(' Kurtosis (normalized) %g\n', c4);
figure(2), specgram(sp,512,8000,hamming(256),240);
% -------- power spectra and cum-4 spectra
figure(3), [px2,a21,a22]=harmest(sp,25,12,'biased',512,2);
figure(4), [px4,a41,a42]=harmest(sp,25,8,'biased',512,4);
r21 = roots(a21); r22 = roots(a22);
r41 = roots(a41); r42 = roots(a42);
figure(5)
subplot(221), polar(angle(r21), abs(r21), 'x'), grid
subplot(222), polar(angle(r22), abs(r22), 'x'), grid
subplot(223), polar(angle(r41), abs(r41), 'x'), grid
subplot(224), polar(angle(r42), abs(r42), 'x'), grid
glstat(sp,0.51.256); % gl test
% -------- bispectrum and diagonal slice
figure(6), [Blaf,w] = bispecd(sp,256,1,100,0);
figure(7), dB = abs(diag(Blaf));
plot(w,dB), grid, title('diagonal slice')
[loc,val] = pickpeak(dB,3)
disp(w(loc))
figure(8), qpctor(sp,25,10,512,100,0); % QPC test
C a se Stu d i e s
1-131
Pitfalls and Tricks of the Trade
As t he pr evious examples illust r at e, we should fir st use univar iat e st at ist ics
(mean, median, skewness, kur t osis, hist ogr ams) and second-or der st at ist ics
(SOS). Befor e using algor it hms based on higher -or der st at ist ics, we should t est
t he dat a for Gaussianit y, and if applicable, for linear it y as well. Not e t hat t he
symmet r y of t he univar iat e pdf does not imply t hat t he bispect r um is zer o.
Model par amet er s (e.g., ARMA, har monics) est imat ed by algor it hms based on
cumulant s of differ ent or der s need not agr ee wit h one anot her . For example, in
t he case of t he laughter dat a, we saw t hat t he second- and four t h-or der spectra
wer e differ ent ; a possible r eason could be t hat some of t he har monic
component s can be well-modeled as nar r ow-band Gaussian.
Similar ly, in t he case of ARMA modeling, algor it hms based on cumulant s of
differ ent or der s may lead t o differ ent r esult s. Consist ent r esult s may be
expect ed only in t he case of noise-fr ee dat a and long dat a lengt hs. Consider t he
following t hr ee-component model
Assume t hat u
1
(n) is i.i.d. Gaussian, u
2
(n) is i.i.d., single-sided exponent ial, and
u
3
(n) is i.i.d., and double-sided exponent ial (Laplace); fur t her assume t hat t he
u
i
s ar e independent of one anot her . Let denot e t he var iance, and
3,i
and

4,i
t he skewness and kur t osis of ui(n). Then,
y n ( ) x
i
n ( )
i 1 =
3

=
x
i
n ( ) h
i
k ( )u
i
n k ( ).
i 1 =

i
2
S
2x
( )
1
2
H
1
( )
2

2
2
H
2
( )
2

3
2
H
3
( )
2
+ + =
S
3x

1

2
, ( )
3 2 ,
H
2

1
( )H
2

2
( )H
2
*

1

2
+ ( ) =
S
4x

1

2

3
, , ( )
4 2 ,
H
2

1
( )H
2

2
( )H
2

3
( )H
2
*

1

2

3
+ + ( ) =

4 3 ,
H
3

1
( )H
3

2
( )H
3

3
( )H
3
*

1

2

3
+ + ( ) +
1 Tu to r i a l
1-132
In t his example, t he power spect r um is t he sum of t he power spect r a of t he
t hr ee component s; since u
1
(n) and u
3
(n) ar e bot h symmet r ic dist r ibut ed, t heir
skewnesses ar e zer o; hence, only t he second component cont r ibut es t o t he
bispect r um; finally, since u
1
(n) is Gaussian, all of it s cumulant s of or der
gr eat er t han t wo ar e zer o; hence, it does not cont r ibut e t o t he four t h-or der
cumulant .
Even t hough
3,2
0 in t he above example, it is easy t o const r uct examples of
H
2
() so t hat t he bispect r um is zer o [63]. Hence, a zer o bispect r um is not
inconsist ent wit h nonzer o skewness of t he dr iving i.i.d. pr ocess.
In t he cont ext of har monic pr ocesses of t he for m,
t he phr ases frequency coupling and phase coupling ar e oft en used in t he same
sense; t he for mer r efer s t o r elat ionships of t he for m
3
=
2
+
1
, and t he lat t er
t o
3
=
2
+
1
. Gener ally, but not always, t he t wo r elat ionships go hand in
hand.
Fur t her , in t he case of har monic pr ocesses, t he power spect r um and par amet r ic
met hods based on t he aut ocor r elat ion ar e usually sufficient , unless t he dat a
cont ain nar r ow-band Gaussian component s. Higher -or der cumulant s and
spect r a ar e useful t o isolat e specific t ypes of coupling (quadr at ic, cubic, et c.).
Sever al of t he M-files in t he Higher -Or der Spect r al Analysis Toolbox allow t he
user t o segment t he dat a, t hat is, cumulant s ar e est imat ed for each segment
and ar e t hen aver aged acr oss t he set of segment s; such segment at ion usually
speeds up calculat ions, at a slight loss in st at ist ical efficiency; not e t hat
segment ed est imat es can never be bet t er t han unsegment ed est imat es.
In t he case of bispect r a, as we have seen ear lier , we can obt ain consist ent
est imat es by eit her est imat ing bispect r a fr om segment s and aver aging t hem
(fr equency r esolut ion limit ed by t he segment lengt h) or by applying an
appr opr iat e smoot hing window (in t he fr equency, dat a or lag domain).
Be awar e t hat t he higher -or der moment s and cumulant s of complex pr ocesses
can be defined in differ ent ways, and t hat t heir polyspect r a do not possess all
t he symmet r y pr oper t ies of t heir r eal count er par t s.
s n ( )
k

k
n
k
+ ( ), cos
k 1 =
p

=
C a se Stu d i e s
1-133
Ther e has been lot of confusion about t he nonr edundant r egion (NRR) of t he
bispect r um; we r efer t he r eader t o Br illinger [4] for an explanat ion of why t he
NRR is t he t r iangle wit h ver t ices (0,0), (0,), and (2/3,2/3), and not t he
t r iangle wit h ver t ices (0,0), (0,), and (/2,/2).
Finally, it is easy t o be misled by cont our plot s, wher e 100*eps may st and out
as a peak in a backgr ound of eps; car eful at t ent ion should be paid t o scaling t he
dat a; nor malizing t he dat a t o unit y var iance is usually helpful.
1 Tu to r i a l
1-134
Data Files
The Higher -Or der Spect r al Analysis Toolbox dist r ibut ion disket t e includes
sever al .mat files. These files ar e used in t he Tut or ial t o demonst r at e var ious
t oolbox funct ions. Descr ipt ions of t hese .mat files ar e given below.
In t he following, signal-t o-noise r at io (SNR) is defined as t he r at io of t he signal
var iance t o t he noise var iance; when expr essed in dB, it is given by
10log
10
, wher e is t he var iance of t he signal, and is t he var iance
of t he noise. All fr equencies ar e in Hz r elat ive t o a nominal sampling fr equency
of 1 Hz.
ar1.mat An AR (2) synt het ic; t he AR par amet er s ar e [1, 1.5, 0.8]; t he
t ime-ser ies lengt h is 1024 samples; input dist r ibut ion is single-sided
exponent ial; addit ive whit e Gaussian noise was added so as t o obt ain a SNR of
20 dB. The vect or y cont ains t he AR(2) t ime-ser ies.
ar1.mat AR(2) synt het ic
arma1.mat ARMA(2,1) synt het ic
doa1.mat Synt het ic for t he dir ect ion of ar r ival pr oblem
gldat.mat Dat a for Gaussianit y/linear it y t est s
harm.mat Synt het ic for t he har monics in noise pr oblem
ma1.mat MA(3) synt het ic
nl1.mat Synt het ic for t est ing t he nonlinear r out ines
nl2.mat Synt het ic for t est ing t he nonlinear r out ines
qpc.mat Synt het ic for t he quadr at ic phase coupling
pr oblem
riv.mat Synt het ic for t he adapt ive LP pr oblem
tde1.mat Synt het ic for t he t ime-delay est imat ion
pr oblem
tprony.mat Synt het ic for t est ing Pr onys met hod
wigdat.mat Synt het ic for t est ing t he Wigner r out ines

s
2

n
2
( )
s
2

n
2
D a ta Fi l e s
1-135
arma1.mat An ARMA (2,1) synt het ic; t he AR par amet er s ar e [1, 0.8, 0.65]; t he
MA par amet er s ar e [1, 2]; t he t ime-ser ies lengt h is 1024 samples; input
dist r ibut ion is single-sided exponent ial; addit ive whit e Gaussian noise was
added so as t o obt ain a SNR of 20 dB. The vect or y cont ains t he ARMA(2,1)
synt het ic. The model is mixed-phase.
doa1.mat This dat a file cont ains t he 4096 -by- 8 mat r ix ymat. It is a synt het ic
for t he DOA pr oblem, wit h t wo sour ces at bear ings,
1
= 15 and
2
= 25; t he
eight sensor s ar e spaced half a wavelengt h apar t . The sour ce signals ar e
Laplace dist r ibut ed, and have unit y var iance. Spat ially cor r elat ed Gaussian
noise, wit h unit y var iance, was added t o obt ain t he noisy signals. The spat ial
color is such t hat t he angular noise spect r um of t he noise shows shar p peaks at
t30.
gldat.mat This file cont ains t he vect or s e, g, l, u, x, and z; each vect or
consist s of 512 samples. Sequences e, g, l, and u ar e r ealizat ions of i.i.d.
sequences wit h exponent ial, Gaussian, Laplace, and unifor m dist r ibut ions.
Sequence x is obt ained by passing e t hr ough t he AR filt er , [1, 1.5, 0.8]; and,
z(n) = x
3
(n).
harm.mat A har monics-in-noise synt het ic. Two unit y amplit ude har monics,
wit h fr equencies
1
= 0.1 and
2
= 0.2, wer e cor r upt ed wit h addit ive color ed
Gaussian noise wit h a var iance of 0.5. Since each of t he har monics has power
0.5, t he SNR is 3 dB. Thir t y-t wo independent r ealizat ions, each wit h 128
samples wer e gener at ed. The phases of t he har monics wer e chosen r andomly
for each r ealizat ion. The color ed Gaussian noise was gener at ed by passing
whit e Gaussian noise t hr ough an AR filt er wit h coefficient s [1, 1.058, 0.81].
The noise spect r um has a pole at 0.15 Hz wit h a damping fact or of 0.9. The set
of r ealizat ions is cont ained in t he mat r ix zmat; t he columns cor r espond t o
independent r ealizat ions.
ma1.mat An MA(3) synt het ic; t he MA par amet er s ar e [1,0.9,0.385, 0.771]; t he
t ime-ser ies lengt h is 1024 samples; input dist r ibut ion is single-sided
exponent ial; addit ive whit e Gaussian noise was added so as t o obt ain a SNR of
20 dB. The vect or y cont ains t he MA(3) synt het ic. The model is mixed-phase.
nl1.mat This file cont ains dat a t o t est funct ions nlpow and nltick. A whit e
Gaussian pr ocess, x, is passed t hr ough a second-or der Volt er r a syst em, t o
obt ain t he out put pr ocess y. Mat r ices x and y ar e 64 64, wit h columns
cor r esponding t o r ealizat ions. The input -out put r elat ionship for a second-or der
Volt er r a syst em is given by,
1 Tu to r i a l
1-136
The filt er h was chosen t o be t he IR of an FIR(12) filt er , wit h a cut off of 0.2Hz,
and was gener at ed wit h h = fir 1(11,0.4). The filt er q was chosen such t hat
q(k,l) = h1(k)h1(l), wher e h1 is t he IR of an FIR(12) filt er , wit h a cut off of 0.1Hz,
and was gener at ed by h1 = fir1(11,0.2). The out put dat a wer e gener at ed
using funct ion nlgen, y = nlgen (x,h,q). The impulse r esponses (IR) and
t r ansfer funct ions (TF) of t he linear par t (h), and t he quadr at ic par t (q) ar e
shown in Figur e 1-51.
Figure 1-51 Transfer Functions of a Second-Order Volterra Model
nl2.mat This file cont ains dat a t o t est funct ion nlpow. This dat a file was
gener at ed in t he same way as was nl1.mat, except t hat t he pr ocess x was
chosen t o be i.i.d. and Laplacian.
y n ( ) h k ( )x n k ( )
k 0 =

q k l , ( )x n k ( )x n l ( ).
l 0 =

k 0 =

+ =
D a ta Fi l e s
1-137
qpc.mat A quadr at ically phase coupled synt het ic. The dat a consist of four
har monics cor r upt ed by whit e Gaussian noise. The fr equencies of t he
har monics ar e
1
= 0.1,
2
= 0.15,
3
= 0.25 and
4
= 0.40 Hz. For each
r ealizat ion, t he phases of t he fir st , second, and four t h har monics,
1
,
2
, and
4

wer e chosen r andomly; t he phase of t he t hir d har monic was set t o
3
=
1
+
2
.
Not e t hat t he t r iplet of har monics wit h fr equencies (0.1, 0.15, 0.25) exhibit s
bot h phase and fr equency coupling; t he t r iplet wit h fr equencies (0.15, 0.25,
0.40) is fr equency-coupled, but not phase-coupled. Sixt y-four independent
r ealizat ions, each consist ing of 64 samples, wer e gener at ed. The amplit udes of
all four har monics wer e unit y, and whit e Gaussian noise wit h a var iance of 1.5
was added t o t he signal. The set of r ealizat ions is cont ained in t he mat r ix zmat;
t he columns cor r espond t o independent r ealizat ions.
riv.mat This dat a file cont ains t hr ee vect or s, y, zw, and zc, each consist ing of
1024 samples. A zer o-mean exponent ially dist r ibut ed i.i.d. sequence was
passed t hr ough t he AR filt er [1, 1.5, 0.8] t o obt ain y. Addit ive whit e Gaussian
noise was added t o y t o obt ain t he noisy signal zw whose SNR is 10 dB. Color ed
Gaussian noise, gener at ed by passing a whit e Gaussian sequence t hr ough t he
AR filt er [1, 0, 0.49] was added t o y t o obt ain zc, also at a SNR of 10 dB.
tde1.mat A synt het ic for t ime-delay est imat ion. The signal at t he fir st sensor
is i.i.d., zer o mean, single-sided exponent ially dist r ibut ed wit h unit y var iance,
and skewness of t wo. The signal at t he second sensor is a delayed ver sion of t he
signal at t he fir st sensor (delay = 16 samples). The fir st signal was cor r upt ed
by whit e Gaussian noise t o obt ain a SNR of 0 dB. The signal at t he second
sensor was cor r upt ed by color ed Gaussian noise, obt ained by passing t he noise
at t he fir st sensor t hr ough t he MA filt er , [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 5, 4, 3, 2, 1]. Not e t hat
t he t wo noise signals have a st r ong spat ial cor r elat ion at a delay of five
samples. The signal lengt h is samples. Vect or s s1 and s2 cont ain t he simulat ed
signals at t he t wo sensor s.
tprony.mat This mat -file cont ains t he 256 sample complex t r ansient x, and is
used t o t est t he funct ion hprony; her e,
x(n) = exp{j/2 + n(0.1 + j0.84)} + 2exp{j/4 + n(0.2 + j0.64)}
wigdat.mat This file cont ains four signals, s1, s2, s3, and s4, descr ibed below,
which ar e used t o t est t he funct ions wig2, wig2c, wig3, wig3c, wig4, and wig4c.
Signal s1 is a r eal har monic, given by
s1(n) = cos(2n), = 0.1
1 Tu to r i a l
1-138
Signals s2 and s3 ar e gener at ed via
wit h T = .001, n
0
= 20, = 50, = 0.01 for signal s2, and T = .001, n
0
= 50,
= 150, = 0.01 for signal s3. Signal s4 is t he sum of s2 and s3. Not e t hat
signals s2 and s3 ar e har monics at fr equencies 0.05 and 0.15 Hz, which have
been mult iplied by a Gaussian shaped window funct ion. Signals s 1, s2, s3, and
s4 ar e displayed in Figur e 1-52.
Figure 1-52 Signals in file wigdat.mat
s n ( ) 2
T n n
0
( )
2
-------------------------
,
_
2
,
_
exp 2n T ( ) cos =

0 10 20 30 40
1
0.5
0
0.5
1
s1
0 20 40 60 80
0.4
0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
s2
0 20 40 60 80
1
0.5
0
0.5
1
s3
0 20 40 60 80
1.5
1
0.5
0
0.5
1
1.5
s4 = s2 + s3
Re f e r e n c e s
1-139
References
1 Allen, J .B., Shor t -t ime spect r al analysis, synt hesis and modificat ion by
discr et e Four ier t r ansfor m, IEEE Trans AS S P, Vol. 25, pp. 235-38, J une
1977.
2 Blackman, R.B. and J .W. Tukey, The Measurement of Power S pectra, New
Yor k: Dover , 1959.
3 Boudr eaux-Bar t els, G., Time-Frequency S ignal Processing Algorithms:
Analysis and S ynthesis Using Wigner Distributions, Ph.D. disser t at ion, Rice
Univer sit y, 1984.
4 Br illinger , D.R., An Int r oduct ion t o Polyspect r a, Ann. Math. S tat ., Vol. 36,
pp. 1351-74, 1965.
5 Br illinger , D.R., Time S eries: Data Analysis and Theory, McGr aw Hill, 1981.
6 Br illinger , D.R. and M. Rosenblat t , Comput at ion and int er pr et at ion of k-t h
or der spect r a, in S pectral Analysis of Time S eries, B. Har r is, ed., pp.
189-232, J ohn Wiley, 1967.
7 Cadzow, J .A., Spect r al Est imat ion: An Over det er mined Rat ional Model
Equat ion Appr oach, Proc. IEEE, Vol. 70, pp. 907-38, 1982.
8 Capon, J ., High-r esolut ion fr equency-wavenumber analysis, Proc. IEEE,
Vol. 57, pp. 1408-18, 1969.
9 Chandr an, V. and S. Elgar . A gener al pr ocedur e for t he der ivat ion of
pr incipal domains of higher or der spect r a. IEEE Trans. on S ignal
Processing, SP-42: pp. 229-33, J an. 1994.
10 Choi, H. and W.J . Williams, Impr oved Time-Fr equency Repr esent at ion of
Mult icomponent Signals Using Exponent ial Ker nels, IEEE Trans. AS S P,
pp. 862-71, J une 1989.
11 Classen, T.A.C.M. and W.F.G. Mecklenbr aker , The Wigner dist r ibut ion
a t ool for t ime-fr equency signal analysis, Phillips J . Res., Vol. 35, pp.
217-50, 276-300, 372-89, 1067-72, 1980.
1 Tu to r i a l
1-140
12 Classen, T.A.C.M. and W.F.G. Mecklenbr aker , The aliasing pr oblem in
discr et e-t ime Wigner dist r ibut ions, IEEE Trans AS S P, pp. 1067-72, Oct .
1983.
13 Cohen, L., Time-Fr equency Dist r ibut ions: A Review, Proc. IEEE, pp.
941-81, J uly 1989.
14 Fonollosa, J .R. and C.L. Nikias, Wigner Higher -Or der Moment Spect r a:
Definit ions, Pr oper t ies, Comput at ion and Applicat ions t o Tr ansient Signal
Det ect ion, IEEE Trans. S P, J an. 1993.
15 Fonollosa, J .R. and C.L. Nikias, Analysis of finit e-ener gy signals using
higher -or der moment s- and spect r a-based t ime-fr equency dist r ibut ions,
S ignal Processing, Vol. 36, pp. 315-28, 1994.
16 Fr iedlander , B. and B. Por at , Asympt ot ically opt imal est imat ion of MA and
ARMA par amet er s of non-Gaussian pr ocesses fr om high-or der moment s,
IEEE Trans. on Automatic Control, Vol. 35(1), pp. 27-37, 1990.
17 Gabor , D., Theor y of communicat ion, J .i.e. E., Vol. 93, pp. 429-59, 1946.
18 Ger r , N.L., Int r oducing a t hir d-or der Wigner dist r ibut ion, Proc. IEEE, pp.
290-92, Mar . 1988.
19 Giannakis, G.B. and J .M. Mendel, Ident ificat ion of non-minimum phase
syst ems using higher -or der st at ist ics, IEEE Trans. AS S P, Vol. 37, pp.
360-77, Mar . 1989.
20 Giannakis, G.B. and J .M. Mendel, Cumulant -based or der det er minat ion of
non-Gaussian ARMA models, IEEE Trans. AS S P, pp. 1411-21, Aug. 1990.
21 Golub, G.H. and C.F. Van Loan, Matrix Computations, pp. 420-5, Balt imor e:
The J ohns Hopkins Univer sit y Pr ess, 1983.
22 Hasan, T., Nonlinear t ime ser ies r egr ession for a class of amplit ude
modulat ed sinusoids, J . Time S eries Analysis, Vol. 3, pp. 2, 109-22, 1982.
23 Haykin, S., Adaptive Filter Theory, New J er sey: Pr ent ice-Hall, pp. 391-94,
198-205, 464-70, 234-36, 2nd ed., 1991.
24 Hinich, M.J ., Test ing for Gaussianit y and linear it y of a st at ionar y t ime
ser ies, J . Time S eries Analysis, Vol. 3, pp. 169-76, 1982.
Re f e r e n c e s
1-141
25 Hlaswat ch, F., and G.F. Boudr eaux-Bar t els, Linear and Quadr at ic Time-
Fr equency Repr esent at ions, IEEE S ignal Processing Magazine, pp. 21-67,
Apr . 1992.
26 J ohnson, D.H., The applicat ion of spect r um est imat ion met hods t o bear ing
est imat ion pr oblems, Proc. IEEE, Vol. 70, pp. 975-89, 1982.
27 Kay, S.M., Modern S pectral Estimation: Theory and Applications, New
J er sey: Pr ent ice-Hall, 1988.
28 Kay, S.M. and S.L. Mar ple, Spect r um Analysis A Moder n Per spect ive,
Proc. IEEE, Vol. 69, pp. 1380-1418, 1981.
29 Kr auss, T., J .N. Lit t le, and L. Shur e, MATLAB S ignal Processing Toolbox
Users Guide, The Mat hWor ks Inc., 1994.
30 Kumar esan, R. and D.W. Tuft s, Est imat ing t he angles of ar r ival of mult iple
plane waves, IEEE Trans. AES , Vol. 19, pp. 134-39, 1983.
31 Kung, S.Y. et al, St at e-space and SVD appr oximat ion met hods for t he
har monic r et r ieval pr oblem, J . Opt. S oc. Amer., Vol. 73., pp. 1799-1811,
1983.
32 Makhoul, J ., St able and efficient lat t ice met hods for linear pr edict ion,
IEEE Trans. AS S P, Vol. 25, pp. 423-28, Oct . 1977.
33 Mallat , S., A t heor y for mult i-r esolut ion signal r epr esent at ion: t he wavelet
t r ansfor m, IEEE Trans. PAMI, Vol. 11, pp. 674-93, J uly 1989.
34 Mar ple, S.L., J r ., Digital S pectral Analysis with Applications, pp. 229-31,
New J er sey: Pr ent ice-Hall, 1987.
35 Mar ple, J r ., A new aut or egr essive spect r um analysis algor it hm, IEEE
Trans. AS S P, Vol. 28, pp. 441-50, Aug. 1990.
36 Mat suoka, T. and T.J . Ulr ych, Phase est imat ion using t he bispect r um,
Proc. IEEE, Vol. 72, pp. 1403-11, 1984.
37 Mendel, J .M., Tut or ial on higher -or der st at ist ics (spect r a) in signal
pr ocessing and syst em t heor y: Theor et ical r esult s and some applicat ions,
Proc. IEEE, Vol. 79, pp. 278-305, 1991.
1 Tu to r i a l
1-142
38 Nikias, C.L. and J .M. Mendel, Signal pr ocessing wit h higher -or der
spect r a, IEEE S ignal Processing Magazine, Vol. 10, No 3, pp. 10-37, J uly
1993.
39 Nikias, C.L. and R. Pan, Time delay est imat ion in unknown Gaussian
spat ially cor r elat ed noise, IEEE Trans. AS S P, Vol. 36, pp. 1706-14, Nov.
1988.
40 Nikias, C.L. and A. Pet r opulu, Higher-Order S pectra Analysis: A Nonlinear
S ignal Processing Framework, New J er sey: Pr ent ice-Hall, 1993.
41 Nikias, C.L. and M.R. Raghuveer , Bispect r um est imat ion: A digit al signal
pr ocessing fr amewor k, Proc. IEEE, Vol. 75, pp. 869-91, J uly 1987.
42 Oppenheim, A.V. and R.W. Schafer , Digital S ignal Processing, New J er sey:
Pr ent ice-Hall, 1989.
43 Pan, R. and C.L. Nikias, The complex cepst r um of higher -or der cumulant s
and non-minimum phase syst em ident ificat ion, IEEE Trans AS S P, Vol. 36,
pp. 186-205, Feb. 1988.
44 Pan, R. and C.L. Nikias, Har monic decomposit ion met hods in cumulant
domains, Proc. ICAS S P-88, pp. 2356-59, New Yor k, 1988.
45 Pat el, J .K. and C.B. Read, Handbook of the Normal Distribution, Sec 7.9.4,
M. Dekker , New Yor k, 1982.
46 Per r yin, F. and R. Fr ost , A unified definit ion for t he discr et e-t ime,
discr et e-fr equency, and discr et e t ime/fr equency Wigner dist r ibut ions,
IEEE Trans. AS S P, Vol. 34, pp. 858-67, Aug. 1986.
47 Pflug, L.A., G. E. Ioup, J . W. Ioup and R. L. Field, Pr oper t ies of higher -or der
cor r elat ions and spect r a for bandlimit ed t r ansient s, J . Acoust. S oc. Am.,
Vol. 91(2), pp. 975-88, Feb. 1992.
48 Pisar enko, V.F., The r et r ieval of har monics fr om a covar iance funct ion,
Geophysical J . Royal Astron. S oc., Vol. 33, pp. 347-66, 1973.
Re f e r e n c e s
1-143
49 Por at , B., Digital Processing of Random S ignals, New J er sey: Pr ent ice-Hall,
1994.
50 Por at , B., B. Fr iedlander , and M. Mor f, Squar e-r oot covar iance ladder
algor it hms, in Proc. ICAS S P-81, At lant a, GA, pp. 877-880, Mar ch 1981.
51 Power s, E.J ., Ch.P. Rit z, C.K. An, S.B. Kim, R.W. Miksad and S.W. Nam,
Applicat ions of digit al polyspect r al analysis t o nonlinear syst ems modeling
and nonlinear wave phenomena, Proc. Workshop on Higher-Order S pectral
Analysis, pp. 73-77, Vail, Color ado, J une 1989.
52 Pr iest ley, M.B., S pectral Analysis and Time S eries, Academic Pr ess, London,
1981.
53 Pr iest ley,M.B., Non-linear and non-stationary time series analysis,
Academic Pr ess, London, 1988.
54 Raghuveer , M.R. and C.L. Nikias, Bispect r um Est imat ion: A Par amet r ic
Appr oach, IEEE Trans. AS S P, Vol. 33, pp. 1213-30, 1985.
55 Rangoussi, M. and G.B. Giannakis, FIR modeling using log-bispect r a:
Weight ed least -squar es algor it hms and per for mance analysis, IEEE Trans.
Cir S ys, Vol. 38, pp. 281-96, 1991.
56 Rioul, O. and M. Vet t er li, Wavelet s and signal pr ocessing, IEEE S ignal
Processing Magazine, pp. 14-38, Oct 1991.
57 Roy, R. and T. Kailat h, ESPRIT Est imat ion of signal par amet er s via
r ot at ional invar iance t echniques, IEEE Trans AS S P, Vol. 37, pp. 984-95,
J uly 1989.
58 St oica, P., T. Soder st r om and B. Fr iedlander , Opt imal inst r ument al
var iable est imat es of t he AR par amet er s of an ARMA pr ocess, IEEE. Trans
Auto. Control, Vol. 30, pp. 1066-74, Nov 1985.
59 Subba Rao, T. and M. Gabr , An Introduction to Bispectral Analysis and
Bilinear Time-S eries Models, pp. 42-43, New Yor k: Spr inger -Ver lag, 1984.
1 Tu to r i a l
1-144
60 Swami, A., S ystem Identification Using Cumulants, Ph.D. Disser t at ion,
Univer sit y of Sout her n Califor nia, pp. 107-8, 1988.
61 Swami, A., Higher -Or der Wigner Dist r ibut ions, in Proc. S PIE-92, S ession
on Higher-Order and Time-Varying S pectral Analysis, Vol. $1770, 290-301,
San Diego, CA, J uly 19-24, 1992.
62 Swami, A., Thir d-or der Wigner dist r ibut ions, Proc. ICAS S P-91, pp.
3081-84, Tor ont o, Canada, May 1991.
63 Swami, A., Some new r esult s in higher -or der st at ist ics, Proc. Intl. S ignal
Processing Workshop on Higher-Order S tatistics, Chamr ousse, Fr ance, pp.
135-38, J uly 1991.
64 Swami, A., Higher -or der Wigner dist r ibut ions, in Proc. S PIE-92, S ession
on Higher-Order and Time-Varying S pectral Analysis, Vol. 1770, pp.
290-301, San Diego, CA, J uly 1992.
65 Swami, A., Pit falls in polyspect r a, Proc. ICAS S P-93, Minneapolis, Vol. IV,
pp. 97-100, Apr . 1993.
66 Swami, A., and J .M. Mendel, Adapt ive Cumulant -Based Est imat ion of
ARMA Par amet er s, Proc. Amer. Control Conf., ACC-88, At lant a, GA, pp.
2114-19, J une 1988.
67 Swami, A. and J .M. Mendel, Lat t ice algor it hms for r ecur sive inst r ument al
var iable met hods, t o appear in The Intl J ournal of Adaptive Control and
S ignal Processing, 1996. See also: US C-S IPI Report-117, Univer sit y of
Sout her n Califor nia, Los Angeles, Dec. 1987; Proc. ICAS S P-88, New Yor k,
pp. 2248-51, Apr . 1988; Proc. Amer. Control Conf., At lant a, GA, pp. 2114-19,
J une 1988.
68 Swami, A. and J .M. Mendel, ARMA par amet er est imat ion using only
out put cumulant s, IEEE Trans. AS S P, Vol. 38, pp. 1257-65, J uly 1990.
69 Swami, A. and J .M. Mendel, Cumulant -based appr oach t o t he har monic
r et r ieval and r elat ed pr oblems, IEEE Trans. AS S P, Vol. 39, pp. 1099-1109,
May 1991.
Re f e r e n c e s
1-145
70 Swami, A. and J .M. Mendel, Ident ifiabilit y of t he AR par amet er s of an
ARMA pr ocess using cumulant s, IEEE Trans. on Automatic Control, Vol.
37, pp. 268-73, Feb. 1992.
71 Swami, A. and P. Tichavsky, The n-t h or der moment (cumulant ) of mult iple
sinusoids: st r ong er godicit y and r elat ed issues Proc. IEEE S P/ ATHOS
Workshop on HOS , Gir ona, Spain, J une 1995.
72 Tekalp and A. T. Er dem, Higher -or der spect r um fact or izat ion in one and
t wo dimensions wit h applicat ions in signal modeling and nonminimum
phase syst em ident ificat ion IEEE Trans. on Acoustics, S peech, and S ignal
Processing, Vol. 37(10), pp. 1537-49, 1989.
73 Tick, L.J ., The est imat ion of t r ansfer funct ions of quadr at icsyst ems,
Technometrics, 3, 563-67, Nov 1961.
74 Tugnait , J .K., Ident ificat ion of linear st ochast ic syst ems via second- and
four t h-or der cumulant mat ching, IEEE Trans. on Information Theory, Vol.
33(3), pp. 393-407, May 1987.
75 Tugnait , J .K., Appr oaches t o FIR syst em ident ificat ion wit h noisy dat a
using higher -or der st at ist ics, IEEE Trans. AS S P, Vol. 38, pp. 1307-17, J uly
1990.
76 Zhou, G. and G.B. Giannakis, Self coupled har monics: st at ionar y and
cyclost at ionar y appr oaches, Proc. ICAS S P, pp. 153-156, Adelaide,
Aust r alia, Apr . 1994.
77 Zohar , S., Toeplit z Mat r ix Inver sion: t he Algor it hm of W.F. Tr ench, J .
Assoc. Comp. Mach., Vol. 16, pp. 592-601, 1968.
1 Tu to r i a l
1-146

2
Refer ence
2 Re f e r e n c e
2-2
Function Tables
The following t ables summar ize t he suit e of M-files in t he Higher -Or der
Spect r al Analysis Toolbox by funct ionalit y. Refer ence ent r ies for t he funct ions
ar e t hen list ed in alphabet ical or der . On-line help is available via t he help and
hosahelp commands.
Higher-Order Spectrum Estimation: Conventional
Methods
Function Purpose
cum2x Est imat es second-or der cr oss-cumulant s
cum3x Est imat es t hir d-or der cr oss-cumulant s
cum4x Est imat es four t h-or der cr oss-cumulant s
cumest Est imat es aut o cumulant s (or der s 2,3,4)
bicoher Est imat es aut o-bicoher ence
bicoherx Est imat es cr oss-bicoher ence
bispecd Dir ect met hod for bispect r um est imat ion
bispecdx Dir ect met hod for cr oss-bispect r um est imat ion
bispeci Indir ect met hod for bispect r um est imat ion
glstat Det ect ion st at ist ics for Gaussianit y and linear it y t est s
Fu n c ti o n Ta b l e s
2-3
Higher-Order Spectrum Estimation: Parametric
Methods
Quadratic Phase Coupling (QPC)
Function Purpose
armaqs ARMA par amet er est imat ion, q-slice algor it hm
armarts ARMA par amet er est imat ion, r esidual t ime ser ies
algor it hm
armasyn Gener at es ARMA synt het ics
arorder AR or der est imat ion (AR and ARMA pr ocesses)
arrcest AR par amet er est imat ion
bispect Comput es t heor et ical bispect r um of an ARMA pr ocess
cumtrue Comput es t r ue cumulant s of ARMA pr ocesses
maest MA par amet er est imat ion
maorder MA or der est imat ion
rpiid Gener at es sequence of i.i.d. r andom var iables
trispect Comput es t heor et ical t r ispect r um of an ARMA pr ocess
Function Purpose
qpcgen Gener at es synt het ics for t he QPC pr oblem
qpctor Par amet r ic QPC det ect ion
2 Re f e r e n c e
2-4
Second-Order Volterra Systems
Harmonic Retrieval
Time-Delay Estimation (TDE)
Array Processing: Direction of Arrival (DOA)
Function Purpose
nlgen Comput es out put of a second-or der Volt er r a syst em
nlpow Par amet er est imat ion: ar bit r ar y input s: Power s met hod
nltick Par amet er est imat ion: Gaussian input s: Ticks met hod
Function Purpose
harmest Est imat es fr equencies of sinusoidal signals
harmgen Gener at es synt het ics for har monic r et r ieval pr oblem
Function Purpose
tde TDE, based on cr oss-cumulant s
tdeb TDE, based on cr oss-bispect r um
tdegen Gener at es synt het ics for t he TDE pr oblem
tder TDE, based on cr oss-cor r elat ion
Function Purpose
doa Est imat es DOA fr om a linear ar r ay of sensor s based on
spat ial cr oss-cumulant or covar iance mat r ix
doagen Gener at es synt het ics for t he DOA pr oblem
Fu n c ti o n Ta b l e s
2-5
Adaptive Linear Prediction
Impulse Response (IR), Magnitude and
Phase Retrieval
Time-Frequency Estimates
Function Purpose
ivcal Comput es inst r ument al var iable pr ocesses
rivdl Adapt ive LP using double lat t ice filt er
rivtr Adaptive LP using transversal filter
Function Purpose
biceps Est imat es IR complex cepst r um (lag domain)
bicepsf Est imat es IR & complex cepst r um (FFT met hod)
matul Est imat es Four ier phase and magnit ude of a signal using
t he Mat suoka-Ulr ych algor it hm
Function Purpose
wig2 Wigner spect r um
wig2c Wigner spect r um, wit h Choi-Williams filt er ing
wig3 Wigner bispect r um
wig3c Wigner bispect r um, wit h Choi-Williams filt er ing
wig4 Wigner t r ispect r um
wig4c Wigner t r ispect r um, wit h Choi-Williams filt er ing
2 Re f e r e n c e
2-6
Utilities
Demo
Function Purpose
hosahelp One line help of Higher -Or der Sect r al Analysis Toolbox
commands
hprony Modeling of t r ansient signals via Pr onys met hod
pickpeak Picks peaks subject t o a separ at ion cr it er ion
tls Tot al Least Squar es solut ion
trench Tr ench r ecur sion for non-symmet r ic Toeplit z mat r ix
Function Purpose
hosademo Guided t our of t he Higher -Or der Sect r al Analysis Toolbox
M i sc e l l a n e o us
2-7
Miscellaneous
help hosa will display t he list of HOSA Toolbox M-files, along wit h one-line
descr ipt ions. For addit ional help on a funct ion, t ype help function_name. For
example, t o get help on funct ion doa, t ype help doa.
Most of t he ar gument s in t he Higher -Or der Sect r al Analysis Toolbox M-files
have default set t ings. Recall t hat ar gument s in a funct ion have posit ional
significance. Thus, if you want t o specify t he four t h ar gument of a funct ion, you
must specify (at least ) t he fir st four ar gument s. Funct ion invocat ions of t he
for m function_name (a, , , b) ar e invalid. Vect or s must be specified wit hin
squar e br acket s, e.g., [1,2,3]. Text or st r ing var iables must be specified wit hin
single quot es, t hat is, biased. For mor e det ails, see t he "Tut or ial" sect ion of
t he MATLAB Users Guide. For det ails on t he algor it hms and on t he t heor y of
cumulant s and polyspect r a, see t he "Tut or ial" sect ion of t his manual.
Prompting
Sever al Higher -Or der Sect r al Analysis Toolbox r out ines (such as armasyn and
qpcgen) ar e int er act ive; t he r out ines ask t he user t o specify var ious
par amet er s; we r efer t o t his as prompting.
Guided tour
Invoke t he funct ion hosademo for a guided t our of t he Higher -Or der Sect r al
Analysis Toolbox; demo will t ake you t hr ough all t he examples in t he manual.
Addenda
See t he Readme.m file, or t ype whatsnewhosa at t he MATLAB command pr ompt .
armaqs
2-8
2ar maqs
Purpose Est imat es ARMA par amet er s using t he q-slice algor it hm
Syntax [avec,bvec] = armaqs(y,p,q)
[avec,bvec] = armaqs(y,p,q,norder,maxlag,samp_seg,overlap,flag)
Description armaqs est imat es t he ARMA par amet er s of t he ARMA(p,q) pr ocess, y, using t he
q-slice algor it hm. The AR par amet er s ar e est imat ed via t he funct ion arrcest;
t hen t he impulse r esponse is est imat ed, and, finally, t he MA par amet er s ar e
est imat ed.
The AR or der p must be gr eat er t han zer o; funct ion maest should be used in t he
p = 0 case; t he MA or der q must also be specified.
Var iable norder specifies t he cumulant -or der t o be used, and should be 3 or 4;
t he default value is 3.
maxlag specifies t he maximum number of cumulant lags t o be used; it s default
value is p+q.
Var iables samp_seg, overlap, and flag cont r ol t he manner in which sample
cumulant s ar e est imat ed:
samp_seg specifies t he number of samples per segment ; t he default value is t he
lengt h of t he t ime ser ies.
overlap specifies t he per cent age over lap bet ween segment s; t he allowed r ange
is [0,99]; and t he default value is 0.
If flag is biased, t hen biased sample est imat es ar e comput ed (default ); if t he
fir st let t er is not b, unbiased est imat es ar e comput ed.
If y is a mat r ix, t he columns ar e assumed t o cor r espond t o independent
r ealizat ions; in t his case overlap is set t o zer o, and samp_seg is set t o t he r ow
dimension. Cumulant s ar e est imat ed fr om each r ealizat ion, and t hen
aver aged.
The est imat ed AR and MA par amet er s ar e r et ur ned in t he vect or s avec and
bvec, r espect ively.
armaqs
2-9
Algorithm The signal is assumed t o be descr ibed by
wher e u(n) is i.i.d. non-Gaussian, and g(n) is Gaussian.
The AR par amet er s ar e obt ained as t he least -squar es solut ion t o t he normal
equat ions given by
wher e a(0) = 1, m = q + 1, . . ., maxlag, and = q p, . . ., q. Since one must have
at least m = q + 1, . . ., q + p [1,2], it follows fr om t he pr eceding nor mal
equat ions, t hat t he cumulant lags involved must include
q + 1 p, . . ., q + p. The default value of maxlag follows fr om t his.
The impulse r esponse is t hen est imat ed via,
or via,
depending upon whet her t hir d- or four t h-or der cumulant s ar e used. We
assume b(0) = h(0) = 1.
x n ( ) a k ( )x n k ( )
k 1 =
p

b k ( )u n k ( )
k 0 =
q

+ h k ( )u n k ( )
k 0 =

= =
y n ( ) x n ( ) g n ( ) + =
a k ( )C
3
m k , ( )
k 0 =
p

0 m q > , =
a k ( )C
4
m k 0 , , ( )
k 0 =
p

0 m q > , =
h n ( )
a k ( )C
3
q k n , ( )
k 0 =
p

a k ( )C
3
q k 0 , ( )
k 0 =
p

--------------------------------------------------------------- n 1 q , , = , =
h n ( )
a k ( )C
4
q k n 0 , , ( )
k 0 =
p

a k ( )C
4
q k 0 0 , , ( )
k 0 =
p

--------------------------------------------------------------------- n 1 q , , = , =
armaqs
2-10
In our implement at ion, we est imat e t he AR and IR par amet er s
simult aneously; and we use t he Tot al Least Squar es (TLS) solut ion (see tls).
The MA par amet er s ar e t hen obt ained via,
See Also arrcest, maest, cumest, armarts, tls
References [1] Swami, A., and J .M. Mendel, ARMA par amet er est imat ion using only
out put cumulant s, IEEE Trans. AS S P, Vol. 38, pp. 1257-65, J uly 1990.
[2] Swami, A. and J .M. Mendel, Ident ifiabilit y of t he AR par amet er s of an
ARMA pr ocess using cumulant s, IEEE Trans. on Automatic Control, Vol. 37,
pp. 268-73, Feb. 1992.
b n ( ) a k ( )h n k ( )
k 0 =
p

0 n 1 q. , , = , = =
armarts
2-11
2ar mar t s
Purpose Est imat es ARMA par amet er s using t he r esidual t ime ser ies met hod
Syntax [avec,bvec] = armarts(y,p,q)
[avec,bvec] = armarts(y,p,q,norder,maxlag,samp_seg,
. . . overlap,flag)
Description armarts est imat es t he ARMA par amet er s of t he ARMA(p,q) pr ocess, y, via a
t hr ee-st ep pr ocedur e. Fir st , AR par amet er s ar e est imat ed (via t he funct ion
arrcest); next , t he MA(q) r esidual t ime ser ies, , is
cr eat ed; and, finally, it s MA par amet er s ar e est imat ed (via t he funct ion maest).
p and q ar e t he AR and MA or der s.
Var iable norder specifies t he cumulant -or der t o be used; norder should be t3
or t4; a negat ive value indicat es t hat aut ocor r elat ions as well as cumulant s of
or der | norder| should be used t o est imat e t he AR par amet er s. The default
value is 3.
maxlag specifies t he maximum number of cumulant lags t o be used; it s default
value is q+p.
Var iables samp_seg, overlap, and flag cont r ol t he manner in which sample
cumulant s ar e est imat ed:
samp_seg specifies t he number of samples per segment ; t he default value is t he
lengt h of t he t ime ser ies.
overlap specifies t he per cent age over lap bet ween segment s; t he allowed r ange
is [0,99]; and t he default value is 0.
If flag is biased, t hen biased sample est imat es ar e comput ed (default ); if t he
fir st let t er is not b, unbiased est imat es ar e comput ed.
If y is a mat r ix, t he columns ar e assumed t o cor r espond t o independent
r ealizat ions; in t his case overlap is set t o zer o, and samp_seg is set t o t he r ow
dimension. Cumulant s ar e est imat ed fr om each r ealizat ion, and t hen
aver aged.
The est imat ed AR and MA par amet er s ar e r et ur ned in t he vect or s avec and
bvec, r espect ively.
y n ( ) a k ( )y n k ( )
k 0 =
p

=
armarts
2-12
Algorithm The signal is assumed t o be descr ibed by
wher e u(n) is i.i.d. non-Gaussian, and g(n) is Gaussian noise.
The AR par amet er s ar e obt ained as t he least -squar es solut ion t o t he nor mal
equat ions given by
wher e a(0) = 1, m = q + 1, . . ., maxlag, and = q p, . . ., q. Since one must have
at least m = q + 1, . . ., q + p [1,2], it follows t hat t he cumulant lags involved
must include q + 1 p, . . ., q + p; t his leads t o t he default value of maxlag.
If t he est imat ed AR par amet er s ar e exact , t hen t he r esidual t ime ser ies is an
MA(q) pr ocess,
hence, t he MA par amet er s can now be det er mined via t he algor it hms descr ibed
in maest. Not e t hat t he even if g(n) is whit e, t he addit ive noise in is no
longer whit e. We assume t hat b(0) = h(0) = 1.
See Also arrcest, maest, cumest, armaqs
x n ( ) a k ( )x n k ( )
k 1 =
p

b k ( )u n k ( )
k 0 =
q

+ =
y n ( ) x n ( ) g n ( ) + =
a k ( )R m k ( )
k 0 =
p

0 m q > , =
a k ( )C
3
m k , ( )
k 0 =
p

0 m q > , =
a k ( )C
4
m k 0 , , ( )
k 0 =
p

0 m q > , =
y n ( ) a k ( )y n k ( )
k 0 =
p

b k ( )u n k ( )
k 0 =
q

a k ( )g n k ( );
k 0 =
p

+ =
y n ( )
armarts
2-13
References [1] Giannakis, G.B. and J .M. Mendel, Ident ificat ion of non-minimum phase
syst ems using higher -or der st at ist ics, IEEE Trans. AS S P, Vol. 37, pp. 360-77,
Mar . 1989.
[2] Swami, A. and J .M. Mendel, Ident ifiabilit y of t he AR par amet er s of an
ARMA pr ocess using cumulant s, IEEE Trans. on Automatic Control, Vol. 37,
pp. 268-73, Feb. 1992.
armasyn
2-14
2ar masyn
Purpose Gener at es ARMA synt het ics
Syntax zmat = armasyn
zmat = armasyn(default )
Description armasyn gener at es t he t ime ser ies descr ibed by
wher e u(k) is t he i.i.d. input t o t he ARMA(p,q) model whose AR(p) and MA(q)
polynomials ar e given by A(z) and B(z), r espect ively; g(k) is signal-independent
noise gener at ed via
wher e w(k) is an i.i.d. sequence, and t he polynomials A
n
(z) and B
n
(z) det er mine
t he spect r um of t he noise.
If armasyn is invoked wit hout any input ar gument s, t hen you ar e pr ompt ed for
all t he par amet er s (samples per r ealizat ion; number of r ealizat ions; ARMA
par amet er s for t he signal pr ocess; pdf of t he input dr iving noise, u(k); noise
var iance; ARMA par amet er s for t he obser vat ion noise pr ocess, g(k); pdf of t he
noise, w(n); signal-t o-noise r at io).
If t he funct ion is invoked as armasyn(default), wher e t he var iable default
may t ake on any value(s), t hen, t he default set t ings ar e used. Time ser ies y in
file ar1.mat, was gener at ed via y=armasyn(1);.
zmat r et ur ns t he gener at ed dat a: each column cor r esponds t o a differ ent
r ealizat ion.
z k ( )
B z ( )
A z ( )
------------u k ( ) g k ( ) + =
g k ( )
B
n
z ( )
A
n
z ( )
---------------w k ( ) =
arorder
2-15
2ar order
Purpose Est imat es t he AR or der of an AR or ARMA pr ocess
Syntax p = arorder(y,norder,pmax,qmax,flag)
Description Est imat es t he AR or der of an AR or ARMA pr ocess using second-, t hir d-, or
four t h-or der cumulant s.
y is t he obser ved ARMA pr ocess and must be a vect or .
norder specifies t he cumulant or der (s) t o be used; valid values ar e 2, t3, and
t4; a value of 3 (4) indicat es t hat or der det er minat ion should be based on t he
cor r elat ion as well as t he t hir d-or der (four t h-or der ) cumulant s. The default
value is 3.
pmax specifies t he maximum expect ed AR or der ; t he default value is 10.
qmax specifies t he maximum expect ed MA or der ; t he default value is 10.
flag if flag is 1, t he int er nally chosen AR or der is r et ur ned in p; ot her wise,
t he plot of t he singular values of t he cumulant mat r ix is displayed on t he
gr aphics window, and you ar e pr ompt ed t o choose t he or der . The default value
is 1.
p is t he est imat ed AR or der .
Algorithm Let and denot e t he maximum expect ed values of t he AR and MA or der s
(t he par amet er s pmax and qmax, r espect ively). For convenience, let c
ky
(m,) :=
cum(y(n),y(n + m),y(n + ),y(n), . . .,y(n)), k > 2 ; not e t hat we ar e suppr essing (k
3) of t he lags, all of which ar e set t o zer o. Also let
Then, t he singular values of t he mat r ix,
ar e comput ed, wher e k = 2, 3, or 4. If norder is specified as 3(4), t he mat r ices
C
2
and C
3
(C
4
) ar e concat enat ed.
p q
c
k y
m ( ) : c
k y
m p , ( ) c
k y
m q , ( ) , [ ]
T
=
C
k
c
k y
q 1 + ( ) c
k y
q p + ( )
c
k y
q p + 1 + ( ) c
k y
q 2p 1 + ( )
=

.
.
.
arorder
2-16
Let s(m) denot e t he singular values. The AR or der p is t hen given by t he value
of n which maximizes s(n) s(n + 1), t hat is, it cor r esponds t o t he index at which
t he singular values show t he maximum dr op.
See Also maorder
Reference [1] Giannakis, G.B. and J .M. Mendel, Cumulant -based or der det er minat ion of
non-Gaussian ARMA models, IEEE Trans. AS S P, pp. 1411-21, Aug. 1990
arrcest
2-17
2ar r cest
Purpose Est imat es AR par amet er s using t he nor mal equat ions based on
aut ocor r elat ions and/or cumulant s
Syntax avec = arrcest(y,p)
avec =arrcest(y,p,minlag,norder,maxlag,samp_seg,overlap,flag)
Description arrcest est imat es t he AR par amet er s of t he ARMA(p,q) pr ocess, y, via t he
nor mal equat ions based on aut ocor r elat ions and/or cumulant s.
p is t he AR or der and must be specified.
minlag is t he minimum value of m t o be used in t he nor mal equat ions. If you
want t o est imat e t he AR par amet er s of an ARMA(p,q) pr ocess, minlag should
be gr eat er t han q. (See t he Algor it hm subsect ion for mor e det ails.)
The absolut e value of norder specifies t he cumulant or der t o be used; if norder
is negat ive, least -squar es solut ions based on t he simult aneous solut ion of bot h
aut ocor r elat ion- and cumulant -based nor mal equat ions ar e obt ained. The
allowed values of norder ar e 2, t3, t4. The default value is 2.
maxlag specifies t he maximum number of cumulant lags t o be used; it s default
value is p+minlag.
Var iables samp_seg, overlap, and flag cont r ol t he manner in which sample
cumulant s ar e est imat ed:
samp_seg specifies t he number of samples per segment ; t he default value is t he
lengt h of t he t ime ser ies.
overlap specifies t he per cent age over lap bet ween segment s; t he allowed r ange
is [0,99]; and t he default value is 0.
If flag is biased, t hen biased sample est imat es ar e comput ed (default ); if t he
fir st let t er is not b, unbiased est imat es ar e comput ed.
If y is a mat r ix, t he columns ar e assumed t o cor r espond t o independent
r ealizat ions; in t his case overlap is set t o zer o, and samp_seg is set t o t he r ow
dimension. Cumulant s ar e est imat ed fr om each r ealizat ion, and t hen
aver aged.
The est imat ed AR par amet er s ar e r et ur ned in t he p + 1 element column vect or
avec.
arrcest
2-18
Algorithm In t he noiseless case, t he AR par amet er s ar e obt ained as t he least -squar es
solut ion t o t he nor mal equat ions given by
The AR ident ifiabilit y condit ions, [1]-[2], r equir e t hat = q
o
p, . . ., q
o
, for any
q
o
, and m = q + i + 1, . . ., q + i + p, i 0; t his leads t o t he default value of maxlag.
If t he addit ive noise is whit e (Gaussian or non-Gaussian), t he
aut ocor r elat ion-based equat ions hold only for m > max(p,q). If t he addit ive
noise is non-Gaussian and whit e, t he cumulant -based equat ions hold only for
m > max(p,q); in t hese cases, choose minlag > max(p,q).
See Also armarts, armaqs, cumest
References [1] Swami, A. and J .M. Mendel, ARMA par amet er est imat ion using only
out put cumulant s, IEEE Trans. AS S P, Vol. 38, pp. 1257-65, J uly 1990.
[2] Swami, A. and J .M. Mendel, Ident ifiabilit y of t he AR par amet er s of an
ARMA pr ocess using cumulant s, IEEE Trans. on Automatic Control, Vol. 37,
pp. 268-73, Feb. 1992.
a k ( )R m k ( )
k 0 =
p

0 m q > , =
a k ( )C
3
m k , ( )
k 0 =
p

0 m q > , =
a k ( )C
4
m k 0 , , ( )
k 0 =
p

0 m q > , =
biceps
2-19
2biceps
Purpose Est imat es impulse r esponse via lag-domain bicepst r al met hod
Syntax [hest,ceps,a,b,minh,maxh] = biceps(y,p,q)
[hest,ceps,a,b,minh,maxh] = biceps(y,p,q,samp_seg,
. . . overlap,flag,lh)
Description biceps est imat es t he impulse r esponse of t he linear pr ocess, y, using t he
bicepst r um (lag-domain) met hod.
Var iables p and q denot e t he number of causal and ant icausal cepst r al
par amet er s t o be est imat ed. The t ot al lengt h of t he complex cepst r um is p + q
+ 1.
Var iables samp_seg, overlap, and flag cont r ol t he manner in which sample
cumulant s ar e est imat ed:
samp_seg specifies t he number of samples per segment . It s default value is t he
r ow dimension of y; if y is a r ow vect or , t he column dimension is used as t he
default value.
overlap specifies t he per cent age over lap bet ween segment s; t he allowed r ange
is [0,99]; and t he default value is 0.
If y is a mat r ix, t he columns ar e assumed t o cor r espond t o independent
r ealizat ions or r ecor ds; in t his case overlap is set t o zer o, and samp_seg is set
t o t he r ow dimension.
If flag is 'b', t hen biased sample est imat es of cumulant s ar e est imat ed
(default ); if t he fir st let t er is not b, unbiased est imat es ar e comput ed; only t he
fir st let t er of flag is checked. Cumulant s ar e est imat ed fr om each r ecor d, and
t hen aver aged acr oss t he set of r ecor ds.
lh: t he default value is 2(p+q); t he est imat ed impulse r esponse will r ange fr om
samples lh t o lh.
hest is t he est imat ed impulse r esponse, h(n), n = lh, . . . , lh; t he impulse
r esponse is nor malized so t hat h(0) = 1. Samples of h(n), n < 0, will have
significant values if t he or iginal linear syst em is not minimum-phase (e.g., t he
or iginal syst em is an ARMA model, some of whose zer os or poles lie out side t he
unit cir cle).
ceps is t he est imat ed complex cepst r um , n = q, . . ., p. h

n ( )
biceps
2-20
a is t he vect or of t he minimum-phase cepst r al par amet er s, A
(n)
, n = 1, . . ., p.
b is t he vect or of t he maximum-phase cepst r al par amet er s, B
(n)
, n = 1, . . ., q.
minh is t he minimum-phase component of t he IR;
maxh is t he maximum-phase component of t he IR; so t hat
hest = conv(minh,maxh).
The cepst r al par amet er s and complex cepst r al coefficient s ar e r elat ed via
Any linear syst em can be appr oximat ed by an MA(L) model, pr ovided L is lar ge
enough. If t he MA model has Li zer os inside t he unit cir cle, and L
o
= L Li
zer os out side t he unit cir cle, t hen, t he est imat ed impulse r esponse will show an
appar ent shift of L
o
samples t o t he left of t ime zer o.
Algorithm Det ails of t he algor it hm ar e given in t he Tut or ial.
See Also bicepsf
Reference [1] Pan, R. and C.L. Nikias, The complex cepst r um of higher -or der cumulant s
and non-minimum phase syst em ident ificat ion, IEEE Trans AS S P, Vol. 36,
pp. 186-205, Feb. 1988.
h

n ( )
A
n ( )
n n 0 >
B
n ( )
n n 0 <

=
bicepsf
2-21
2bicepsf
Purpose Est imat es impulse r esponse via fr equency-domain bicepst r al met hod
Syntax [hest,ceps] = bicepsf(y,nlag,samp_seg,overlap,flag,nfft,wind)
Description bicepsf est imat es t he impulse r esponse of t he linear pr ocess, y, using t he
bicepst r um Fast Four ier Tr ansfor m (FFT) met hod.
y is t he dat a vect or or mat r ix.
nlag specifies t he number of cumulant lags t o be comput ed; t he t hir d-or der
cumulant s of y, C
3y
(m,n),will be est imat ed for
nlag <= m,n <= nlag. This par amet er must be specified. A useful r ule of
t humb is t o set nlag t o nsamp/10, wher e nsamp is t he lengt h of t he t ime ser ies y.
Var iables samp_seg, overlap, and flag cont r ol t he manner in which sample
cumulant s ar e est imat ed:
samp_seg specifies t he number of samples per segment or r ecor d. It s default
value is t he r ow dimension of y; if y is a r ow vect or , t he column dimension is
used as t he default value.
overlap specifies t he per cent age over lap bet ween segment s. The default value
is 0. The allowed r ange is [0,99].
If y is a mat r ix, t he columns ar e assumed t o cor r espond t o independent
r ealizat ions; in t his case overlap is set t o zer o, and samp_seg is set t o t he r ow
dimension.
If flag is 'b', t hen biased sample est imat es of cumulant s ar e est imat ed
(default); if t he fir st let t er is not 'b', unbiased est imat es ar e comput ed; only
t he fir st let t er of flag is checked.
Cumulant s ar e est imat ed fr om each r ecor d, and t hen aver aged acr oss t he set
of r ecor ds.
nfft: specifies t he FFT size t o be used for comput ing t he bispect r um and t he
bicepst r um; longer FFT lengt hs yield bet t er est imat es, but also r equir e mor e
st or age (t wo ar r ays of size nfft by nfft). The default value is 128; if nfft is
smaller t han 2*nlag+1, t he power of 2 just lar ger t han 2*nlag+1 will be used.
wind specifies t he lag-domain smoot hing window. If wind is 0, t he Par zen
window will be applied. Ot her wise, t he usual unit hexagonal window will be
applied. The Par zen window is t he default .
bicepsf
2-22
The 1-D Par zen window is defined by,
wher e L = nlag. The act ual window applied t o t he est imat ed cumulant s is given
by,
The unit hexagonal window is given by,
wher e d(m) = 1, | m| nlag.
hest is t he est imat ed impulse r esponse, h(n), n = nt /2, . . ., nt /2 1.
Samples of h(n), n < 0, will have significant values if t he or iginal linear syst em
is not minimum-phase (e.g., t he or iginal syst em is an ARMA model, some of
whose zer os or poles lie out side t he unit cir cle).
ceps is t he est imat ed complex cepst r um, ,
n = nt/2, . . ., nt/2 1.
Not e t hat t he met hod has an inher ent scale and shift ambiguit y. Any linear
syst em can be appr oximat ed by an MA(L) model, pr ovided L is lar ge enough. If
t he MA model has Li zer os inside t he unit cir cle, and
L
o
= L L
i
zer os out side t he unit cir cle, t hen, t he est imat ed impulse r esponse
will show an appar ent shift of L
o
samples t o t he left of t ime zer o.
Algorithm Det ails of t he algor it hm ar e given in t he Tut or ial.
See Also biceps
Reference [1] Pan, R. and C.L. Nikias, The complex cepst r um of higher -or der cumulant s
and non-minimum phase syst em ident ificat ion, IEEE Trans AS S P, Vol. 36,
pp. 186-205, Feb. 1988.
d
p
m ( )
1 6
m
L
--------
,
_
2
6
m
L
--------
,
_
3
+

=
2
1
m
L
--------
,
_
3
m L 2
0
L 2 m L
m L >
W m n , ( ) d
p
m ( )d
p
n ( )d
p
m n ( ). =
W m n , ( ) d m ( )d n ( )d m n ( ) =
h

n ( )
bicoher
2-23
2bicoher
Purpose Bicoher ence est imat ion using t he dir ect (FFT-based) met hod
Syntax [bic, waxis] = bicoher(y)
[bic, waxis] = bicoher(y,nfft,wind,samp_seg,overlap)
Description The bicoher ence of t he pr ocess y is est imat ed via t he dir ect (FFT-based)
met hod.
y is t he dat a vect or or mat r ix.
nfft specifies t he FFT lengt h t o use for comput ing t he bicoher ence; t he
nominal default value is 128; if nfft is smaller t han samp_seg, t he power of 2
just lar ger t han samp_seg will be used.
wind specifies t he time-domain window t o be used; it should be a vect or of
lengt h seg_samp. By default , t he hanning window is used. Dat a segment s ar e
mult iplied by t he t ime-domain window, t hen Four ier t r ansfor med t o comput e
t he fr equency-domain double and t r iple pr oduct s. The Four ier t r ansfor m of t he
window funct ion should be r eal and nonnegat ive.
samp_seg specifies t he number of samples per segment or r ecor d. The default
value is set such t hat eight (possibly over lapped) r ecor ds ar e obt ained.
overlap specifies t he per cent age over lap bet ween segment s. The default value
is 0. The allowed r ange is [0,99].
If y is a mat r ix, t he columns ar e assumed t o cor r espond t o independent
r ealizat ions or r ecor ds; in t his case overlap is set t o zer o, and samp_seg is set
t o t he r ow dimension.
bic is t he est imat ed bicoher ence; it is an nfft-by-nfft ar r ay, wit h or igin at
t he cent er , and axes point ing down and t o t he r ight .
waxis is t he set of fr equencies associat ed wit h t he bicoher ence in bic. Thus, t he
it h r ow (or column) of bic cor r esponds t o t he fr equency waxis(i), i=1,. .
.,nfft. Fr equencies ar e nor malized; t hat is, t he sampling fr equency is
assumed t o be unit y.
A cont our plot of t he magnit ude of t he est imat ed bicoher ence is displayed.
Algorithm The dat a, y, ar e segment ed int o possibly over lapping r ecor ds; t he mean is
r emoved fr om each r ecor d, t he t ime-domain window is applied, and t he FFT
comput ed; t he bispect r um of t he kt h r ecor d is comput ed as,
bicoher
2-24
, wher e X
k
denot es t he FFT of t he kt h
r ecor d, and t he spect r um is comput ed as P
k
(m) = | X
k
(m)|
2
. The spect r al and
bispect r al est imat es ar e aver aged acr oss r ecor ds, and t he bicoher ence is t hen
est imat ed as
wher e B(
1
,
2
) is t he final est imat e of t he bispect r um, and P() is t he final
est imat e of t he power spect r um.
See Also bispecd, bispeci
References [1] Subba Rao, T. and M. Gabr , An Introduction to Bispectral Analysis and
Bilinear Time-S eries Models, pp. 42-43, New Yor k: Spr inger -Ver lag, 1984.
[2] Nikias, C.L. and M.R. Raghuveer , Bispect r um est imat ion: A digit al signal
pr ocessing fr amewor k, Proc. IEEE, Vol. 75, pp. 869-91, J uly 1987.
B
k
m n , ( ) X
k
m ( )X
k
n ( )X
k
*
m n + ( ) =
bi c
1

2
, ( )
B
1

2
, ( )
2
P
1
( )P
2
( )P
1

2
+ ( )
---------------------------------------------------------- =
bicoherx
2-25
2bicoher x
Purpose Cr oss-bicoher ence est imat ion using t he dir ect (FFT-based) met hod
Syntax [bicx, waxis] = bicoherx(w,x,y)
[bicx, waxis] = bicoherx(w,x,y,nfft,wind,samp_seg,overlap)
Description The cr oss-bicoher ence of t he t hr ee pr ocesses w, x and y is est imat ed via t he
dir ect (FFT-based) met hod.
w,x,y should all have t he same dimensions.
nfft specifies t he FFT lengt h t o be used for comput ing t he cr oss-bicoher ence;
t he nominal default value is 128; if nfft is smaller t han samp_seg, t he power
of 2 just lar ger t han samp_seg will be used.
wind specifies t he t ime-domain window t o be used; it should be a vect or of
lengt h samp_seg. By default , t he hanning window is used. Dat a segment s ar e
mult iplied by t he t ime-domain window, t hen Four ier t r ansfor med t o comput e
t he fr equency-domain double and t r iple pr oduct s. The Four ier t r ansfor m of t he
window funct ion should be r eal and nonnegat ive.
samp_seg specifies t he number of samples per segment . The default value is set
such t hat eight (possibly over lapped) r ecor ds ar e obt ained.
overlap specifies t he per cent age over lap bet ween segment s. The default value
is 50. The allowed r ange is [0,99].
If w,x,y ar e mat r ices, t he columns ar e assumed t o cor r espond t o independent
r ealizat ions; in t his case overlap is set t o zer o, and samp_seg is set t o t he r ow
dimension.
bicx is t he est imat ed cr oss-bicoher ence; it is an nfft-by-nfft ar r ay, wit h
or igin at t he cent er , and axes point ing down and t o t he r ight .
waxis is t he set of fr equencies associat ed wit h t he cr oss-bicoher ence in bicx.
Thus, t he it h r ow (or column) of bicx cor r esponds t o t he fr equency waxis(i),
i=1,. . .,nfft. Fr equencies ar e nor malized; t hat is, t he sampling fr equency
is assumed t o be unit y.
A cont our plot of t he magnit ude of t he est imat ed cr oss-bicoher ence is
displayed.
bicoherx
2-26
Algorithm The dat a, w,x,y, ar e segment ed int o possibly over lapping r ecor ds; t he mean is
r emoved fr om each r ecor d, t he t ime-domain window is applied, and t he FFT
comput ed; t he cr oss-bispect r um of t he kt h r ecor d is comput ed as, B
wxy,k
(m,n) =
W
k
(m)X
k
(n) , wher e W
k
, X
k
, and Y
k
denot e t he FFT of t he kt h
segment s of w,x, and y. The spect r a ar e comput ed as P
w,k
(m) = | W
k
(m)|
2
,
P
x,k
(m) = | Xl(m)|
2
, and
Py,k(m) = | Y
k
(m)|
2
. The spect r al and cr oss-bispect r al est imat es ar e aver aged
acr oss r ecor ds, and t he cr oss-bicoher ence is t hen est imat ed as
wher e B
wxy
(
1
,
2
) is t he aver aged est imat e of t he cr oss-bispect r um, and P
w
(),
P
x
(), and P
y
() ar e t he aver aged est imat es of t he power spect r a of w,x and y.
See Also bicoher, bispecdx
References [1] Subba Rao, T. and M. Gabr , An Introduction to Bispectral Analysis and
Bilinear Time-S eries Models, pp. 42-43, New Yor k: Spr inger -Ver lag, 1984.
[2] Nikias, C.L. and A. Pet r opulu, Higher-Order S pectra Analysis: A Nonlinear
S ignal Processing Framework, New J er sey: Pr ent ice-Hall, 1993.
Y
k
*
m n + ( )
bi c
1

2
, ( )
B
wxy

1

2
, ( )
2
P
w

1
( )P
x

2
( )P
y

1

2
+ ( )
------------------------------------------------------------------- =
bispecd
2-27
2bispecd
Purpose Bispect r um est imat ion using t he dir ect (FFT-based) met hod
Syntax [bspec, waxis] = bispecd(y)
[bspec, waxis] = bispecd(y,nfft,wind,samp_seg,overlap)
Description The bispect r um of t he pr ocess y is est imat ed via t he dir ect (FFT-based)
met hod.
y is t he dat a vect or or mat r ix.
nfft specifies t he FFT lengt h t o be used for comput ing t he bispect r um; t he
nominal default value is 128; if nfft is smaller t han samp_seg, t he power of 2
just lar ger t han samp_seg will be used.
wind specifies t he fr equency-domain smoot hing window.
If wind is a scalar , t he Rao-Gabr window of lengt h wind will be used. This
window is defined by [2],
wher e N is half t he FFT lengt h, nfft, and G is t he set of point s, (m,n),
sat isfying,
A unit y value for wind r esult s in no windowing.
If wind <= 0, t he default value of 5 will be used.
If wind is a vect or , it is assumed t o specify a 1-D window fr om which a 2-D
window is comput ed, W(m,n) = w(m)w(n)w(m + n)[1]-[2].
If wind is a 2-D mat r ix, it is assumed t o specify t he 2-D smoot her dir ect ly.
The bispect r um est imat e aver aged acr oss r ecor ds is smoot hed by convolving
wit h t he 2-D window funct ion. The window funct ion should be r eal and
nonnegat ive.
samp_seg specifies t he number of samples per segment . The default value is set
such t hat eight (possibly over lapped) r ecor ds ar e obt ained.
W m n , ( )
3

3
------- 1
m
2
n
2
m n + +
N
2
------------------------------------ m n , ( ) G , =
m
2
n
2
m n + +
wind
2
nfft 2 ( )
2
-----------------------.
bispecd
2-28
overlap specifies t he per cent age over lap bet ween segment s. The default value
is 50. The allowed r ange is [0,99].
If y is a mat r ix, t he columns ar e assumed t o cor r espond t o independent
r ealizat ions; in t his case overlap is set t o zer o, and samp_seg is set t o t he r ow
dimension.
bspec is t he est imat ed bispect r um; it is an nfft-by-nfft ar r ay, wit h or igin at
t he cent er , and axes point ing down and t o t he r ight .
waxis is t he set of fr equencies associat ed wit h t he bispect r um in bspec. Thus,
t he it h r ow (or column) of bspec cor r esponds t o t he fr equency waxis(i), i=1,.
. .,nfft. Fr equencies ar e nor malized; t hat is, t he sampling fr equency is
assumed t o be unit y.
A cont our plot of t he magnit ude of t he est imat ed bispect r um is displayed.
Algorithm The dat a, y, ar e segment ed int o possibly over lapping r ecor ds; t he mean is
r emoved fr om each r ecor d, and t he FFT comput ed; t he bispect r um of t he kt h
r ecor d is comput ed as, , wher e X
k
denot es
t he FFT of t he kt h r ecor d, wher e denot es t he FFT of t he kt h r ecor d. The
bispect r al est imat es ar e aver aged acr oss r ecor ds, and an opt ional
fr equency-domain smoot her (specified by par amet er wind) is applied.
See Also bispeci
References [1] Subba Rao, T. and M. Gabr , An Introduction to Bispectral Analysis and
Bilinear Time-S eries Models, pp. 42-43, New Yor k: Spr inger -Ver lag, 1984.
[2] Nikias, C.L. and M.R. Raghuveer , Bispect r um est imat ion: A digit al signal
pr ocessing fr amewor k, Proc. IEEE, Vol. 75, pp. 869-91, J uly 1987.
B
k
m n , ( ) X
k
m ( )X
k
n ( )X
k
*
m n + ( ) =
bispecdx
2-29
2bispecdx
Purpose Cr oss-bispect r um est imat ion using t he dir ect (FFT) met hod
Syntax [bspec,waxis]=bispecdx(x,y,z,nfft,wind,samp_seg,overlap,flag)
Description The cr oss-bispect r um of t he t hr ee pr ocesses, x, y, and z, B
xyz
(
1
,
2
), is
est imat ed via t he dir ect (FFT) met hod.
x, y, and z should have t he same dimensions.
nfft specifies t he FFT lengt h t o be used for comput ing t he cr oss-bispect r um;
t he nominal default value is 128; t he act ual FFT size used will be
max(samp_seg, nfft).
wind specifies t he fr equency-domain smoot hing window. If wind is a scalar , t he
Rao-Gabr window [2]
of lengt h wind will be used; her e is half t he FFT lengt h, nfft, and is t he set of
point s, (m,n), sat isfying,
A unit y value for wind r esult s in no windowing.
If wind <=0, t he default value of 5 will be used.
If wind is a vect or , it is assumed t o specify a 1-D window fr om which a 2-D
window is comput ed, W(m,n) = w(m)w(n)w(m + n) [1]-[2].
If wind is a 2-D mat r ix, it is assumed t o specify t he 2-D smoot her dir ect ly.
The bispect r um est imat e aver aged acr oss r ecor ds is smoot hed by convolving
wit h t he 2-D window funct ion.
samp_seg specifies t he number of samples per segment . The default value is set
such t hat eight (possibly over lapped) r ecor ds ar e obt ained.
overlap specifies t he per cent age over lap bet ween segment s. The default value
is 50. The allowed r ange is [0,99].
If y is a mat r ix, t he columns ar e assumed t o cor r espond t o independent
r ealizat ions; in t his case overlap is set t o zer o, and samp_seg is set t o t he r ow
dimension.
W m n , ( )
3

3
------- 1
m
2
n
2
m n + +
N
2
------------------------------------ m n , ( ) G , =
m
2
n
2
m n + +
wind
2
nfft 2 ( )
2
-----------------------.
bispecdx
2-30
flag a cont our plot of t he est imat ed cr oss-bispect r um will be displayed only
if flag is nonzer o; t he default value is 1.
bspec is t he est imat ed cr oss-bispect r um. It is an nfft-by-nfft ar r ay, wit h
or igin at t he cent er , and axes point ing down and t o t he r ight .
waxis is t he set of fr equencies associat ed wit h t he cr oss-bispect r um in bspec;
t hus, t he it h r ow (or column) of bspec cor r esponds t o t he fr equency waxis(i),
i=1,. . .,nfft. Fr equencies ar e nor malized; t hat is, t he sampling fr equency
is assumed t o be unit y.
Algorithm The cr oss-bispect r um definit ion used in t his r out ine is given by,
and is t he 2-D Four ier t r ansfor m of t he cr oss-cumulant defined by
For a complex pr ocess, t he cr oss-cumulant may also be defined by conjugat ing
one or mor e of t he t er ms x, y, and z. This is r eadily accomplished by using t he
MATLAB funct ion conj.
x, y, and z ar e segment ed int o possibly over lapping r ecor ds; t he mean is
r emoved fr om each r ecor d, and t he FFT comput ed. The cr oss-bispect r um of t he
kt h r ecor d is comput ed as,
wher e X
k
, Y
k
and Z
k
ar e t he FFTs of t he kt h segment s of x, y, and z. The
bispect r al est imat es ar e aver aged acr oss r ecor ds, and an opt ional
fr equency-domain smoot her (specified by par amet er wind) is applied.
See Also bispecd
References [1] Subba Rao, T. and M. Gabr , An Introduction to Bispectral Analysis and
Bilinear Time-S eries Models, pp. 42-43, New Yor k: Spr inger -Ver lag, 1984.
[2] Nikias, C.L. and A. Pet r opulu, Higher-Order S pectra Analysis: A Nonlinear
S ignal Processing Framework, New J er sey: Pr ent ice-Hall, 1993.
B
xy z

1

2
, ( ) : E X
1
( )Y
2
( )Z *
1

2
+ ( ) { }, =
C
x yz
m n , ( ) : E x t m + ( )y t n + ( )z * t ( ) { }. =
B
xyz k ,
m n , ( ) X
k
m ( )Y
k
n ( )Z
k
*
m n + ( ) =
bispeci
2-31
2bispeci
Purpose Bispect r um est imat ion using t he indir ect met hod
Syntax [bspec,waxis] = bispeci(y,nlag)
[bspec,waxis] = bispeci(y,nlag,samp_seg,
overlap,flag,nfft,wind)
Description The bispect r um of t he pr ocess y is est imat ed via t he indir ect met hod.
y is t he dat a vect or or mat r ix.
nlag specifies t he number of cumulant lags t o be comput ed; t he t hir d-or der
cumulant s of y, C
3y
(m,n), will be est imat ed for nlag <=m, n <= nlag. This
par amet er must be specified. A useful r ule of t humb is t o set nlag t o nsamp/10,
wher e nsamp is t he lengt h of t he t ime ser ies y.
samp_seg specifies t he number of samples per segment or r ecor d. The default
value of samp_seg is t he lengt h of t he t ime ser ies.
overlap specifies t he per cent age over lap bet ween segment s. The default value
is 0. The allowed r ange is [0,99].
If y is a mat r ix, t he columns ar e assumed t o cor r espond t o independent
r ealizat ions; in t his case overlap is set t o zer o, and samp_seg is set t o t he r ow
dimension.
flag should be eit her biased (unbiased) for biased(unbiased) sample est imat es
of cumulant s. By default , biased est imat es ar e comput ed.
If t he fir st let t er is not 'b', unbiased est imat es ar e comput ed.
nfft specifies t he FFT lengt h t o be used for comput ing t he bispect r um; t he
default value is 128; if nfft is smaller t han 2*nlag+1, t he power of 2 just lar ger
t han 2*nlag+1 will be used.
wind specifies t he lag-domain smoot hing window. If wind is 0, t he Par zen
window will be applied. Ot her wise, t he usual unit hexagonal window will be
applied. The Par zen window is t he default .
bispeci
2-32
The 1-D Par zen window is defined by,
wher e L = nlag. The act ual window applied t o t he est imat ed cumulant s is given
by,
W(m,n) = d
p
(m)d
p
(n)d
p
(m n).
The unit hexagonal window is given by,
W(m,n) = d(m)d(n)d(m n).
wher e d(m) = 1, | m| nlag.
bspec is t he est imat ed bispect r um; it is an nfft-by-nfft ar r ay, wit h or igin at
t he cent er , and axes point ing down and t o t he r ight .
waxis is t he set of fr equencies associat ed wit h t he bispect r um in bspec. Thus,
t he it h r ow (or column) of bspec cor r esponds t o t he fr equency waxis(i).
Fr equencies ar e nor malized; t hat is, t he sampling fr equency is assumed t o be
unit y.
Algorithm The dat a, y, ar e segment ed int o possibly over lapping r ecor ds; biased or
unbiased sample est imat es of t hir d-or der cumulant s ar e comput ed for each
r ecor d and t hen aver aged acr oss r ecor ds; a lag window is applied t o t he
est imat ed cumulant s, and t he bispect r um is obt ained as t he 2-D FFT of t he
windowed cumulant funct ion.
See Also bispecd
References [1] Subba Rao, T. and M. Gabr , An Introduction to Bispectral Analysis and
Bilinear Time-S eries Models, pp. 42-43, New Yor k: Spr inger -Ver lag, 1984.
[2] Nikias, C.L. and M.R. Raghuveer , Bispect r um est imat ion: A digit al signal
pr ocessing fr amewor k, Proc. IEEE, Vol. 75, pp. 869-91, J uly 1987.
d
p
m ( )
1 6
m
L
--------
,
_
2
6
m
L
--------
,
_
3
+

'

=
2 1
m
L
--------
,
_
3
m L 2
0
L 2 m L
m L >
bispect
2-33
2bispect
Purpose Theor et ical bispect r um of an ARMA pr ocess
Syntax [bspec, waxis] = bispect(ma,ar,nfft)
Description The t heor et ical bispect r um cor r esponding t o an ARMA pr ocess is comput ed.
ma is t he MA par amet er vect or , and must be specified.
ar is t he AR par amet er vect or ; it s default value is [1.0].
nfft specifies t he FFT lengt h t o be used for comput ing t he bispect r um; t he
default value is 512.
bspec is t he bispect r um cor r esponding t o t he ARMA model. It is an
nfft-by-nfft ar r ay, wit h or igin at t he cent er , and axes point ing down and t o
t he r ight .
waxis is t he set of fr equencies associat ed wit h t he bispect r um in bspec; t hus,
t he it h r ow (or column) of bspec cor r esponds t o t he fr equency waxis(i). The
sampling fr equency is assumed t o be unit y.
Algorithm Let H() = B()/A() denot e t he t r ansfer funct ion of t he ARMA filt er ; t hen, t he
bispect r um is given by,
B(
1
,
2
) = H(
1
)H(
2
)H*(
1
+
2
).
See Also cumtrue, trispect
References [1] Subba Rao, T. and M. Gabr , An Introduction to Bispectral Analysis and
Bilinear Time-S eries Models, pp. 42-43, New Yor k: Spr inger -Ver lag, 1984.
[2] Nikias, C.L. and M.R. Raghuveer , Bispect r um est imat ion: A digit al signal
pr ocessing fr amewor k, Proc. IEEE, Vol. 75, pp. 869-91, J uly 1987.
cum2x
2-34
2cum2x
Purpose Comput es t he cr oss-cumulant (covar iance) of t wo signals
Syntax cvec = cum2x(x,y,maxlag,samp_seg,overlap,flag)
Description Comput es t he second-or der cr oss-cumulant (covar iance) of t he t wo signals, x
and y.
x, y should have ident ical dimensions.
maxlag specifies t he maximum lag of t he cumulant t o be comput ed; it s default
value is 0.
samp_seg specifies t he number of samples per segment . It s default value is t he
r ow dimension of y; if y is a r ow vect or , t he column dimension is used as t he
default value.
overlap specifies t he per cent age over lap bet ween segment s; t he allowed r ange
is [0,99]; t he default value is 0.
If flag is biased, t hen biased sample est imat es ar e comput ed (default ); if t he
fir st let t er is not b, unbiased est imat es ar e comput ed.
cvec will cont ain t he sample est imat es of
E{ }, m = maxlag, . . . , maxlag.
Her e
x
denot es t he mean of pr ocess x, and t he super scr ipt
*
denot es complex
conjugat ion.
If x, y ar e mat r ices, columns ar e assumed t o cor r espond t o differ ent
r ealizat ions; in t his case, overlap is set t o 0, and samp_seg t o t he r ow
dimension; t he cr oss-cumulant is est imat ed fr om each r ealizat ion, and t hen
aver aged acr oss t he suit e of r ealizat ions.
x* n ( )
x
*
( ) y n m + ( )
y
( )
cum2x
2-35
Algorithm Let x(n) and y(n), n = 1, . . ., N, denot e t he t wo t ime ser ies. Let M denot e t he
number of samples per segment (t he value of t he var iable samp_seg). Let O
denot e t he per cent age over lap bet ween segment s (t he value of t he var iable
overlap). Let M
1
= M M
*
O/100. Then, t he t ime ser ies, x and y, ar e
segment ed int o K r ecor ds of M samples each, wher e
K = (N M
*
O/100)/M. The kt h r ecor d or segment of x consist s of t he samples
x
k
(i) = x(i + (k 1)
*
M
1
), i = 1, . . ., M; k = 1, . . ., K;
y
k
(i) is defined similar ly.
The sample mean is r emoved fr om each r ecor d, and sample est imat es of t he
cr oss-covar iance ar e comput ed as
wher e t he summat ion over i ext ends fr om 1 + max(0, m) t o
M max(0, m). The nor malizing par amet er M(m) is ident ically equal t o M for
biased est imat es, and equals M max(0, m) max(0, m) for unbiased
est imat es. The cumulant s est imat ed fr om t he K r ecor ds ar e t hen aver aged t o
obt ain t he final est imat e,
See Also cum3x, cum4x, cumest
C
k
m ( )
1
M m ( )
---------------- x
k
*
i

i ( )y
k
i m + ( ), =
C m ( )
1
K
---- C
k
m ( )
k 1 =
K

. =
cum3x
2-36
2cum3x
Purpose Comput es t he t hir d-or der cr oss-cumulant of t hr ee signals
Syntax cvec = cum3x(x,y,z,maxlag,samp_seg,overlap,flag,k1)
Description Comput es t he t hir d-or der cr oss-cumulant of t he t hr ee signals, x, y, and z,
which should have ident ical dimensions.
maxlag specifies t he maximum lag of t he cumulant t o be comput ed; it s default
value is 0.
samp_seg specifies t he number of samples per segment . It s default value is t he
r ow dimension of y; if y is a r ow vect or , t he column dimension is used as t he
default value.
overlap specifies t he per cent age over lap bet ween segment s; t he allowed r ange
is [0,99]; and t he default value is 0.
If flag is biased, t hen biased sample est imat es ar e comput ed (default ); if t he
fir st let t er is not 'b', unbiased est imat es ar e comput ed.
Par amet er k1 cont r ols which 1-D slice of t he cr oss-cumulant is comput ed; t he
default value is 0. By var ying k1, we can obt ain t he ent ir e t hir d-or der cr oss
cumulant s.
cvec will cont ain t he sample est imat es of
E{ (z(n + k1)
z
}, m = maxlag, . . . , maxlag.
Her e
x
denot es t he mean of pr ocess x, and t he super scr ipt
*

denot es complex
conjugat ion.
If x, y, z ar e mat r ices, columns ar e assumed t o cor r espond t o differ ent
r ealizat ions; in t his case overlap is set t o zer o, and samp_seg is set t o t he r ow
dimension; t he cr oss-cumulant is est imat ed fr om each r ealizat ion, and t hen
aver aged acr oss t he suit e of r ealizat ions.
x* n ( )
x
*
( ) y n m + ( )
y
( )
cum3x
2-37
Algorithm Let x(n), y(n), and z(n), n = 1, . . ., N denot e t he t hr ee t ime ser ies. Let M denot e
t he number of samples per segment (t he value of t he var iable samp_seg). Let O
denot e t he per cent age over lap bet ween segment s (t he value of t he var iable
overlap). Let M
1
= M M
*
O/100. Then, t he t ime ser ies, x, y, and z, ar e
segment ed int o K r ecor ds of M samples each, wher e K = (N M
*
O/100)/M. The
kt h r ecor d or segment of x consist s of t he samples
x
k
(i) = x(i + (k 1)
*
M
1
), i = 1, . . ., M; k = 1, . . ., K;
y
k
(i) and z
k
(i) ar e defined similar ly.
The sample mean is r emoved fr om each r ecor d, and sample est imat es of t he
t hir d-or der cr oss-cumulant s ar e obt ained as,
wher e t he summat ion over i ext ends fr om 1 + max(0,-m,-n) t o M max(0, m,n).
The nor malizing par amet er M(m,n) is ident ically equal t o M for biased
est imat es, and equals M max(0,m,n) max(0,-m,-n) for unbiased est imat es.
The cumulant s est imat ed fr om t he K r ecor ds ar e t hen aver aged t o obt ain t he
final est imat e,
See Also cum2x, cum4x, cumest
C
k
m n , ( )
1
M m n , ( )
---------------------- x
k
*
i

i ( )y
k
i m + ( )z
k
i n + ( ), =
C m n , ( )
1
K
---- C
k
m n , ( )
k 1 =
K

. =
cum4x
2-38
2cum4x
Purpose Comput es t he four t h-or der cr oss-cumulant of four signals
Syntax cvec = cum4x(w,x,y,z,maxlag,samp_seg,overlap,flag,k1,k2)
Description Comput es t he four t h-or der cr oss-cumulant of t he four signals, w, x,y, and z,
which should have ident ical dimensions.
maxlag specifies t he maximum lag of t he cumulant t o be comput ed; it s default
value is 0.
samp_seg specifies t he number of samples per segment . It s default value is t he
r ow dimension of y; if y is a r ow vect or , t he column dimension is used as t he
default value.
overlap specifies t he per cent age over lap bet ween segment s; t he allowed r ange
is [0,99]; and t he default value is 0.
If flag is biased, t hen biased sample est imat es ar e comput ed (default ); if t he
fir st let t er is not 'b', unbiased est imat es ar e comput ed.
Par amet er s k1 and k2 cont r ol which 1-D slice of t he cr oss-cumulant is
comput ed; t he default value for bot h t he par amet er s is 0. By var ying k1 and k2,
we can obt ain t he ent ir e four t h-or der cr oss-cumulant .
cvec will cont ain t he sample est imat es of
cum(w
*
(n), x(n + m), y(n + k1), z
*
(n + k2)), m = maxlag, . . ., maxlag,
wher e t he super scr ipt
*
denot es complex conjugat ion, and
cum(a,b,c,d) = E(abcd) E(ab)E(cd) E(ac)E(bd) E(ad)E(bc), and it is
assumed t hat a,b,c,d ar e zer o-mean r andom var iables.
If w, x, y, z ar e mat r ices, columns ar e assumed t o cor r espond t o differ ent
r ealizat ions; in t his case overlap is set t o zer o, and samp_seg is set t o t he r ow
dimension; t he cr oss-cumulant is est imat ed fr om each r ealizat ion, and t hen
aver aged acr oss t he suit e of r ealizat ions.
cum4x
2-39
Algorithm Let w(n), x(n), y(n) and z(n), n = 1, . . ., N denot e t he t hr ee t ime ser ies. Let M
denot e t he number of samples per segment (t he value of t he var iable
samp_seg). Let O denot e t he per cent age over lap bet ween segment s (t he value
of t he var iable overlap). Let M
1
= M M
*
O/100. Then, t he t ime ser ies, w, x,y,
and z, ar e segment ed int o K r ecor ds of M samples each, wher e K = (N M
*
O/
100)/M. The kt h r ecor d or segment of x consist s of t he samples
x
k
(i) = x(i + (k 1)
*
M
1
), i = 1, . . ., M; k = 1, . . ., K;
w
k
(i), y
k
(i) and z
k
(i) ar e defined similar ly.
The sample mean is r emoved fr om each r ecor d, and sample est imat es of t he
four t h-or der cr oss-cumulant s ar e obt ained as,
wher e t he summat ion over i is such t hat t he indices of w(), x(), y(), and z() ar e
all in t he r ange [1,M]. The nor malizing par amet er M(m,n,t ) is ident ically equal
t o M for biased est imat es, and equals
M max(0,m,n,t) max(0,-m,-n,-t ) for unbiased est imat es, and t he nor malizing
par amet er M(m) is ident ically equal t o M for biased est imat es, and equals M
max(0,m) max(0,-m) for unbiased est imat es. The cumulant s est imat ed fr om
t he K r ecor ds ar e t hen aver aged t o obt ain t he final est imat e,
See Also cum2x, cum3x, cumest
C
k
m n t , , ( )
=
1
M m n t , , ( )
--------------------------- - w
k
*
i

i ( )x
k
i m + ( )y
k
i n + ( )z
k
*
i t + ( )

1
M m ( )
---------------- w
k
*
i

i ( )x
k
i m + ( )

' ;


1
M t n ( )
---------------------- y
k
i ( )z
k
*
i t n + ( )
i


' ;


1
M n ( )
-------------- w
k
*
i

i ( )y
k
i n + ( )

' ;


1
M t m ( )
------------------------ x
k
i ( )z
k
*
i t m + ( )
i


' ;


1
M t ( )
------------ w
k
*
i

i ( )z
k
*
i t + ( )

' ;


1
M n m ( )
------------------------- x
k
i ( )y
k
i n m + ( )
i


' ;

C m n t , , ( )
1
K
---- C
k
m n t , , ( )
k 1 =
K

. =
cumest
2-40
2cumest
Purpose Comput es sample est imat es of cumulant s using t he over lapped-segment
met hod
Syntax cvec = cumest(y)
cvec = cumest(y,norder,maxlag,samp_seg,overlap,flag,k1,k2)
Description cumest comput es sample est imat es of a 1-D slice of t he cumulant s of t he
pr ocess y.
y is t he dat a mat r ix or vect or .
norder specifies t he cumulant or der , and should be 2, 3, or 4; t he default value
is 2.
maxlag specifies t he maximum lag of t he cumulant t o be comput ed; it s default
value is 0.
samp_seg specifies t he number of samples per segment ; t he default value is t he
lengt h of t he t ime ser ies.
overlap specifies t he per cent age over lap bet ween segment s; maximum
allowed value is 99; default value is 0.
If flag is biased, t hen biased sample est imat es ar e comput ed (default ); if t he
fir st let t er is not 'b', unbiased est imat es ar e comput ed.
If y is a mat r ix, t he columns ar e assumed t o cor r espond t o independent
r ealizat ions; in t his case overlap is set t o zer o, and samp_seg is set t o t he r ow
dimension. Cumulant s ar e est imat ed fr om each r ealizat ion, and t hen
aver aged.
Par amet er s k1 and k2 cont r ol which 1-D slice of t he cumulant funct ion is
comput ed; t heir default values ar e zer o.
cvec will cont ain C
2
(m), C
3
(m,k1) or C
4
(m,k1,k2),
m = maxlag, . . . , maxlag, depending upon t he specified cumulant or der .
Not e t hat cumest est imat es a 1-D slice of t he cumulant .
cumest
2-41
Algorithm Let y(n), n = 1, . . ., N denot e t he t hr ee t ime ser ies. Let M denot e t he number of
samples per segment (t he value of t he var iable samp_seg). Let O denot e t he
per cent age over lap bet ween segment s (var iable overlap). Let M
1
= M M
*
O/
100. Then, t he t ime ser ies, y, is segment ed int o K r ecor ds of M samples each,
wher e K = (N M
*
O/100)/M. The kt h r ecor d or segment of x consist s of t he
samples
y
k
(i) = y(i + (k 1)
*
M1), i = 1, . . ., M; k = 1, . . ., K.
The sample mean is r emoved fr om t he kt h r ecor d, and sample est imat es of t he
cumulant s ar e comput ed. For example, sample est imat es of t hir d-or der
cumulant s ar e obt ained as,
wher e M(m,n) M for biased est imat es, and M max(0,m,n) + min(0,m,n) for
unbiased est imat es. The final est imat e is given by Second- and four t h-or der
cumulant est imat es ar e obt ained similar ly; see also t he algor it hm descr ipt ions
for M-files cum2x, and and cum4x.
See Also cumtrue, cum2x, cum3x, cum4x
Reference [1] Nikias, C.L. and M.R. Raghuveer , Bispect r um est imat ion: A digit al signal
pr ocessing fr amewor k, Proc. IEEE, Vol. 75, pp. 869-91, J uly 1987.
C
3y k ,
m n , ( )
1
M m n , ( )
---------------------- y
k
*
i 1 = ma x 0 m n , , ( ) +
M ma x 0 m n , , ( )

i ( )y
k
i m + ( )y
k
i n + ( ) =
C
3y
m n , ( )
1
K
---- C
3y k ,
m n , ( )
k 1 =
K

. =
cumtrue
2-42
2cumt rue
Purpose Comput es t heor et ical (t hat is, t r ue) cumulant s of a linear pr ocess
Syntax cmat = cumtrue(ma)
cmat = cumtrue(ma,ar,norder,nlags,k)
Description cumtrue comput es t he t heor et ical (t hat is, t r ue) cumulant s of a linear (ARMA)
pr ocess.
ma is t he MA par amet er vect or , and must be specified. If q is t he MA or der , t hen
ma will be of lengt h q+1.
ar is t he AR par amet er vect or ; it s default value is [1]. If p is t he AR or der , t hen
ar will be of lengt h p+1.
norder is t he cumulant or der ; allowed values ar e 2, 3 and 4; t he default value
is 3.
nlags is t he maximum number of cumulant lags t o be comput ed. The default
value of nlags is q+p.
If four t h-or der cumulant s ar e r equest ed, t hat is, norder is 4, t hen, k r efer s t o
t he t hir d-lag of t he four t h-or der cumulant C
4
(i,j,k). It s default value is 0.
cmat is t he vect or or mat r ix of t heor et ical cumulant s. If norder is 2, cmat is a
column vect or of lengt h 2
*
nlags + 1, and consist s of C
2
(m),
m = nlags,. . ., nlags.
If norder is 3 or 4, cmat is a 2
*
nlags + 1 by 2
*
nlags + 1 mat r ix. If norder is
3, t he (i,j) element of t he mat r ix is C
3
(i nlags 1, j nlags 1), and, if norder
is 4, t he (i,j) element of t he mat r ix is C
4
(i nlags 1,
j nlags 1,k). Not e t hat t he (nlags+1,nlags+1) element of t he mat r ix cmat
cont ains C
3
(0,0) or C
4
(0,0,k).
cumtrue
2-43
Algorithm Let h(n) denot e t he impulse r esponse of a linear syst em, excit ed by an i.i.d.
pr ocess, u(n), wit h kt h or der cumulant ,
ku
. Then, t he kt h or der cumulant of t he
out put of t he linear syst em is given by t he Bar t let t -Br illinger -Rosenblat t
for mula,
In t his module,
ku
is assumed t o be unit y.
See Also bispect, trispect
Reference [1] Mendel, J .M., Tut or ial on higher -or der st at ist ics (spect r a) in signal
pr ocessing and syst em t heor y: Theor et ical r esult s and some applicat ions,
Proc. IEEE, Vol. 79, pp. 278-305, 1991.
C
k y

1

k 1
, , ( )
k u
h
n 0 =

n ( )h n
1
+ ( )h n
k 1
+ ( ) =
doa
2-44
2doa
Purpose Dir ect ion of ar r ival est imat ion, based on spat ial covar iance or four t h-or der
cumulant mat r ix
Syntax [spec,theta,dvec] = doa(ymat)
[spec,theta,dvec] = doa(ymat,dspace,dtheta,nsource,order,delta)
Description doa est imat es t he angular spect r a (of sour ce bear ings), for a unifor mly spaced
linear ar r ay, using t he Eigenvect or , Music, Pisar enko, ML (Capon), AR,
minimum-nor m, beamfor mer , and ESPRIT met hods based eit her on
four t h-or der cumulant s or t he spat ial covar iance mat r ix. The peaks in t he
angular spect r a nominally indicat e t he dir ect ion of ar r ival (DOA).
var ious algor it hms based on t he diagonal slice of t he four t h-or der cumulant or
t he spat ial cr oss-cor r elat ion.
ymat is t he dat a ar r ay; each column cor r esponds t o a differ ent sensor ; t he r ows
cor r espond t o snapshot s.
dspace is t he element spacing in wavelengt h unit s; t he default value is 0.5 (half
wavelengt h spacing)
dtheta is t he angular spacing (in degr ees) at which t he spect r a ar e t o be
comput ed; t he default value is 2 degr ees.
nsource is t he number of sour ces; t he default value is 0. If nsource is not
posit ive you ar e pr ompt ed t o choose t he number of sour ces. This value can be
infer r ed fr om t he display of t he singular values of t he covar iance or t he
four t h-or der cumulant mat r ix as follows. If t he singular values, (k), ar e mor e
or less const ant for k > p, t hen, a useful r ule-of-t humb is t o choose p as t he
number of sour ces. (Wit h finit e dat a r ecor ds, you can expect a slow decr ease in
t he smaller singular values.) Usually, t her e will be a significant dr op in t he
singular value fr om (p) t o (p + 1).
order specifies t he cumulant or der t o use; it should be eit her 2 (for
cr oss-cor r elat ion based est imat es) or 4 (for est imat es based on t he diagonal
slice of t he four t h-or der cr oss-cumulant ). The default value is 4.
delta is t he displacement bet ween t he t wo subar r ays for ESPRIT; her e, we
assume t hat t he t wo subar r ays ar e obt ained by par t it ioning a single ar r ay. If
t her e ar e m sensor s (t he column dimension of ar r ay ymat), t hen, t he fir st ar r ay
doa
2-45
will consist of sensor s 1,2, . . .,m-delta, and t he second ar r ay will consist
of sensor s delta, delta+1, . . ., m. The default value of delta is 1.
spec is t he ar r ay of est imat ed spect r a; t he columns cor r espond t o est imat es
based on t he Eigenvect or , Music, Pisar enko, ML (Capon), AR, minimum-nor m
and beamfor mer met hods; t he r ows cor r espond t o bear ing angles, which ar e
r et ur ned in t he vect or theta. All est imat ed spect r a ar e nor malized t o a
maximum value of unit y.
theta is t he vect or of bear ings, cor r esponding t o t he r ows of spec.
dvec is t he vect or of bear ings est imat ed by ESPRIT.
Algorithm Det ails of t he algor it hm ar e given in t he Tut or ial.
See Also harmest
References [1] J ohnson, D.H., The applicat ion of spect r um est imat ion met hods t o bear ing
est imat ion pr oblems, Proc. IEEE, Vol. 70, pp. 975-89, 1982.
[2] Pan, R. and C.L. Nikias, Har monic decomposit ion met hods in cumulant
domains, Proc. ICAS S P-88, pp. 2356-59, New Yor k, 1988.
[3] Roy, R. and T. Kailat h, ESPRIT Est imat ion of signal par amet er s via
r ot at ional invar iance t echniques, IEEE Trans AS S P, Vol. 37, pp. 984-95, J uly
1989.
[4] Swami, A. and J .M. Mendel, Cumulant -based appr oach t o t he har monic
r et r ieval and r elat ed pr oblems, IEEE Trans. AS S P, Vol. 39, pp. 1099-1109,
May 1991.
doagen
2-46
2doagen
Purpose Gener at es synt het ics for t he dir ect ion of ar r ival (DOA) pr oblem, using a
unifor m linear ar r ay
Syntax ymat = doagen
ymat = doagen(default)
Description doagen gener at es synt het ics for t he DOA pr oblem. The sensor ar r ay is assumed
t o be linear and equispaced (unifor m).
zmat r et ur ns t he gener at ed dat a: each column cor r esponds t o a differ ent
r ealizat ion.
If doagen is invoked wit hout any input ar gument s, t hen you ar e pr ompt ed for
all par amet er s: t he sour ce bear ings, number of sensor s (msens), sensor spacing,
number of samples per sensor r ecor d (nsamp), pdf of sour ce signal, var iance of
addit ive noise, pdf of addit ive noise, and ARMA par amet er s for t he noise
spect r um. The sensor ar r ay is assumed t o be linear and unifor mly spaced.
If t he user -specified noise var iance is gr eat er t han zer o, t he sensor signals ar e
st andar dized t o unit y var iance, befor e t he addit ive noise is added t o t hem.
If t he funct ion is invoked as doagen(default), wher e t he var iable default
may t ake on any value(s), t hen, t he default set t ings ar e used. Mat r ix ymat in
file doa1.mat was gener at ed via ymat = doagen(1);.
ymat is an nsamp-by-msens ar r ay, wher e nsamp is t he number of samples per
sensor r ecor d, and msens is t he number of sensor s. The kt h column cont ains t he
signal obser ved at t he kt h sensor .
glstat
2-47
2glst at
Purpose Comput es decision st at ist ics for Hinichs Gaussianit y and linear it y t est s
Syntax [sg, sl] = glstat(y)
[sg, sl] = glstat(y,cparm,nfft)
Description glstat est imat es t he decision st at ist ics for Hinichs Gaussianit y and linear it y
t est s.
The bispect r um is est imat ed using t he dir ect met hod, and a fr equency-
domain 2-D boxcar smoot her is applied. The power spect r um is est imat ed via
t he dir ect met hod, and a boxcar smoot her is applied. The bicoher ence is t hen
est imat ed. The Gaussianit y t est (act ually zer o-skewness t est ) basically
involves deciding whet her or not t he est imat ed bicoher ence is zer o. The
linear it y t est involves deciding whet her or not t he est imat ed bicoher ence is
const ant .
y is t he t ime ser ies (should be a vect or ).
cparm is t he r esolut ion par amet er ; it should lie bet ween 0.5 and 1.0, if a single
r ecor d is used; t he default value is 0.51. Incr easing cparm decr eases t he
var iance of t he smoot hed bispect r al and spect r al est imat es, but at t he expense
of poor er r esolut ion.
nfft is t he FFT lengt h t o be used; t he default lengt h is 128. If t he lengt h of y
is gr eat er t han nfft, y is segment ed int o r ecor ds of lengt h nfft.
The boxcar window lengt h, M, is t he value obt ained by r ounding off (nfft)
cparm
.
sg, t he st at ist ic for t he Gaussianit y t est , is a t hr ee-element vect or :
sg(1) is t he est imat ed st at ist ic S.
sg(2) is t he number of degr ees of fr eedom (df), p.
sg(3) is t he pr obabilit y of false alar m (Pfa).
Mor e specifically, it is t he pr obabilit y t hat a
2
r andom var iable wit h p degr ees
of fr eedom could have a value lar ger t han t he est imat ed S in sg(1). If t his
pr obabilit y is small, say, 0.05, t hen we may r eject t he hypot hesis of zer o
skewness at a Pfa (or significance level) of 0.05. In ot her wor ds, if you decide t o
accept t he hypot hesis t hat t he dat a have nonzer o skewness, t hen t he
pr obabilit y t hat t he dat a may act ually have zer o skewness is given by sg(3). If
Pfa is lar ge, t hen t he hypot hesis of zer o skewness cannot be easily r eject ed.
glstat
2-48
sl, t he st at ist ic for t he linear it y t est , is a t hr ee-element vect or : (see below for
mor e det ails):
sl(1) is t he est imat ed st at ist ic R.
sl(2) is t he est imat ed par amet er (t his par amet er is called
o
in Hinichs
paper ).
sl(3) is t he t heor et ical value of R.
The linear it y hypot hesis should be r eject ed if t he est imat ed st at ist ic, R, is much
lar ger or much smaller t han t he int er quar t ile r ange of (t he
2

dist r ibut ed r andom var iable, wit h 2 degr ees of fr eedom, and noncent r alit y
par amet er , ) [1]. In pr act ice, for a nonlinear pr ocess, t he est imat ed R value
may be expect ed t o be much lar ger t han t he t heor et ical R value [1]. The number
of samples available t o est imat e t he int er quar t ile r ange is also pr int ed; not e
t hat t he est imat e cannot be r eliable if t he number of samples is small.
Algorithm Let B
3y
(
1
,
2
) denot e t he bispect r um, and let P
yy
() denot e t he power
spect r um. The nor malized bispect r um (or bicoher ence) is defined as
Under t he Gaussianit y (zer o skewness) assumpt ion, t he expect ed value of t he
bicoher ence is zer o, t hat is, E{bic
y
(
1
,
2
)} = 0. The t est of Gaussianit y is based
on t he mean bicoher ence power ,
wher e t he summat ion is per for med over t he nonr edundant r egion of t he
bispect r um; det ails ar e given in [1]. The st at ist ic S is
2
dist r ibut ed, wit h p
degr ees of fr eedom, wher e p is a funct ion of t he FFT lengt h, nfft, and t he
r esolut ion par amet er , cparm [1].
Under t he linear it y assumpt ion, B
n
(
1
,
2
) is const ant for all
1
and
2
.
Let

2
2
( )
bi c
y

1

2
, ( ) =
B
3y

1

2
, ( )
P
yy

1
( )P
yy

2
( )P
yy

1

2
+ ( ) ( )
1 2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------.
S bi c
y

1

2
, ( )
2
,

=
X
1

2
, ( )
1
N
1 2
*
cparm
-------------------------------------B
n

1

2
, ( ). =
glstat
2-49
An est imat e of := (2N
2
*
cparm-1
)
3x
is obt ained. Not e t hat X(
1
,
2
) is
chi-squar ed dist r ibut ed wit h noncent r alit y par amet er . The sample
int er quar t ile r ange R of t he X(m,n)s is est imat ed, and should be compar ed wit h
t he t heor et ical int er quar t ile r ange of a chi-squar ed dist r ibut ion wit h t wo
degr ees of fr eedom and noncent r alit y par amet er .
These st at ist ics ar e defined in Hinichs paper [1]. Sankar ans appr oximat ions
in [2] ar e used t o est imat e t he Pfa and t he t heor et ical int er quar t ile value of
.
References [1] Hinich, M.J ., Test ing for Gaussianit y and linear it y of a st at ionar y t ime
ser ies, J . Time S eries Analysis, Vol. 3, pp. 169-76, 1982.
[2] Pat el, J .K. and C.B. Read, Handbook of the Normal Distribution, Sec 7.9.4,
M. Dekker , New Yor k, 1982.

2
2
( )
harmest
2-50
2harmest
Purpose Est imat ion of fr equencies of har monics in color ed Gaussian noise, and power
spectra
Syntax [Pxx,ar1,ar2] = harmest(y)
[Pxx,ar1,ar2] = harmest(y,maxlag,p_order,flag,nfft,norder)
Description harmest est imat es t he fr equencies of r eal har monics in noise, and power
spect r a using t he MUSIC, Eigenvect or , Pisar enko, ML (Capon), AR and
minimum-nor m met hods based eit her on t he diagonal slice of four t h-or der
cumulant s, or on t he covar iance; it also est imat es t he convent ional
per iodogr am.
y is t he dat a mat r ix; each of it s columns is assumed t o cor r espond t o a differ ent
r ealizat ion.
maxlag specifies t he number of cumulant lags t o be comput ed;
maxlag should be gr eat er t han t wice t he maximum number of har monics
expect ed. The default value of maxlag is ar bit r ar ily set t o nsamp/12, wher e
nsamp is t he r ow dimension of t he dat a mat r ix.
p_order specifies t he or der (must be gr eat er t han or equal t o t wice t he number
of har monics); if t his par amet er is not specified, or is not posit ive, you ar e
pr ompt ed for t he value of p_order. The or der can be infer r ed fr om t he display
of t he t he singular values of t he cumulant mat r ix as follows. If t he singular
values, (k), ar e mor e or less const ant for k > p, t hen, a useful r ule-of-t humb is
t o choose p as t he number of har monics. (Wit h finit e dat a r ecor ds, one should
expect a slow decr ease in t he singular values.) Usually, t her e will be a
significant dr op in t he singular value fr om (p) t o (p + 1).
If flag is biased, biased sample est imat es of cumulant s ar e comput ed
(default); if t he fir st let t er is not 'b', unbiased est imat es ar e comput ed.
nfft specifies t he FFT lengt h; it s default value is 256.
norder specifies t he cumulant or der t o use; it should be eit her 2 (for covar iance
based est imat es) or 4 (for est imat es based on t he diagonal slice of t he
four t h-or der cumulant ). The default value is 4.
Pxx is an nfft/2 7 mat r ix, whose fir st five columns, r espect ively cont ain
est imat es of power spect r a obt ained via t he MUSIC, Eigenvect or , Pisar enko,
ML (Capon) and AR met hods based on t he diagonal slice of t he four t h-or der
harmest
2-51
cumulant or t he covar iance funct ion. The sixt h column cont ains t he st andar d
power spect r um est imat e obt ained via t he per iodogr am met hod. The last
column is t he est imat e obt ained by applying t he minimum nor m algor it hm. All
est imat ed spect r a ar e nor malized t o a maximum value of unit y for pur poses of
display only. The est imat ed power spect r a ar e displayed on t he MATLAB
gr aphics window.
ar1 is t he est imat ed par amet er vect or for t he AR met hod.
ar2 is t he est imat ed par amet er vect or for t he minimum-nor m met hod.
Algorithm Let C denot e t he maxlag by maxlag mat r ix, wit h ent r ies,
C(i,j) = C4y(i j,0,0) or C(i,j) = C
2y
(i j). Also, let C = VS V denot e t he eigen
decomposit ion, wher e S is t he diagonal mat r ix of eigenvalues, (k), and V is t he
mat r ix of eigenvect or s, v
k
, k = 1, . . ., maxlag. Let
e () := [1,exp(j) , . . ., exp(j(maxlag 1))]
denot e t he FFT vect or ; and let p denot e t he chosen or der (t he par amet er
p_order). Then, t he power spect r al est imat es ar e obt ained as follows.
wher e,
wher e (k) is t he Kr onecker delt a funct ion.
The AR power spect r um is obt ained as follows: Fir st , a r ank appr oximat ion of
t he mat r ix C is obt ained, as , wher e is obt ained fr om S by set t ing
(k) = 0, k = p + 1, . . ., M. The AR par amet er vect or is t hen obt ained as t he
solut ion t o ; t he met hod in [5] is used, and t he solut ion is for ced t o have
unit y modulus.
P ( ) w k ( ) e ( )v
k
2
k p = 1 +
M

,


_
=
w k ) ( )
1 MUSIC
1 k ( ) Eigenvect or
k m ( ) Pisar enko

=
C

VS

V = S

a 0 =
harmest
2-52
The ML(Capon) solut ion is given by,
Let V denot e t he mat r ix of eigenvect or s cor r esponding t o t he p lar gest
eigenvalues of R. Par t it ion mat r ix V as,
The AR par amet er vect or for t he minimum-nor m solut ion is given by
The power spect r um is given by
References [1] Pan, R., and C.L. Nikias, Har monic decomposit ion met hods incumulant
domains, Proc. IEEE ICASSP-88, pp. 2356-59, 1988.
[2] Swami, A., and J .M. Mendel, Cumulant -based appr oach t o t he har monic
r et r ieval and r elat ed pr oblems, IEEE Trans. AS S P, Vol. 39, pp. 1099-1109,
May 1991; see also Proc. ICAS S P-88, pp. 2264-67, 1988.
[3] Cadzow, J .A., Spect r al Est imat ion: An Over det er mined Rat ional Model
Equat ion Appr oach, Proc. IEEE, Vol. 70, pp. 907-38, 1982.
[4] Haykin, S., Adaptive Filter Theory, New J er sey: Pr ent ice-Hall, pp. 464-70,
2nd ed., 1991.
[5] Kumar esan, R. and D.W. Tuft s, Est imat ing t he angles of ar r ival of mult iple
plane waves, IEEE Trans. AES , Vol. 19, pp. 134-39, 1983.
P
ML
( )
1
k ( )
----------- e ( )v
k
2
k 1 =
p

,


_
=
1
V
v
1
T
V
r
. =
a
1
V
r
*
v
1
1 v
H
v ( )
. =
S ( ) 1/ a k ( ) j k ( ) exp
k 0 =
p

2
. =
harmgen
2-53
2harmgen
Purpose Gener at es har monics in color ed Gaussian noise
Syntax zmat = harmgen
zmat = harmgen(default)
Description harmgen gener at es independent r ealizat ions of t he signal
If harmgen is invoked wit hout any input ar gument s, t hen you ar e pr ompt ed for
t he lengt h of t he r ealizat ions, t he number of r ealizat ions, t he number of
har monics (p), t heir fr equencies (
k
) and amplit udes (
k
), and t he var iance of
t he addit ive color ed Gaussian noise, g(n).
The addit ive color ed Gaussian noise, g(n), is gener at ed by passing a whit e
Gaussian noise sequence t hr ough an user -specified ARMA filt er (you ar e
pr ompt ed for t hese ARMA par amet er s). For each r ealizat ion, t he phases
k
ar e
chosen r andomly fr om an unifor m dist r ibut ion. Not e t hat noise-fr ee
r ealizat ions can be obt ained by specifying a value of zer o for t he noise var iance
(when pr ompt ed).
If t he funct ion is invoked as harmgen(default), wher e t he var iable default
may t ake on any value(s), t hen, t he default set t ings ar e used (see Examples
below).
Each column of zmat cor r esponds t o a differ ent r ealizat ion.
The mat r ix zmat in t he file harm.mat can be r egener at ed via
zmat = harmgen(1);.
y n ( ) a
k
2
k
n
k
+ ( ) cos
k 1 =
p

g n ( ) + =
hosademo
2-54
2hosademo
Purpose A guided t our of t he Higher -Or der Spect r al Analysis Toolbox
Syntax hosademo
Description hosademo t akes you on a guided t our of t he Higher -Or der Spect r al Analysis
Toolbox; hosademo also offer s a br ief int r oduct ion t o t he ar ea of higher -or der
st at ist ics.
hosahelp
2-55
2hosahelp
Purpose Gives a one-line synopsis for all M-files in t he Higher -Or der Spect r al Analysis
Toolbox
Syntax hosahelp
Description hosahelp gives a one-line synopsis for all t he document ed M-files in t he
Higher -Or der Spect r al Analysis Toolbox.
hprony
2-56
2hpr ony
Purpose Est imat es t he par amet er s of a complex t r ansient signal modeled as t he sum of
complex exponent ials wit h decaying amplit udes
Syntax [a,theta,alpha,fr] = hprony(x,p)
Description Models a complex t r ansient signal as t he sum of complex exponent ials wit h
decaying amplit udes,
wher e p is t he or der ; t he a(k)s ar e amplit udes, (k)s ar e t he init ial phases,
(k)s ar e t he damping fact or s, and (k)s ar e t he fr equencies.
x is t he t ime ser ies; it must be a vect or .
p is t he or der ; default value is n/10, wher e n is t he lengt h of x.
a is t he vect or of est imat ed amplit udes.
theta is t he vect or of est imat ed init ial phases.
alpha is t he vect or of est imat ed damping fact or s.
fr is t he vect or of est imat ed fr equencies.
The input t ime ser ies, and t he t ime ser ies cor r esponding t o t he est imat ed
par amet er s ar e plot t ed.
Algorithm The Signal Pr ocessing Toolbox funct ion prony is used t o fit an ARMA(p,p-1)
model t o t he t r ansient signal; t he MATLAB funct ion residue is used t o conver t
t he ARMA par amet er s t o t he pole-r esidue for m; t hese ar e t hen conver t ed t o t he
amplit ude, phase, fr equency, and damping fact or t er ms.
Not e t hat est imat es of t he amplit ude and st ar t ing phase ar e sensit ive t o t he
pr esence of addit ive noise.
Reference [1] Kr auss, T., J .N. Lit t le, and L. Shur e, MATLAB S ignal Processing Toolbox
Users Guide, The Mat hWor ks Inc., 1994.
x n ( ) a k ( )e
j k ( )
n k ) j 2 k ( + ( ) ( ) ( ) exp ,
k 1 =
p

=
ivcal
2-57
2ivcal
Purpose Comput es inst r ument al var iables. Used by rivdl and rivtr
Syntax z = ivcal(y)
z = ivcal(y,morder,lambda)
Description ivcal comput es t he inst r ument al var iable cor r esponding t o t he cor r elat ion, or
t o t he diagonal slice of t hir d- or four t h-or der cumulant s.
y is t he t ime ser ies. If y is a mat r ix, each column is t r eat ed independent ly.
morder is t he cumulant or der : it should be less t han 5; default value is 3.
lambda is t he for get t ing fact or ; 0 < lambda 1; t he default value is 1.
z is t he comput ed inst r ument al var iable. z(n) is obt ained fr om y(n) as follows:
wher e, for 0 < < 1,
s(n) = s(n 1) + y
2
(n), s(1) = y
2
(1).
and, for = 1,
Reference [1] Swami, A., and J .M. Mendel, Adapt ive Cumulant -Based Est imat ion of
ARMA Par amet er s, Proc. Amer. Control Conf., ACC-88, At lant a, GA, 2114-19,
J une 1988.
mor der z(n)
q <= 0 y(n+q)
1 sign (y(n))
2 y(n)
3 y
2
(n)
4 y
3
(n) 3s(n)
*
y(n)
s n ( )
1
n
--- y
2
k ( )
k 1 =
n

=
maest
2-58
2maest
Purpose Est imat es MA par amet er s using t he modified GM met hod
Syntax bvec = maest(y,q)
bvec = maest(y,q,norder,samp_seg,overlap,flag)
Description maest est imat es t he par amet er s of t he MA(q) pr ocess, y, via t he modified GM
met hod, based on cumulant s of or der norder and t he aut ocor r elat ion.
y is t he dat a vect or or mat r ix.
q is t he MA or der .
norder should be 3 or 4; t he default value is 3.
Var iables samp_seg, overlap, and flag cont r ol t he manner in which sample
cumulant s ar e est imat ed:
samp_seg specifies t he number of samples per segment ; t he default value is t he
lengt h of t he t ime ser ies.
overlap specifies t he per cent age over lap bet ween segment s; maximum
allowed value is 99; default value is 0.
If flag is biased, t hen biased sample est imat es ar e comput ed; (default); if t he
fir st let t er is not 'b', unbiased est imat es ar e comput ed.
If y is a mat r ix, t he columns ar e assumed t o cor r espond t o independent
r ealizat ions; in t his case overlap is set t o zer o, and samp_seg is set t o t he r ow
dimension. Cumulant s ar e est imat ed fr om each r ealizat ion, and t hen
aver aged.
The est imat ed MA par amet er s ar e r et ur ned in t he q + 1 element column vect or
bvec.
Algorithm The GM met hod obt ains t he least -squar es solut ion t o t he set of equat ions,
wher e n = q, . . ., 2q, and norder = 3. For norder = 4, t he equat ions ar e
b k ( )C
3
n k n k , ( )
k 0 =
q

b
2
k ( )R n k ( )
k 1 =
q

R n ( ), =
maest
2-59
wher e n = q, . . ., 2q. Her e, R, C
3
, and C
4
ar e t he second-, t hir d- and
four t h-or der cumulant s, r espect ively.
In or der t o handle addit ive whit e noise, equat ions involving R(0) ar e
eliminat ed, since t he var iance of t he noise is unknown.
The modified GM met hod incor por at es a fix, due t o Tugnait [2], which appends
t he following set of equat ions t o t he pr eceding set of equat ions for
n = q, . . .,q, or ,
depending upon t he specified cumulant or der . The least -squar es solut ion t o t he
combined syst em of equat ions is obt ained. Her e, , and
.
When t hir d-or der cumulant s ar e used, t he met hod est imat es bot h b(k) and
b
2
(k). Let b
1
(k) and b
2
(k) denot e t he est imat es of b(k) and b
2
(k). If all t he
est imat ed b
2
(k)s ar e nonnegat ive, t he final MA par amet er est imat e is obt ained
as,
ot her wise, .
When four t h-or der cumulant s ar e used, t he met hod est imat es bot h b(k) and
b
3
(k). Let b
1
(k) and b
3
(k) denot e t he est imat es of b(k) and b
3
(k). If all t he
b k ( )C
4
n k n k n k , , ( )
k 0 =
q

b
3
k ( )R n k ( )
k 1 =
q

R n ( ), =

3
R n ( ) b k ( )C
3
k n q , ( )
k 1 =
q

C
3
n q , ( ) =

4
R n ( ) b k ( )C
4
k n q 0 , , ( )
k 1 =
q

C
4
n q 0 , , ( ) =

3

3u
b q ( )
u
2
=

4

4u
b q ( )
u
2
=
b

k ( ) s i gn b
1
k ( ) ( )
*
0.5 b
1
2
k ( ) b
2
k ( ) + ( ); =
b

k ( ) b
1
k ( ) =
maest
2-60
est imat ed b
3
(k)s have t he same sign as t he cor r esponding b
1
(k)s, t hen t he final
MA par amet er est imat e is obt ained as,
ot her wise, .
References [1] Giannakis, G.B. and J .M. Mendel, Ident ificat ion of non-minimum phase
syst ems using higher -or der st at ist ics, IEEE Trans. AS S P, Vol. 37, pp. 360-77,
Mar . 1989.
[2] Tugnait , J .K., Appr oaches t o FIR syst em ident ificat ion wit h noisy dat a
using higher -or der st at ist ics, IEEE Trans. AS S P, Vol. 38, pp. 1307-17, J uly
1990.
b

k ( ) s i gn b
1
k ( ) ( )
*
b
1
k ( ) b
3
k ( )
1 3
+ ( )/2; =
b

k ( ) b
1
k ( ) =
maorder
2-61
2maor der
Purpose Est imat es t he or der of an MA pr ocess
Syntax q = maorder(y,qmin,qmax,pfa,flag)
Description Est imat es t he or der of an MA pr ocess using t hir d-or der cumulant s.
y is t he obser ved MA pr ocess and must be a vect or .
qmin specifies t he minimum expect ed MA or der ; t he default value is 0.
qmax specifies t he maximum expect ed MA or der ; t he default value is 10.
pfa specifies t he pr obabilit y of false alar m for t he hypt hesis t est ing pr ocedur e;
t he default value is 0.05.
flag if flag is nonzer o, t he sample est imat e of C
3
(q,k), it s est imat ed
var iance, t he t hr eshold cor r esponding t o t he specified pfa, and whet her t he
absolut e value of t he est imat ed C
3
(q,k) is less t han t he t hr eshold ar e displayed
on t he command window. The default value is 1.
q is t he est imat ed MA or der .
Algorithm The basic idea is t hat for an MA(q) pr ocess, t he t r ue values of t he cumulant
c
3y
(m,0) will be ident ically zer o, if m > q. When t he t r ue cumulant s ar e r eplaced
by sample est imat es, t he est imat ed values of c
3y
(q + 1,0),
i > 0 will not be ident ically zer o; a st at ist ical t est is used t o det er mine whet her
t he est imat ed values ar e close t o zer o. The t est is based on est imat ing t he
t heor et ical var iance of t he sample est imat es of c
3y
(m,0).
Sample est imat es, , and t heir var iances ar e est imat ed for m r anging
fr om qmin t o qmax.
For an MA(q) pr ocess, t he asympt ot ic var iance of t he sample est imat e of c
3y
(q
+ 1,0) is given by,
c
3y
m 0 , ( )

2
q 1 + ( )
1
N
2
------- 1
j
N
----
,
_
j q =
2q 1 +

i 1 =
N

=
y
2
i ( )y i q 1 + + ( ) c
3y
q 1 0 , + ( ) [ ]
y
2
i j + ( )y i j q 1 + + + ( ) c
3y
q 1 0 , + ( ) [ ]
maorder
2-62
wher e N is t he lengt h of t he t ime ser ies.
The sample est imat es ar e asympt ot ically nor mal and unbiased: hence, t he
t hr eshold t
c
in
is given by
wher e erfinv is t he MATLAB inver se er r or funct ion. Let m
o
denot e t he lar gest
value of m in t he r ange qmin t o qmax for which | c
3y
(m + 1,0)| > t
c
(m + 1) (so
t hat t he hypot hesis of MA(m
o
) model fails). Then, t he MA or der is declar ed t o
be m
o
+ 1. In t he example, m
o
is 2, and t he MA or der was declar ed t o be 3.
This is a st at ist ical t est , and pfa specifies t he fr act ion of t he t ime t hat t he t est
r esult s will be wr ong. In ot her wor ds, in a Mont e Car lo simulat ion of 1000
t r ials, you should expect t he t est r esult s t o be wr ong 1000
*
pfa t imes.
Addit ionally not e t hat t he t est condit ion is necessar y, but not sufficient .
See Also arorder
Reference [1] Giannakis, G.B. and J .M. Mendel, Cumulant -based or der det er minat ion of
non-Gaussian ARMA models, IEEE Trans. AS S P, pp. 1411-21, Aug. 1990.
P r c
3y
m 1 0 , + ( ) t
c
m 1 + ( ) { } 1 pfa =
t
c
m 1 + ( ) i n v er 1 pfa ( )
*
2
*

2
m 1 + ( ) =
matul
2-63
2mat ul
Purpose Nonpar amet r ic magnit ude and phase r et r ieval using t he Mat suoka-Ulr ych
algor it hm
Syntax hest = matul(bspec)
Description The phase and log magnit ude of t he t r ansfer funct ion ar e est imat ed via t he
Mat suoka-Ulr ych algor it hm, and t hen conver t ed t o t he t ime-domain impulse
r esponse.
bspec is t he bispect r um ar r ay (such as t hat comput ed by bispeci or bispecd).
hest is t he est imat ed impulse r esponse.
Algorithm The phase unwr apping algor it hm in [2] is used t o r esolve t he phase ambiguit y
in t he basic algor it hm r epor t ed in [1].
See Also bispecd, bispeci, biceps
References [1] Mat suoka, T. and T.J . Ulr ych, Phase est imat ion using t he bispect r um,
Proc. IEEE, Vol. 72, pp. 1403-11, 1984.
[2] Rangoussi, M. and G.B. Giannakis, FIR modeling using log-bispect r a:
Weight ed least -squar es algor it hms and per for mance analysis, IEEE Trans.
Cir S ys, Vol. 38, pp. 281-96, 1991.
nlgen
2-64
2nlgen
Purpose Comput es t he out put of a second-or der Volt er r a syst em
Syntax y = nlgen(x,h,q)
Description Comput es t he out put of a second-or der Volt er r a syst em.
x is t he input t o t he nonlinear syst em; it may be a vect or or a mat r ix; if it is a
mat r ix, columns ar e assumed t o cor r espond t o differ ent r ealizat ions, and each
column is pr ocessed separ at ely.
h is t he impulse r esponse of t he linear par t ; it should be a vect or .
q is t he impulse r esponse of t he quadr at ic par t ; it should be a mat r ix. Not e t hat
funct ions nltick and nlpow assume t hat q is symmet r ic.
y is t he out put of t he nonlinear syst em, and will have t he same dimensions as
x; it is comput ed via,
wher e L is t he lengt h of h, and q is M-by-N .
The dat a files nl1.mat and nl2.mat wer e gener at ed via t his funct ion.
See Also nltick, nlpow
y n ( ) h k ( )x n k ( )
k 0 =
L 1

q k l , ( )x n k ( )x n l ( ),
l 0 =
N 1

k 0 =
M 1

+ =
nlpow
2-65
2nlpow
Purpose Nonpar amet r ic second-or der Volt er r a Syst em Ident ificat ion met hod for
ar bit r ar y input signals
Syntax [h, q] = nlpow(x,y,nfft)
Description Implement s t he nonpar amet r ic met hod of Power s et al [1] for t he ident ificat ion
of a second-or der Volt er r a syst em, given bot h t he input and out put signals.
x is t he input t o t he nonlinear syst em.
y is t he out put pr ocess; it must have t he same dimensions as x. If y is a mat r ix,
columns ar e assumed t o cor r espond t o independent r ealizat ions.
nfft is t he FFT lengt h t o be used; t he default value is t he power of 2 gr eat er
t han t he lengt h of t he t ime ser ies (r ow dimension for mat r ices).
h is t he est imat ed impulse r esponse of t he linear par t .
q is t he est imat ed impulse r esponse of t he quadr at ic par t .
Algorithm The fr equency-domain input -out put r elat ionship of t he second-or der Volt er r a
syst em under consider at ion is,
It is assumed t hat Q(
1
,
2
) =Q(
2
,
1
) = Q*(
1
,
2
).
Tr ansfer funct ions H() and Q(
1
,
2
) ar e obt ained as t he least squar es solut ion
t o t he set of equat ions, Y(m) = A
T
b(m), wher e,
and
Her e, M is t he FFT lengt h nfft, and m = 0, . . ., M/2 .
See Also nltick
Y ( ) H ( )X ( ) Q
1

2
, ( )X
1
( )X
2
( )

1

2
= +

+ =
b m ( ) H m ( ) Q
m 1 +
2
---------------
m 1
2
-------------- ,
,
_
Q
m 3 +
2
---------------
m 3
2
-------------- ,
,
_
Q
M
4
----- m
M
4
----- ,
,
_
, , , ,
T
=
A X m ( ) X
m 1 +
2
---------------
,
_
X
m 1
2
--------------
,
_
X
m 3 +
2
---------------
,
_
X
m 3
2
--------------
,
_
X
M
4
-----
,
_
X m
M
4
-----
,
_
, , ,
T
. =
nlpow
2-66
Reference [1] Power s, E.J ., Ch.P. Rit z, C.K. An, S.B. Kim, R.W. Miksad and S.W. Nam,
Applicat ions of digit al polyspect r al analysis t o nonlinear syst ems modeling
and nonlinear wave phenomena, Proc. Workshop on Higher-Order S pectral
Analysis, pp. 73-77, Vail, Color ado, J une 1989.
nltick
2-67
2nlt ick
Purpose Nonpar amet r ic second-or der Volt er r a Syst em Ident ificat ion Met hod for
Gaussian input signals
Syntax [h, q] = nltick(x,y,nfft,wind,samp_seg,overlap)
Description Implement s Ticks nonpar amet r ic met hod for t he ident ificat ion of a
second-or der Volt er r a syst em, given bot h input s and out put s. The input s ar e
assumed t o be Gaussian.
x is t he input t o t he nonlinear syst em.
y is t he out put pr ocess; it must have t he same dimensions as x. If y is a mat r ix,
columns ar e assumed t o cor r espond t o independent r ealizat ions.
nfft is t he FFT lengt h for comput ing power spect r a and cr oss-bispect r a; t he
default value is t he power of 2 gr eat er t han t he lengt h of t he t ime ser ies (r ow
dimension for mat r ices).
wind specifies t he fr equency-domain smoot hing window. If wind is a scalar , t he
Rao-Gabr window of lengt h wind will be used. This window is defined by [2],
wher e N is half t he FFT lengt h, nfft, and G is t he set of point s, (m,n),
sat isfying,
A unit y value for wind r esult s in no windowing.
If wind <= 0, t he default value of 5 will be used.
If wind is a vect or , it is assumed t o specify a 1-D window fr om which a 2-D
window is comput ed, W(m,n) = w(m)w(n)w(m + n) [1]-[2].
If wind is a 2-D mat r ix, it is assumed t o specify t he 2-D smoot her dir ect ly.
The bispect r um est imat e aver aged acr oss r ecor ds is smoot hed by convolving
wit h t he 2-D window funct ion. The window funct ion should be r eal and
nonnegat ive.
W m n , ( )
3

3
------- 1
m
2
n
2
m n + +
N
2
------------------------------------ , m n , ( ) G =
m
2
n
2
m n < + +
wind
2
nfft 2 ( )
2
----------------------- =
nltick
2-68
samp_seg specifies t he number of samples per segment . The default value is set
such t hat eight (possibly over lapped) r ecor ds ar e obt ained.
overlap specifies t he per cent age over lap bet ween segment s. The default value
is 50. The allowed r ange is [0,99].
h is t he est imat ed impulse r esponse of t he linear par t .
q is t he est imat ed impulse r esponse of t he quadr at ic par t .
Algorithm The out put of a second-or der Volt er r a syst em is given by,
The linear par t , h(k), is est imat ed in t he fr equency domain fr om,
S
yx
() = H()S
xx
()
wher e S
xx
() is t he power spect r um of pr ocess x(n), and S
xy
() is t he
cr oss-spect r um of t he pr ocesses x(n) and y(n). This r elat ionship assumes t hat
x(n) is symmet r ically dist r ibut ed.
The quadr at ic par t , q(k,l), is est imat ed in t he fr equency domain fr om,
S
yxx
(
1
,
2
) = 2Q(
1
,
2
)S
xx
(
1
)S
xx
(
2
) + S
xx
(
2
)(
1
+
2
)E{y(n)}
which is obt ained under t he assumpt ion t hat q(k,l) = q(l,k), and t hat x(n) is
Gaussian.
The cr oss-bispect r um, S
yxx
(
1
,
2
), is est imat ed via t he dir ect (FFT) met hod,
using funct ion bispecdx.
See Also nlpow, bispecdx
Reference [1] Tick, L.J ., The est imat ion of t r ansfer funct ions of quadr at icsyst ems,
Technometrics, 3, 563-67, Nov 1961.
y n ( ) h k ( )x n k ( )
k 0 =

q k l , ( )x n k ( )x n l ( )
l 0 =

k 0 =

+ =
pickpeak
2-69
2pickpeak
Purpose Picks peaks subject t o a separ at ion cr it er ion
Syntax [loc, val] = pickpeak(spec,npicks,rdiff)
Description pickpeak picks t he lar gest npicks peaks in t he dat a vect or spec such t hat t he
peaks ar e separ at ed by at least rdiff samples. The default values ar e npicks
= 2 and rdiff = 5. If spec is a mat r ix, each column is t r eat ed independent ly.
loc is t he mat r ix of locat ions (indices) of t he picked peaks; t he kt h column
cor r esponds t o t he kt h column of spec.
val is t he mat r ix of t he amplit udes of t he picked peaks; t he kt h column
cor r esponds t o t he kt h column of spec.
A 0 in locat ion (i,j) of ar r ay loc (or a NaN in ar r ay val) indicat es t hat t he jt h
dat a vect or has less t han i peaks wit h a separ at ion of rdiff or mor e.
qpcgen
2-70
2qpcgen
Purpose Gener at es synt het ics for t he quadr at ically phase-coupled har monics in color ed
Gaussian noise pr oblem
Syntax zmat = qpcgen
zmat = qpcgen(default)
Description qpcgen gener at es independent r ealizat ions of t he signal
wher e
k3
=
k2
+
k1
, and
k3
=
k2
+
k1
;
k1
,
k2
, ar e mut ually
independent , and unifor mly dist r ibut ed over [0,2].
If qpcgen is invoked wit hout any input ar gument s, t hen you ar e pr ompt ed for
t he lengt h of t he r ealizat ions, t he number of r ealizat ions, t he number of
phase-coupled t r iplet s (p), t heir fr equencies (
k1
and
k2
) and amplit udes (
ki
),
as well as t he cor r esponding par amet er s in t he uncoupled case (t he t er ms wit h
an over bar ), and t he var iance of t he color ed Gaussian noise, g(n). The color ed
noise is gener at ed by passing a whit e Gaussian noise sequence t hr ough an
user -specified ARMA filt er (you ar e pr ompt ed for t hese ARMA par amet er s).
The phases
k1
,
k2
, and , i = 1,2,3 ar e chosen r andomly for each r ealizat ion.
Not e t hat noise-fr ee r ealizat ions can be obt ained by specifying a value of zer o
for t he noise var iance.
If t he funct ion is invoked as qpcgen(default), wher e t he var iable default
may t ake on any value(s), t hen, t he default set t ings ar e used (see Examples
below).
Each column of zmat cor r esponds t o a differ ent r ealizat ion.
The mat r ix zmat in t he file qpc.mat can be r egener at ed via
zmat = qpcgen(1);.
y n ( )
k i
2
k i
n
k i
+ ( ) cos
i 1 =
3

k 1 =
p

=
+
k
2
k
n
k
+ ( ) cos
k 1 =
p

g n ( ) +
k

k i
qpctor
2-71
2qpct or
Purpose Det ect ion of quadr at ic phase coupling using t he TOR met hod
Syntax [arvec,bspec] = qpctor(y)
[arvec,bspec] = qpctor(y,maxlag,arorder,nfft,samp_seg, . . .
overlap,flag)
Description qpctor det ect s quadr at ically phase coupled har monics using t he TOR met hod.
y is t he dat a mat r ix; each column of y is assumed t o cor r espond t o a differ ent
r ealizat ion.
maxlag specifies t he maximum number of t hir d-or der cumulant lags, C
3x
(m,m),
t o be used.
ar_order specifies t he AR or der t o use.If t his par amet er is not specified, or is
not posit ive, a plot of t he singular values of t he cumulant mat r ix is displayed,
and you ar e pr ompt ed t o choose an or der .
nfft specifies t he FFT lengt h; it s default value is 64.
samp_seg specifies t he number of samples per segment ; t he default value is t he
lengt h of t he t ime ser ies, or t he r ow dimension if y is a mat r ix.
overlap specifies t he per cent age over lap bet ween segment s; maximum
allowed value is 99; default value is 0; t he par amet er is ignor ed if y is a mat r ix.
If flag is biased, t hen biased sample est imat es of cumulant s ar e comput ed
(default); if t he fir st let t er is not b, unbiased est imat es ar e comput ed.
arvec is t he vect or of est imat ed AR par amet er s.
bspec is t he est imat ed par amet r ic bispect r um.It is an nfft/2-by-nfft ar r ay
whose upper -left handcor ner cor r esponds t o t he or igin in t he bispect r al plane;
t he fr equenciesincr ease downwar ds and t o t he r ight .
Algorithm Det ails of t he algor it hm ar e given in t he Tut or ial.
Reference [1] Raghuveer , M.R., and C.L. Nikias, Bispect r um est imat ion: a par amet r ic
appr oach, IEEE Trans. AS S P, Vol. 33, pp. 1213-30, Oct . 1985.
rivdl
2-72
2r ivdl
Purpose Adapt ive AR par amet er est imat ion using t he double lat t ice for m of t he
r ecur sive inst r ument al var iable algor it hm
Syntax [arvec, fref, bref, fpe] = rivdl(y)
[arvec, fref, bref, fpe] = rivdl(y,morder,arorder, . . .
lambda,delta,thres,nsmuth)
Description The r ecur sive inst r ument al var iable double lat t ice algor it hm is applied t o
est imat e t he AR par amet er s of a possibly nonst at ionar y t ime ser ies.The model
is assumed t o be causal.
y is t he t ime ser ies (must be a vect or ).
morder specifies t he cumulant -or der t o be used; it should be 2, 3, or 4. The
default value is 4.
arorder is t he AR or der (t he number of st ages in t he lat t ice). The default value
is 2.
lambda is t he for get t ing par amet er ; 0 < lambda <= 1. The default value is 0.998.
delta is t he init ializat ion value for F(0) and B(0). It s default value is 0.01.
thres is t he t hr eshold check for division by zer o.If | x| < thres, 1/x is set t o
zer o. The default value is 0.0001 [1].
nsmuth is t he window lengt h for est imat ing t he st eady-st at e AR par amet er s.
It s default value is min(lengt h(y)/4, 50).
arvec is t he st eady-st at e AR par amet er vect or of lengt h arorder + 1. The last
nsmuth samples of t he r eflect ion coefficient s, fref and bref, ar e aver aged, and
t hen conver t ed t o t he AR par amet er s.
fref is an nsamp arorder ar r ay cont aining t he for war d r eflect ion coefficient s
of t he upper lat t ice,wher e nsamp is t he lengt h of t he t ime ser ies y.
bref is an nsamp arorder ar r ay cont aining t he backwar d r eflect ion
coefficient s of t he upper lat t ice.
fpe is t he final pr edict ion er r or .
Algorithm Det ails of t he algor it hm ar e given in t he Tut or ial.
rivdl
2-73
See Also ivcal, rivtr
References [1] Swami, A., and J .M. Mendel, Adapt ive Cumulant -Based Est imat ion of
ARMA Par amet er s, Proc. Amer. Control Conf., ACC-88, At lant a, GA, pp.
2114-19, J une 1988.
[2] Por at , B., B. Fr iedlander , and M. Mor f, Squar e-r oot covar iance ladder
algor it hms, in Proc. ICAS S P-81, At lant a, GA, pp. 877-880, Mar ch 1981.
rivtr
2-74
2r ivt r
Purpose Adapt ive AR par amet er est imat ion using t he t r ansver sal for m of t he r ecur sive
inst r ument al var iable algor it hm
Syntax [arvec,fpe,wt] = rivtr(y)
[arvec,fpe,wt] = rivtr(y,morder,arorder,lambda,delta,nsmuth)
Description The t r ansver sal for m of t he r ecur sive inst r ument al var iable algor it hm
isapplied t o est imat e t he AR par amet er s of a possibly nonst at ionar y t ime
ser ies.The model is assumed t o be causal.
y is t he t ime ser ies (must be a vect or ).
morder specifies t he cumulant -or der t o be used; it should be 2, 3, or 4. The
default value is 4.
arorder is t he AR or der ; t he default value is 2.
lambda is t he for get t ing par amet er ; 0 < lambda <= 1. The default value is 0.998.
delta is t he init ializat ion value for F(0) and B(0). It s default value is t1, wher e
t he sign is t he sign of t he cr oss-cor r elat ion bet ween t he t ime ser ies y and t he
cor r esponding inst r ument al var iable, z, cor r esponding t o or der morder and
unit y value for lambda (z is comput ed via
z = ivcal(y,morder,1)).
nsmuth is t he window lengt h for est imat ing t he st eady-st at e AR par amet er s.
It s default value is min(lengt h(y)/4, 50).
arvec is t he AR par amet er vect or cor r esponding t o t he st eady-st at e (final)
weight vect or , and has lengt h arorder + 1. The last nsmuth samples of t he
t ime-var ying weight s, wt, ar e aver aged, and t hen conver t ed t o t he AR
par amet er s.
fpe is t he final pr edict ion er r or .
wt is a nsamp arorder ar r ay of t he est imat ed weight s of t he adapt ive filt er as
a funct ion of t ime; her e nsamp is t he lengt h of t he t ime ser ies, y.
Algorithm Det ails of t he algor it hm ar e given in t he Tut or ial.
See Also ivcal, rivdl
rivtr
2-75
References [1] Swami, A., and J .M. Mendel, Lat t ice Algor it hms for Recur sive
Inst r ument al Var iable Met hods, US C-S IPI Report-117, Univer sit y of
Sout her n Califor nia, Los Angeles, Dec. 1987.
[2] Swami, A., S ystem Identification Using Cumulants, Ph.D. Disser t at ion,
Univer sit y of Sout her n Califor nia, pp. 107-8, 1988.
rpiid
2-76
2r piid
Purpose Gener at es i.i.d. r andom sequence
Syntax u = rpiid(nsamp)
u = rpiid(nsamp,in_type,pspike)
Description rpiid gener at es a sequence of nsamp i.i.d. r andom var iables, of t he t ype
descr ibed by in_type.
The default dist r ibut ion is nor.
p_spike specifies t he event pr obabilit y for t he Ber noulli-Gaussian dist r ibut ion;
t he default value is 0.1.
The out put sequence, u, is nor malized t o zer o-mean, by subt r act ing t he
t heor et ical (not t he sample) mean. Not e t hat t he mean of any vect or u can be
set t o a and it s st andar d deviat ion t o b via,
u = a + b
*
(u mean(u))/st d(u).
in_type densit y funct ion
exp Single-sided exponent ial
lap Double-sided exponent ial (Laplacian)
nor Nor mal (Gaussian)
bga Ber noulli-Gaussian
uni Unifor m
tde
2-77
2t de
Purpose Time-delay est imat ion (TDE) using t he par amet r ic t hir d-or der cr oss-cumulant
met hod
Syntax [delay,avec] = tde(x,y,max_delay)
[delay,avec] = tde(x,y,max_delay,samp_seg,svdflag)
Description The t ime delay bet ween t wo signals, possibly cor r upt ed wit h spat ially
cor r elat ed color ed Gaussian noise, is est imat ed using t he par amet r ic
t hir d-or der cr oss-cumulant met hod.
x and y ar e t he signals at t he t wo sensor s; t hey must have ident ical dimensions;
if t hey ar e mat r ices, it is assumed t hat t he columns cor r espond t o differ ent
r ealizat ions.
max_delay is t he absolut e value of t he maximum expect ed delay.
samp_seg specifies t he number of samples per segment for est imat ing of
cumulant s; it default s t o t he lengt h of t he t ime ser ies (r ow dimension if x is a
mat r ix).
svdflag is an opt ional par amet er wit h a default value of zer o; if it s value is not
zer o, t he SVD of t he cumulant mat r ix (see t he Algor it hm sect ion for det ails) is
comput ed, and you ar e pr ompt ed t o choose an or der for t he SVD low-r ank
appr oximat ion. The singular values of t he cumulant mat r ix associat ed wit h t he
TDE pr oblem r ar ely show a clean br eak (in cont r ast wit h t hose associat ed wit h
t he har monic r et r ieval pr oblem, solved by harmest, or t he DOA pr oblem, solved
by doa); it is r ecommended t hat t he or der chosen for t he SVD low-r ank
appr oximat ion be gr eat er t han t he value of max_delay.
delay is t he est imat ed delay of signal y wit h r espect t o signal x.
avec is t he est imat ed par amet er vect or ; it is a vect or of lengt h
2-by-max_delay + 1, and cor r esponds t o t ime samples, max_delay, . . . ,
max_delay. The est imat ed delay is t he t ime sample at which avec at t ains it s
maximum absolut e value.
tde
2-78
Algorithm Let x(n) = s(n) + w
1
(n), and y(n) = As(n D) + w
2
(n), denot e t he t wo obser ved
signals, wher e A is t he amplit ude gain, D is t he signal delay bet ween t he t wo
sensor s, and w
1
(n) and w
2
(n) ar e assumed t o be joint ly Gaussian. Let P be t he
maximum expect ed delay. Then,
wher e a(n) = 0, n D, and a(D) = A. Let
C
yxx
(,) := E{y(n)x(n + )x(n + )},
and C
yxx
(,) := E{x(n)x(n + )x(n + )}. We obt ain t he t hir d-or der r ecur sion,
Using t his equat ion for var ious values of and , we get a syst em of linear
equat ions in t he a(i)s, C
xxx
a = c
yxx
. The est imat ed delay is t he index n, which
maximizes | a(n)| . A low r ank appr oximat ion of t he cumulant mat r ix C
xxx
may
be used.
See Also tdeb, tder
Reference [1] Nikias, C.L. and R. Pan, Time delay est imat ion in unknown Gaussian
spat ially cor r elat ed noise, IEEE Trans. AS S P, Vol. 36, pp. 1706-14, Nov. 1988.
y n ( ) a i ( )x n i ( ) w n ( ) +
i P =
P

=
C
y xx
, ( ) a i ( )C
xx x
i + i + , ( ).
i P =
P

=
tdeb
2-79
2t deb
Purpose Time-delay est imat ion (TDE) using t he convent ional bispect r um met hod
Syntax [delay,h] = tdeb(x,y,max_delay,nfft,wind,samp_seg,overlap)
Description The t ime delay bet ween t wo signals, possibly cor r upt ed by color ed Gaussian
noise, is est imat ed using t he convent ional bispect r um met hod. This involves
comput ing t he t hir d-or der hologr am (descr ibed below) t hat exhibit s a peak at
t he t r ue delay.
x and y should bot h be vect or s or mat r ices wit h ident ical dimensions. If t hey
ar e mat r ices, each column is assumed t o be a differ ent r ealizat ion. These ar e
t he signals at t he t wo sensor s. The signals ar e assumed t o have nonzer o
t hir d-or der cumulant s; for example, t hey cannot be symmet r ically dist r ibut ed.
max_delay is t he absolut e value of t he maximum expect ed delay.
nfft specifies t he FFT size t o be used; t he nominal default value is 128; t he
act ual FFT size used will be max(samp_seg, nfft).
wind specifies t he fr equency-domain smoot hing window. If wind is a scalar , t he
Rao-Gabr window [2]
of lengt h wind will be used; her e N is half t he FFT lengt h, nfft, and G is t he
set of point s, (m,n), sat isfying,
A unit y value for wind r esult s in no windowing.
If wind <= 0, t he default value of 5 will be used.
If wind is a vect or , it is assumed t o specify a 1-D window fr om which a 2-D
window is comput ed, W(m,n) = w(m)w(n)w(m + n) [1]-[2].
If wind is a 2-D mat r ix, it is assumed t o specify t he 2-D smoot her dir ect ly.
The bispect r um est imat e aver aged acr oss r ecor ds is smoot hed by convolving
wit h t he 2-D window funct ion. The window funct ion should be r eal and
nonnegat ive.
W m n , ( )
3

3
------- 1
m
2
n
2
m n + +
N
2
------------------------------------ , m n , ( ) G =
m
2
n
2
m n < + +
wind
2
nfft 2 ( )
2
-----------------------. =
tdeb
2-80
samp_seg specifies t he number of samples per segment . The default value is t he
power of 2 equal t o or gr eat er t han 4
*
max_delay+1.
overlap specifies t he per cent age over lap bet ween segment s. The default value
is 50. The allowed r ange is [0,99].
If y is a mat r ix, t he columns ar e assumed t o cor r espond t o independent
r ealizat ions; in t his case overlap is set t o zer o, and samp_seg is set t o t he r ow
dimension.
delay is t he est imat ed delay of signal y wit h r espect t o signal x.
h is t he est imat ed t hir d-or der hologr am (defined below); it is a vect or of lengt h
nfft, cor r esponding t o indices of nfft/2 t o nfft/21, wher e nfft is t he FFT
lengt h.
Algorithm Define aut o- and cr oss-bispect r a via,
B
xxx
(
1
,
2
) = E{X(
1
)X(
2
)X*(
1
+
2
)},
B
xyx
(
1
,
2
) = E{X(
1
)Y(
2
)X*(
1
+
2
)}.
The t hir d-or der hologr am, h(), is t hen defined by
The absolut e value of t he hologr am should display a st r ong peak at t he locat ion
of t he t r ue delay. Since t hir d-or der st at ist ics ar e used, t he met hod is
insensit ive (in t heor y) t o bot h spat ially and t empor ally color ed Gaussian noise.
Sample est imat es of t he aut o- and cr oss-bispect r a ar e obt ained via r out ine
bispecdx: t he dat a is segment ed; each segment is Four ier t r ansfor med, and t he
t r iple fr equency pr oduct is comput ed; t hese pr oduct s ar e t hen aver aged acr oss
t he suit e of segment s t o give t he final cr oss- and aut o-bispect r al est imat es. In
or der t o obt ain good est imat es, it is cr it ical t hat t he dat a lengt h be much lar ger
t han t he specified maximum delay. The est imat ed delay will r ange fr om
nfft/2 t o nfft/21.
See Also tde, tder
Reference [1] Nikias, C.L. and R. Pan, Time delay est imat ion in unknown Gaussian
spat ially cor r elat ed noise, IEEE Trans. AS S P, Vol. 36, pp. 1706-14, Nov. 1988.
h ( ) d
1
d
2
j
2
( ) exp
B
x yx

1

2
, ( )
B
x xx

1

2
, ( )
----------------------------------.

=
tdegen
2-81
2t degen
Purpose Gener at es synt het ic sequences for t he t ime-delay est imat ion (TDE) pr oblem
Syntax [s1,s2] = tdegen
[s1,s2] = tdegen(default)
Description tdegen gener at es t he dat a sequences:
s
1
(n) = x(n) + g
1
(n); s
2
(n) = Ax(n D) + g
2
(n);
wher e x(n) is a zer o-mean i.i.d. r andom sequence, wit h single-sided exponent ial
densit y funct ion; g
1
(n) and g
2
(n) ar e zer o-mean color ed noise sequences; A is
t he amplit ude gain fr om sensor 1 t o sensor 2; and D is t he delay of t he signal
at t he second sensor wit h r espect t o t hat at t he fir st sensor .
If t he funct ion is invoked wit hout any input ar gument s, t hen you ar e pr ompt ed
for all par amet er s; ot her wise, default set t ings ar e used.
If t he funct ion is invoked as tdegen(default), wher e t he var iable default
may t ake on any value(s), t hen, t he default set t ings ar e used.
The color ed noise sequence, g
1
(n), is obt ained by passing an i.i.d. sequence
(Laplace, unifor m, or nor mally dist r ibut ed), t hr ough an ARMA filt er . The
color ed noise sequence, g
2
(n), is obt ained by passing t he noise, g
1
(n), t hr ough
anot her ARMA filt er . Not e t hat t he t wo noise sequences ar e cor r elat ed wit h
each ot her .
Noise-fr ee signals can be gener at ed by specifying a noise var iance of zer o when
pr ompt ed.
Vect or s s1 and s2 cont ain t he simulat ed signals at t he t wo sensor s.
The vect or s s1 and s2 in t he file tde1.mat can be r egener at ed via,
[s1,s2] = tdegen(1);.
tder
2-82
2t der
Purpose Time-delay est imat ion (TDE) using t he ML-windowed cr oss-cor r elat ion
met hod
Syntax [delay,rxy] = tder(x,y,max_delay,samp_seg,overlap,nfft)
Description The t ime delay bet ween t wo signals, possibly cor r upt ed by color ed Gaussian
noise, is est imat ed using t he Maximum Likelihood (ML) windowed
cr oss-cor r elat ion met hod.
x and y should bot h be vect or s or mat r ices wit h ident ical dimensions. If t hey
ar e mat r ices, each column is assumed t o be a differ ent r ealizat ion. These ar e
t he signals at t he t wo sensor s.
max_delay is t he absolut e value of t he maximum expect ed delay.
samp_seg specifies t he number of samples per segment ; t he default value is t he
power of 2 just gr eat er t han or equal t o 4
*
max_delay + 1.
overlap specifies t he per cent age over lap bet ween segment s. The default value
is 50. The allowed r ange is [0,99].
If x,y ar e mat r ices, samp_seg is set t o t he r ow dimension of x and overlap is set
t o zer o.
nfft specifies t he FFT lengt h t o use; t he default value is t he power of 2 just
gr eat er t han samp_seg.
delay is t he est imat ed delay of signal y wit h r espect t o signal x.
rxy is t he est imat e of t he windowed aut ocor r elat ion (descr ibed below); it is a
vect or of lengt h nfft, cor r esponding t o indices of nfft/2 t o nfft/21.
Algorithm Let S
xy
() denot e t he cr oss-spect r um bet ween t he t wo signals, x and y; and let
S
xx
() and S
yy
() denot e t he aut o-spect r a of x and y. The squar ed coher ence
funct ion is defined by
C
x y
( )
S
x y
( )
2
S
xx
( )S
yy
( )
-------------------------------------. =
tder
2-83
The opt imal-ML window is t hen
and t he windowed cr oss-cor r elat ion, R
xy
(m), is t he inver se Four ier t r ansfor m of
W()S
xy
().
Est imat es of S
xx
, S
xy
and C
xy
ar e obt ained via t he Signal Pr ocessing Toolbox
r out ine spectrum [R1]; t he dat a is segment ed, and spect r um est imat es fr om
individual segment s ar e aver aged; t he segment lengt h is t aken t o be t he
smallest power of 2 lar ger t han t wice t he maximum delay. Since good est imat es
demand a lar ge number of segment s, it is cr it ical t hat t he lengt hs of t he t ime
ser ies, x and y, be much lar ger t han max_delay. The est imat ed delay will r ange
fr om nfft/2 t o nfft/21.
The r aw delay, d, is est imat ed as t he locat ion of t he peak of | R
xy
(m)| . A
t hr ee-point int er polat ion is used t o impr ove t he delay est imat e:
See Also tde, tdeb
References [1] Kr auss, T., J .N. Lit t le, and L. Shur e, MATLAB S ignal Processing Toolbox
Users Guide, The Mat hWor ks Inc., 1994.
[2] Nikias, C.L. and R. Pan, Time delay est imat ion in unknown Gaussian
spat ially cor r elat ed noise, IEEE Trans. AS S P, Vol. 36, pp. 1706-14, Nov. 1988.
W ( )
1
S
x y
( )
---------------------
C
x y
( )
1 C
xy
( )
----------------------------, =
d
i
d
1
2
---
R
xy
d 1 + ( ) R
xy
d 1 ( )
R
x y
d 1 + ( ) 2

R
xy
d ( ) R
x y
d 1 ( ) +
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------. =
tls
2-84
2t ls
Purpose Tot al Least Squar es solut ion t o a syst em of linear equat ions
Syntax [x, flag] = tls(A,b)
Description tls obt ains t he Tot al Least Squar es (TLS) solut ion t o t he linear syst em of
equat ions, Ax = b. If A is m -by- n, and b is m-by- k, it is r equir ed t hat m n +
k (t hat is, in t he usual case, wher e b is a vect or , we have k = 1, so t hat t he
syst em of equat ions should be over det er mined). If t he pr oblem does not have a
unique solut ion, flag will be set t o unit y. TLS is useful when bot h A and b have
er r or s. For example, sample est imat es of cumulant s have er r or s in t hem due
t o finit e r ecor d lengt hs.
Algorithm The least squar es solut ion, x
ls
, t o t he set of linear equat ions Ax b minimizes
t he nor m of t he r esidual vect or r = Ax b, subject t o t he condit ion t hat b + r
is in t he r ange space of A; t he implicit assumpt ion is t hat A is clean, but b is
noisy.
The TLSquar es solut ion [1] assumes t hat bot h A and b may be noisy; t he TLS
solut ion, if one exist s, minimizes t he Fr obenius nor m of t he mat r ix [E r] subject
t o t he condit ion t hat b + r is in t he r ange space of A + E. Her e, E and A have
t he same dimensions.
Let A be m n, b be m k, and m n + k. Consider t he SVD of t he composit e
mat r ix [Ab] = UV wher e is t he diagonal mat r ix of singular values, (t ), t =
1, . . ., n + k. In [1], it is shown t hat if s(n) > s(n + 1), t hen t he TLS solut ion
exist s, is unique, and is given by
wher e t he n -by-n mat r ix and t he k -by-k mat r ix V22 ar e defined by
Weight ed solut ions and ot her det ails ar e discussed in [1].
Reference [1] Golub, G.H. and C.F. Van Loan, Matrix Computations, pp. 420-5, Balt imor e:
The J ohns Hopkins Univer sit y Pr ess, 1983.
x V
12
V
22
1
, =
V
V
11
V
12
V
21
V
22
. =
trench
2-85
2t rench
Purpose Est imat es t he AR par amet er s and t he r eflect ion coefficient s given a slice of a
cumulant sequence
Syntax [amat,cmat,pf,gamf,gamb] = trench(c,r)
Description Given a nonsymmet r ic Toeplit z mat r ix, A, descr ibed by t he fir st column vect or ,
c, and t he fir st r ow vect or , r, obt ains t he solut ions t o t he set of equat ions
A
k,k
a
k
= [P
k
,0],
k = 1, . . ., M, wher e M + 1 is t he lengt h of vect or s c and r, and A
k,k
is t he leading
k k submat r ix of A. If r is not specified, it is set t o c, t he conjugat e t r anspose
of c.
The t ypical sit uat ion is t he est imat ion of AR par amet er s based on cor r elat ion
or cumulant sequenes.
amat is t he mat r ix of est imat ed for war d AR pr edict ion vect or s, for or der s 1
t hr ough M; t he kt h column cor r esponds t o t he AR(k) model.
cmat is t he mat r ix of est imat ed backwar d AR pr edict ion vect or s, for or der s 1
t hr ough M; t he kt h column cor r esponds t o t he AR(k) model.
pf is t he final pr edict ion er r or var iance, for or der s 1 t hr ough M;
gamf is t he vect or of for war d r eflect ion coefficient s.
gamb is t he vect or of backwar d r eflect ion coefficient s.
Algorithm The st andar d Tr ench algor it hm [2] is implement ed; t he Levinson-Dur bin
algor it hm [1] is obt ained when r = c.
References [1] Haykin, S., Adaptive Filter Theory, New J er sey: Pr ent ice-Hall, pp. 198-205,
2nd ed., 1991.
[2] Zohar , S., Toeplit z Mat r ix Inver sion: t he Algor it hm of W.F. Tr ench, J .
Assoc. Comp. Mach., Vol. 16, pp. 592-601, 1968.
trispect
2-86
2t r ispect
Purpose Comput es a 2-D slice of t he t heor et ical t r ispect r um of an ARMA pr ocess
Syntax [tspec, waxis] = trispect(ma,ar,nfft,f3)
Description A 2-D slice of t he t heor et ical t r ispect r um cor r esponding t o an ARMA pr ocess is
comput ed.
ma is t he MA par amet er vect or , and must be specified.
ar is t he AR par amet er vect or ; it s default value is [1].
nfft is t he FFT lengt h t o use; it s default value is 512.
f3 specifies t he fixed value of t he t hir d-fr equency,
3
, of t he t r ispect r um,
S3(
1
,
2
,
3
). The default value is 0; t he nominal r ange is [-0.5,0.5]; values
out side t his r ange ar e folded back int o it .
tspec is t he 2-D slice of t he t r ispect r um cor r esponding t o t he ARMA model,
wit h fixed
3
= f3. It is an nfft-by-nfft ar r ay, wit h or igin at t he cent er , and
axes point ing down and t o t he r ight .
waxis is t he set of fr equencies associat ed wit h t he tspec; t hus, t he it h r ow (or
column) of tspec cor r esponds t o t he fr equency waxis(i). Fr equencies ar e
nor malized; t hat is, t he sampling fr equency is assumed t o be unit y.
Algorithm Let H() = B()/A() denot e t he t r ansfer funct ion of t he ARMA filt er ; t hen, t he
t r ispect r um is given by,
S
3
(
1
,
2
,
3
) = H(
1
)H(
2
)H(
3
)H*(
1
+
2
+
3
).
In t his r out ine, fr equency
3
is fixed at t he specified value of f3.
See Also bispect, cumtrue
References [1] Subba Rao, T. and M. Gabr , An Introduction to Bispectral Analysis and
Bilinear Time-S eries Models, pp. 42-43, New Yor k: Spr inger -Ver lag, 1984.
[2] Nikias, C.L., and M.R. Raghuveer , Bispect r um est imat ion: a digit al signal
pr ocessing fr amewor k, Proc. IEEE, Vol. 75, pp. 869-91, J uly 1987.
wig2
2-87
2wig2
Purpose Comput es t he Wigner spect r um
Syntax [wx, waxis] = wig2(x,nfft,flag)
Description Est imat es t he Wigner spect r um (WS) of a signal using t he t ime-domain
appr oach.
x is t he signal and must be a vect or .
nfft specifies t he FFT lengt h, and hence, t he fr equency r esolut ion; t his
par amet er must be gr eat er t han t wice t he lengt h of t he signal, x, in or der t o
avoid aliasing. The default value is t he power of 2 equal t o or just gr eat er t han
t wice t he signal lengt h.
flag if flag is nonzer o and x is r eal-valued, t he analyt ic for m of x is used
inst ead of x; t he default value is 1. If x(t ) is a r eal-valued signal, wit h Hilber t
t r ansfor m y(t), t hen, t he analyt ic signal is defined as t he complex-valued signal
z(t) = x(t) + jy(t ).
wx is t he comput ed WS. The r ows cor r espond t o t ime samples, and t he columns
t o fr equencies.
waxis is a vect or whose ent r ies ar e t he fr equencies associat ed wit h t he columns
of t he WS.
Algorithm Let t he inst ant aneous aut ocor r elat ion be defined by
r(m,n) = x*(n m)x(n + m)
wher e n is ident ified wit h t ime and m wit h lag. The WS is t hen given by
The or iginal signal must be sampled at t wice t he Nyquist r at e or fast er , in
or der t o avoid aliasing.
See Also wig2c, wig3, wig3c, wig4, wig4c
References [1] Hlaswat ch, F., and G.F. Boudr eaux-Bar t els, Linear and Quadr at ic
Time-Fr equency Repr esent at ions, IEEE S ignal Processing Magazine, pp.
21-67, Apr . 1992.
[2] Cohen, L., Time-Fr equency Dist r ibut ions: A Review, Proc. IEEE, pp.
941-81, J uly 1989.
W , n ( ) r m n , ( ) j m ( ). exp
m

=
wig2c
2-88
2wig2c
Purpose Comput es t he Wigner spect r um wit h Choi-Williams filt er ing
Syntax [wx, waxis] = wig2c(x,nfft,sigma,flag)
Description Est imat es t he Wigner spect r um (WS) of a signal; eliminat es cr oss-t er ms in t he
WS of mult i-component signals by applying t he Choi-Williams filt er .
x is t he signal and must be a vect or .
nfft specifies t he FFT lengt h, and hence, t he fr equency r esolut ion; t his
par amet er must be gr eat er t han t wice t he lengt h of t he signal, x, in or der t o
avoid aliasing. The default value is t he power of 2 equal t o or just gr eat er t han
t wice t he signal lengt h.
sigma is t he par amet er in t he Choi-Williams window, and cont r ols t he amount
of cr oss-t er m suppr ession; ver y lar ge values r esult in no suppr ession, wher eas
ver y small values r esult in loss of signal t er ms. The default value is 0.05.
flag if flag is nonzer o and x is r eal-valued, t he analyt ic for m of x is used
inst ead of x; t he default value is 1. If x(t ) is a r eal-valued signal, wit h Hilber t
t r ansfor m y(t), t hen, t he analyt ic signal is defined as t he complex-valued signal
z(t) = x(t) + jy(t ).
wx is t he comput ed WS. The r ows cor r espond t o t ime samples, and t he columns
t o fr equencies.
waxis is a vect or whose ent r ies ar e t he fr equencies associat ed wit h t he columns
of t he WS.
Algorithm Let t he inst ant aneous aut ocor r elat ion be defined by
r(m,n) = x*(n m)x(n + m)
wher e n is ident ified wit h t ime and m wit h lag. The ambiguit y funct ion, AF, is
t hen given by
The AF is mult iplied by t he Choi-Williams window funct ion,
w(m,) = exp((m/sigma)
2
).
AF m , ( ) r m n , ( ) j 2n ( ). exp
m

=
wig2c
2-89
The 2-D FT of AF(m,)w(m,) ( t o n and m t o ) yields t he filt er ed WS, W
c
(,n).
The or iginal signal must be sampled at t wice t he Nyquist r at e or fast er .
See Also wig2, wig3, wig3c, wig4, wig4c
References [1] Hlaswat ch, F., and G.F. Boudr eaux-Bar t els, Linear and Quadr at ic
Time-Fr equency Repr esent at ions, IEEE S ignal Processing Magazine, pp.
21-67, Apr . 1992.
[2] Cohen, L., Time-Fr equency Dist r ibut ions: A Review, Proc. IEEE, pp.
941-81, J uly 1989.
[3] Choi, H. and W.J . Williams, Impr oved Time-Fr equency Repr esent at ion of
Mult icomponent Signals Using Exponent ial Ker nels, IEEE Trans. AS S P, pp.
862-71, J une 1989.
wig3
2-90
2wig3
Purpose Comput es t he
1
=
2
slice of t he Wigner bispect r um
Syntax [wx, waxis] = wig3(x,nfft,flag)
Description Comput es t he diagonal slice of t he Wigner bispect r um (WB).
x is t he signal and must be a vect or .
nfft specifies t he FFT lengt h, and hence, t he fr equency r esolut ion; t his
par amet er must be gr eat er t han t hr ee t imes t he lengt h of t he signal, x, in or der
t o avoid aliasing. The default value is t he power of 2 equal t o or just gr eat er
t han t hr ee t imes t he signal lengt h.
flag if flag is nonzer o and x is r eal-valued, t he analyt ic for m of x is used
inst ead of x; t he default value is 1. If x(t ) is a r eal-valued signal, wit h Hilber t
t r ansfor m y(t), t hen, t he analyt ic signal is defined as t he complex-valued signal
z(t) = x(t) + jy(t ).
wx is t he comput ed WB. The r ows cor r espond t o t ime samples, and t he columns
t o fr equencies.
waxis is a vect or whose ent r ies ar e t he fr equencies associat ed wit h t he columns
of t he WB.
Algorithm Define t he inst ant aneous t r iple pr oduct
r
3
(t ,
1
,
2
) = x*(t
1

2
)x(t +
1

2
)x(t
1
+
2
)
wher e = 1/3 and = 2/3. The WB is t hen given by
In t his r out ine we comput e t he slice
1
=
2
.
Not e t hat t he or iginal signal should be sampled at t wice t he Nyquist r at e, in
or der t o avoid aliasing. Also not e t hat t he fr equency axes ar e scaled by t he
fact or of 2/3; in t his r out ine, we undo t he scaling so t hat you can find t he peaks
at t he expect ed fr equencies.
See Also wig2, wig2c, wig3c, wig4, wig4c
W n
1

2
, , ( ) d
1
d
2
e
j 2
1

1

2

2
+ ( )
r
3
t
1

2
, , ( )

=
wig3
2-91
References [1] Fonollosa, J .R. and C.L. Nikias, Wigner Higher -Or der Moment Spect r a:
Definit ions, Pr oper t ies, Comput at ion and Applicat ions t o Tr ansient Signal
Det ect ion, IEEE Trans. S P, J an. 1993.
[2] Ger r , N.L., Int r oducing a t hir d-or der Wigner dist r ibut ion, Proc. IEEE, pp.
290-92, Mar . 1988.
[3] Swami, A., Thir d-or der Wigner dist r ibut ions, Proc. ICAS S P-91, pp.
3081-84, Tor ont o, Canada, May 1991.
wig3c
2-92
2wig3c
Purpose Comput es t he diagonal slice of t he Wigner bispect r um, wit h Choi-Williams
filt er ing
Syntax [wx, waxis] = wig3c(x,nfft,sigma,flag)
Description Comput es t he diagonal slice of t he Wigner bispect r um (WB); t he Choi-Williams
filt er is applied in or der t o suppr ess t he cr oss-t er ms in t he WB of
mult icomponent signals.
x is t he signal and must be a vect or .
nfft specifies t he FFT lengt h, and hence, t he fr equency r esolut ion; t his
par amet er must be gr eat er t han t hr ee t imes t he lengt h of t he signal, x, in or der
t o avoid aliasing. The default value is t he power of 2 equal t o or just gr eat er
t han t hr ice t he signal lengt h.
sigma is t he par amet er in t he Choi-Williams window, and cont r ols t he amount
of cr oss-t er m suppr ession; ver y lar ge values r esult in no suppr ession, wher eas
ver y small values r esult in loss of signal t er ms. The default value is 0.5.
flag if flag is nonzer o and x is r eal-valued, t he analyt ic for m of x is used
inst ead of x; t he default value is 1. If x(t ) is a r eal-valued signal, wit h Hilber t
t r ansfor m y(t), t hen, t he analyt ic signal is defined as t he complex-valued signal
z(t) = x(t) + jy(t ).
wx is t he comput ed WB. The r ows cor r espond t o t ime samples, and t he columns
t o fr equencies.
waxis is a vect or whose ent r ies ar e t he fr equencies associat ed wit h t he columns
of t he WB.
Algorithm Define t he inst ant aneous t r iple pr oduct
r
3
(t ,
1
,
2
) = x*(t
1

2
)x(t +
1

2
)x(t
1
+
2
)
wher e = 1/3 and = 2/3. Define t he smoot hing ker nel,

1

2
, , ( )
2
r
1
2
r
2
2
+ ( )/sigma ( ) exp =
wig3c
2-93
The filt er ed WB is t hen given by
In t his r out ine we comput e t he slice
1
=
2
.
Not e t hat t he or iginal signal should be sampled at t wice t he Nyquist r at e, in
or der t o avoid aliasing. Also not e t hat t he fr equency axes ar e scaled by t he
fact or of 2/3. In t his r out ine, we undo t he scaling so t hat you can find t he peaks
at t he expect ed fr equencies.
NOTE: The applicat ion of t he Choi-Williams ker nel t o t he Wigner bispect r um
does not guar ant ee pr eser vat ion of t he aut o-t er ms; consequent ly, t his r out ine
should be used wit h gr eat caut ion.
See Also wig2, wig2c, wig4, wig4c
References [1] Choi, H. and W.J . Williams, Impr oved Time-Fr equency Repr esent at ion of
Mult icomponent Signals Using Exponent ial Ker nels, IEEE Trans. AS S P, pp.
862-71, J une 1989.
[2] Fonollosa, J .R. and C.L. Nikias, Wigner Higher -Or der Moment Spect r a:
Definit ions, Pr oper t ies, Comput at ion and Applicat ions t o Tr ansient Signal
Det ect ion, IEEE Trans. S P, J an. 1993.
W n
1

2
, , ( ) d d
1
d
2
d u e
j 2
1

1

2

2
+ ( )
e
j 2t
e
j 2u

=
r
3
t
1

2
, , ( )
1

2
, , ( )
wig4
2-94
2wig4
Purpose Comput es t he
1
=
2
=
3
slice of t he Wigner t r ispect r um
Syntax [wx, waxis] = wig4(x,nfft,flag)
Description Est imat es t he
1
=
2
=
3
slice of t he Wigner t r ispect r um (WT) of a signal
using t he t ime-domain appr oach.
x is t he signal and must be a vect or .
nfft specifies t he FFT lengt h, and hence, t he fr equency r esolut ion; t his
par amet er must be gr eat er t han four t imes t he lengt h of t he signal, x, in or der
t o avoid aliasing. The default value is t he power of 2 equal t o or just gr eat er
t han four t imes t he signal lengt h.
flag if flag is nonzer o and x is r eal valued, t he analyt ic for m of x is used
inst ead of x; t he default value is 1. If x(t ) is a r eal-valued signal, wit h Hilber t
t r ansfor m y(t), t hen, t he analyt ic signal is defined as t he complex-valued signal
z(t) = x(t) + jy(t ).
wx is t he comput ed WT. The r ows cor r espond t o t ime samples, and t he columns
t o fr equencies.
waxis is a vect or whose ent r ies ar e t he fr equencies associat ed wit h t he columns
of t he WT.
Algorithm For a complex signal, t he Wigner t r ispect r um can be defined in t wo differ ent
ways; her e, we implement t he symmetric Wigner t r ispect r um [1].
Define t he inst ant aneous four t h-or der pr oduct ,
r
4
(t ,
1
,
2
,
3
) = x*(t )x(t +
1
)x(t +
2
)x*(t +
3
)
wher e := (
1
+
2
+
3
)/4. Not ice t hat t wo of t he t er ms ar e conjugat ed.
The symmet r ic Wigner t r ispect r um (WT) is t hen given by
In t his r out ine we comput e t he slice
1
=
2
=
3
= .
Not e t hat t he or iginal signal should be sampled at t wice t he Nyquist r at e, in
or der t o avoid aliasing. Also not e t hat t he fr equency axes ar e scaled by t he
W n
1

2

3
, , , ( ) d
1
d
2
d
3
e
j 2
1

1

2

2

3

3
+ + ( )
r
4
t
1

2

3
, , , ( )

=
wig4
2-95
fact or of 1/2; in t his r out ine, we undo t he scaling so t hat you can find t he peaks
at t he expect ed fr equencies.
See Also wig2, wig2c, wig3, wig3c, wig4c
References [1] Fonollosa, J .R. and C.L. Nikias, Analysis of finit e-ener gy signals using
higher -or der moment s- and spect r a-based t ime-fr equency dist r ibut ions,
S ignal Processing, Vol. 36, pp. 315-28, 1994.
[2] Swami, A., Higher -Or der Wigner Dist r ibut ions, in Proc. S PIE-92, S ession
on Higher-Order and Time-Varying S pectral Analysis, Vol. $1770, 290-301,
San Diego, CA, J uly 19-24, 1992.
wig4c
2-96
2wig4c
Purpose Comput es t he S liced Reduced-Interference Wigner t r ispect r um
Syntax [wx, waxis] = wig4c(x,nfft,sigma,flag)
Description Comput es t he Sliced Reduced-Int er fer ence Wigner t r ispect r um (WT) [2];
eliminat es cr oss-t er ms in t he WT of mult icomponent signals by applying t he
Choi-Williams filt er .
x is t he signal and must be a vect or .
nfft specifies t he FFT lengt h, and hence, t he fr equency r esolut ion; t his
par amet er must be gr eat er t han four t imes t he lengt h of t he signal, x, in or der
t o avoid aliasing. The default value is t he power of 2 equal t o or just gr eat er
t han four t imes t he signal lengt h.
sigma is t he par amet er in t he Choi-Williams window, and cont r ols t he amount
of cr oss-t er m suppr ession; ver y lar ge values r esult in no suppr ession, wher eas
ver y small values r esult in loss of signal t er ms. The default value is 0.05.
flag if flag is nonzer o and x is r eal valued, t he analyt ic for m of x is used
inst ead of x; t he default value is 1. If x(t ) is a r eal-valued signal, wit h Hilber t
t r ansfor m y(t), t hen, t he analyt ic signal is defined as t he complex-valued signal
z(t) = x(t) + jy(t ).
wx is t he comput ed WT. The r ows cor r espond t o t ime samples, and t he columns
t o fr equencies.
waxis is a vect or whose ent r ies ar e t he fr equencies associat ed wit h t he columns
of t he WT.
Algorithm For a complex signal, t he Wigner t r ispect r um can be defined in t wo differ ent
ways; her e, we implement t he symmetric Wigner t r ispect r um [1].
Define t he inst ant aneous four t h-or der pr oduct ,
r
4
(t ,
1
,
2
,
3
) = x*(t )x(t +
1
)x(t +
2
)x*(t +
3
)
wher e := (
1
+
2
+
3
)/4. Define t he smoot hing ker nel,

1

2

3
, , , ( )
2
r
1
2
r
2
2
r
3
2
+ + ( )/sigma ( ) exp =
wig4c
2-97
The filt er ed WT is t hen given by
In t his r out ine we comput e t he slice
1
=
1
=
3
.
Not e t hat t he or iginal signal should be sampled at t wice t he Nyquist r at e, in
or der t o avoid aliasing. Also not e t hat t he fr equency axes ar e scaled by t he
fact or of 1/2. In t his r out ine, we undo t he scaling so t hat you can find t he peaks
at t he expect ed fr equencies.
It should be not ed t hat t he Wigner t r ispect r um is r eal valued.
See Also wig2, wig2c, wig3, wig3c, wig4
References [1] Choi, H. and W.J . Williams, Impr oved Time-Fr equency Repr esent at ion of
Mult icomponent Signals Using Exponent ial Ker nels, IEEE Trans. AS S P, pp.
862-71, J une 1989.
[2]Fonollosa, J .R. and C.L. Nikias, Analysis of finit e-ener gy signals using
higher -or der moment s- and spect r a-based t ime-fr equency dist r ibut ions,
S ignal Processing, Vol. 36, pp. 315-28, 1994.
W n
1

2

3
, , , ( ) d d
1
d
2
d
3
d u e
j 2
1

1

2

2

3

3
+ + ( )

=
e
j 2t
e
j 2u
r
4
t
1

2

3
, , , ( )
1

2

3
, , , ( )
2-98
I-1
I ndex
A
adapt ive filt er
double lat t ice 2-72
RIV 2-74
adapt ive linear pr edict ion 1-54
ambiguit y funct ion 1-90-1-92
AR met hod
DOA 2-44
har monic r et r ieval 2-50
AR models 1-31
or der det er minat ion 1-34, 2-15
par amet er est imat ion 2-17
par amet er ident ifiabilit y 1-31
ar1.mat 1-134
ARMA models 1-32
AR or der est imat ion 2-15
AR par amet er est imat ion 2-17
r esidual t ime ser ies 2-12
arma1.mat 1-135
armaqs 1-33, 2-8
armarts 2-11
armasyn 2-14
arorder 2-15
arrcest 2-17
aut ocor r elat ion 1-6
B
backwar d pr edict ion pr oblem 1-47
beamfor mer 1-64, 1-65, 1-77
bibliogr aphy 1-139
biceps 2-19
bicepsf 2-21
bicepst r um 1-38
bicoher 2-23
bicoher ence 1-4
aut o 2-23
cr oss 2-25
est imat ion 1-20, 2-23
bicoherx 2-25
bispecd 2-27
bispecdx 2-29
bispeci 2-31
bispect 2-33
bispect r um 1-8
cr oss 2-29
dir ect est imat e 1-19
dir ect met hod 2-27
est imat ion 1-17
indir ect met hod 1-18, 2-31
t heor et ical 2-33
Wigner 2-90, 2-92
Bur gs maximum-ent r opy est imat or 1-74
C
Canadian lynx dat a 1-114
Capon (ML) 1-74
Capons maximum-likelihood est imat or 1-73
Choi-Williams
dist r ibut ions 1-89
filt er 1-92, 1-95, 1-100
smoot hing 2-88
cr oss-bicoher ence 1-10
cr oss-biper iodogr am 1-17
cr oss-bispect r a
Volt er r a syst ems 1-80
cr oss-bispect r um 1-9
dir ect est imat e 1-18
dir ect met hod 2-29
est imat ion 1-13
indir ect est imat e 1-16
cr oss-cumulant 1-81
In d e x
I-2
cum2x 2-34
cum3x 2-36
cum4x 2-38
cumest 2-40
cumtrue 2-42
cumulant s 1-4
aut o 2-40
definit ions 1-6
four t h-or der 2-40, 2-42
sample est imat es 1-12
second-or der 2-34, 2-40
t hir d-or der 2-36, 2-41
t r ue 2-42
D
demos 2-54
DOA 1-62, 1-64
AR 1-74
beamfor mer 1-74
Capon(ML) 1-74
cumulant -based est imat or s 1-74
eigenvect or 1-74
ESPRIT 1-74
four t h-or der cumulant s 2-44
minimum-nor m 1-74
MUSIC 1-74
Pisar enko 1-74
spat ial covar iance mat r ix 2-44
doa 2-44
doa1.mat 1-135
doagen 2-46
E
eda 1-112, 1-114, 1-120
eigenvect or met hod
DOA 2-44
har monic r et r ieval 2-50
eigenvect or met hods 1-67
ESPRIT 1-70, 1-74
DOA 2-44
examples
AR or der det er minat ion 1-34
AR par amet er est imat ion 1-32
ARMA par amet er est imat ion 1-34
bicepst r um-based IR est imat ion 1-39, 1-41
bicoher ence est imat ion 1-20
comput ing t r ue cumulant s 1-43
cr oss-bicoher ence est imat ion 1-20
cr oss-bispect r um 1-19
cumulant est imat ion 1-14
cumulat ion est imat ion 1-14
DOA est imat ion 1-77
Gaussianit y-linear it y t est s 1-24
har monic r et r ieval 1-75
Levinson r ecur sion 1-50
MA or der det er minat ion 1-37
MA par amet er est imat ion 1-30
Mat suoka-Ulr ych algor it hm 1-42
QPC det ect ion 1-87
RIV double-lat t ice for m 1-60
RIV t r ansver sal for m 1-57
speech signal 1-122
sunspot dat a 1-108
t ime-delay est imat ion 1-103, 1-105, 1-107
t r ench r ecur sion 1-50
Volt er r a syst em ident ificat ion 1-82, 1-83
Wigner bispect r um 1-96
smoot hed 1-97
Wigner spect r um 1-93
smoot hed 1-94
Wigner t r ispect r um 1-99
smoot hed 1-100
In d e x
I-3
F
FBLS 1-53
det er minist ic for mulat ion 1-53
for war d pr edict ion pr oblem 1-47
for war d-backwar d least squar es pr oblem 1-54
fr equency coupling 1-128
fr equency est imat ion 1-65, 2-50
G
Gaussianit y t est 1-22, 2-47
gldat.mat 1-135
glstat 2-47
GM equat ions 1-29
guided t our 2-54
H
harm.mat 1-135
harmest 2-50
harmgen 2-53
har monic r et r ieval 1-62, 1-64
AR models 1-66
ARMA models 1-66
cumulant -based met hod 1-74
minimum-nor m met hod 1-69
MUSIC 1-68
Pisar enkos met hod 1-67
synt het ics 2-53
help 2-55
higher -or der spect r a 1-2
higher -or der st at ist ics 1-2
mot ivat ions 1-10
hologr am
t hir d or der 1-106
hosademo 2-54
hosahelp 2-55
hprony 2-56
I
inst r ument al var iables 2-57
ivcal 2-57
K
kur t osis 1-7
L
Levinson-Dur bin r ecur sion 1-48, 2-85
linear models
fr equency-domain bicepst r al met hod 2-21
lag-domain bicepst r al met hod 2-19
linear pr edict ion 1-31, 1-47
adapt ive 1-54
linear pr ocesses
impulse r esponse est imat ion 1-37
t heor et ical cumulant s 1-43
t heor et ical polyspect r a 1-43
linear it y t est 1-24
linear it y t est s 2-47
M
MA models 1-29
or der est imat ion 2-61
par amet er s est imat ion 2-58
ma1.mat 1-135
maest 2-58
maorder 2-61
Mat suoka-Ulr ych algor it hm 2-63
matul 2-63
minimum phase 1-11
minimum-nor m met hod
DOA 2-44
har monic r et r ieval 2-50
In d e x
I-4
mixed-phase 1-11, 1-135
ML-Capon 1-74
MUSIC 1-68
DOA 2-44
har monic r et r ieval 2-50
N
nl1.mat 1-135
nl2.mat 1-136
nlgen 2-64
nlgen 2-64
nlpow 2-65
nltick 2-67
noise subspace 1-69
nonr edundant r egion 1-133
nor mal equat ions
cumulant -based 2-17
det er minist ic 1-53
P
peak picking 2-69
per iodogr am 1-15, 1-64
phase coupling 1-84, 1-132
pickpeak 2-69
Pisar enkos met hod 1-67
DOA 2-44
har monic r et r ieval 2-50
pit falls 1-131
polycepst r a met hods 1-38
polycepst r al met hods 1-38
polycepst r um 1-40
polyspect r a
linear pr ocesses 1-4
windows 1-16
polyspect r um
definit ions 1-6
power spect r um
Wigner 2-87
power spect r um est imat ion 1-4
convent ional met hods 1-15
cr it er ion-based est imat or s 1-72
cr it er ion-based met hods 1-15
model-based met hods 1-15
non-par amet r ic met hods 1-15
par amet r ic est imat or s
ARMA models 1-26
power spect r um est imat or
Bur g est imat or 1-72
Capons ML est imat or 1-72
MVD est imat or 1-72
Pr onys met hod 2-56
Q
QPC 1-88
det ect ion 2-71
synt het ics 2-70
qpc.mat 1-137
qpcgen 2-70
qpctor 2-71
q-slice met hod 1-33
quadr at ic phase coupling 1-84
quick help 2-55
R
r andom sequence gener at or 2-76
r ecur sive inst r ument al var iable (RIV) algor it hm
1-56
r ecur sive least squar es (RLS) algor it hm 1-56
r eflect ion coefficient s 1-49, 1-60
r esidual t ime ser ies 1-32
In d e x
I-5
r esolut ion 1-65
RIV
double-lat t ice for m 1-58
t r ansver sal for m 1-56
RIV algor it hm 1-56
riv.mat 1-137
rivdl 2-72
rivtr 2-74
RLS algor it hm 1-47
rpiid 2-76
S
self-dr iving AR model 1-66
signal subspace 1-68
skewness 1-7
speech signals 1-122
sunspot dat a 1-108
synt het ic gener at or
har monics in noise 2-53
synt het ics 1-65
syst em ident ificat ion
non-par amet r ic 2-19, 2-21, 2-63
T
TDE
cr oss-bispect r al met hod 2-80
cr oss-cor r elat ion met hod 1-101
cr oss-cumulant met hod 1-101, 2-77
ML window cr oss-cor r elat ion met hod 2-82
synt het ics 2-81
using hologr am 1-105
tde 2-77
tde1.mat 1-137
tdeb 2-79
tdegen 2-81
tder 2-82
TFDs
Cohen class 1-89
t ime-delay est imat ion pr oblem 1-101
t ime-fr equency dist r ibut ion 1-89
tls 2-84
t ot al least squar es 2-84
tprony.mat 1-137
t r ansient signals 1-89
t r ansient s modeling 2-56
trench 2-85
Tr ench r ecur sion 1-49
t r ench r ecur sion 2-85
t r icks 1-131
trispect 2-86
t r ispect r um 1-8
t heor et ical 2-86
Wigner 2-94, 2-96
V
var iance 1-65
Volt er r a
non-Gaussian input s 1-82
Volt er r a models
ar bit r ar y input s 2-65
comput ing out put 2-64
Gaussian input s 2-67
Volt er r a syst em 1-80
W
wig2 2-87
wig2c 2-88
wig3 2-90
wig3c 2-92
wig4 2-94
In d e x
I-6
wig4c 2-96
wigdat.mat 1-137
Wigner bispect r um 1-94, 2-90
smoot hed 2-92
Wigner cr oss spect r um 1-90
Wigner spect r um 1-90, 2-87
smoot hed 2-88
Wigner t r ispect r um 1-98, 2-94
sliced 1-98
smoot hed 2-96
Wigner -Ville dist r ibut ion 1-89
window funct ion 1-16, 1-90
Wolds decomposit ion 1-5

You might also like